Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
UNDERGROUND TANK
3.8 Ce Be o Provide equipment and means for proper applications of water to those planted areas not equipped with an irrigation system. Protect planted areas against damage, including erosion and trespassing, by providing and maintaining proper safeguards. Replacements: 1. At the end of the maintenance period, all plant material shall be in a healthy growing condition. 2. During the.maintenance period, should the appearance of any plant indicate weakness and probability of dying, immediately replace that plant with a new an¢~ healthy plant of the same type and size without additional cost to the Owner. 3. Replacement required because of vandalism or other causes beyond control of the Contractor are not part of the Contract. Extension of maintenance period: 1. Continue the maintenance period at no additional cost to the Owner until previously noted deficiencies have been corrected, at which time and final inspection will be made. GUARANTEE Ail shrubs and ground cover shall be guaran%eed by the Contractor as to growth and health for a period of one (1) year after completion of the apecified maintenance period. 'Ail trees shall be guaranteed by the Contractor to live and grow 'in an acceptable upright position for a period of 12 months after completion of the specified mainten- ance period and/or final acceptance, except that the trees, in 15 gallon cans or larger, shall be guaranteed by the Contractor to live and grow in an acceptable upright position for a period of two (2) years after completion of the specified maintenance period. END OF SECTION .01 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER o' 02490-6 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 .01 ao Be .pLANTING GROUND COVER Rake existing soil smooth and free from soil lumps, rocks, sticks, and other deleterious material. Planting; 1. Space the ground cover plants evenly as. indicated on the Drawings, staggering the spaces around shrubs and trees as well as in the open areas. 2. Plant only in soil that is moist but friable, never wet or soggy. 3. In case of planting in the open on hot days, shorten the time between planting and watering. STAKING Stakes trees, using two stakes per tree with two tree ties per tree, and driving stakes into the ground at least two feet. See detail sheet. Ail trees in turf area shall be provided with "Arborguard" trunk guards, or approved equal. INSPECTION In addition to normal progress observations, schedule and conduct the following formal inspections, giving the Architect at least 24 hours advance notice of readiness for inspection: 1. Inspection of plants in containers prior to planting. '2. Inspection of plant locations, to verify compliance with the Drawings. 3. Final inspection after completion of planting: a. Schedule this inspection sufficiently in advance, and in cooperation with the Architect, so 'final~inspection may be conducted within 24 hours after completion of planting. 4. Final inspection at the end of the maintenance period, provided that previous deficiencies have been corrected. MAINTENANCE Maintain planting, starting with the planting operations and continuing for 60 calendar days after planting .is complete and approved by the Architect. Work included: 1. Watering, weeding, cultivating, spraying, and pruning necessary tc, keep the plant materials in a healthy growing condition and to keep the planted areas neat and attractive throughout the maintenance period. TREES, pLANTs, AND GROUND COVER 02490-5 SECTION 0~2513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 ae Bo DESCRIPTION Work included: Provid[e asphaltic concrete paving 'in areas required to be repaired or patched by City of Bakersfield and State of California road right-of-ways, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affectin~i work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ao Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Bo Comply with "California Specifications, Department of Public Highways." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Certificates, signed by the materials producer and the asphalt paving subcontractor, stating that materials meet or exceed the specified requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. .01 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AGGREGATES ae Provide crushed run rock meeting the requirements for Class 2 aggregate base set forth in Section 26 of the California Standard Specifications. Aggregate base shall be free from vegetable matter and other deleter- ious substances. Rock shall be subject· to testing for compliance with Class 21 standards. Aggregates for base sh~Lll meet the following specifi- cations when tested in accordance with'the provision of the California Standard Specification. Combined mineral aggregate shall conform with the fol- lowing: Sieve size Percentage passing 3/4" maximum sieves. 1" 100% 1/2" ' 90 - 100% No. 4 35 - 55% No. 30 10 - 30% No. 200 3 - 9% 2.2 WEED KILLER Provide a dry, free-flowing, dust-free chemical compound containing not less than 30% sodium chlorate or a chlorateborate compound, non-flammable, not creating a fire hazard when applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, soluble in water, and capable of being spread dry or in solution. Be Provide 1 year guarantee. Acceptable products: 1. "Chlorax 40": Chipman Chemical Company, Inc., Palo Alto, California 2. "Treflan E C", Elanco, IndianaPolis Indianna. 3. "Barrier 50W". Acme Industrial Products. ,, 2.3 HEADERS AND STAKES Provide Redwood, Construction grade, in dimensions shown on the Drawings or as required for the use where dimensions are not shown on the Drawings. 2.4 AS PHALTS Comply with provisions of Asphalt Institute Specification SS-2: .01 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING · 02513-2 Asphalt cement: maximum. State of California Type "B" 1/2" 2.5 SEALER ae Fog Seal Coat: Comply with provisions of Section 37-1 of the California Standard Specifications. 2.6 MIXING ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ae Provide hot plant mixed asphaltic concrete paving materials. 1. Temperature leaving the plant: 290 degrees F minimum, 320 degrees F maximum. 2. Temperature at time of placing: 280 degrees F minimum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ao Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 FINAL PREPARATION OF SUBGRADES ae After preparation of subgrade as specified in another Section of these Specifications, thoroughly scarify and sprinkle the entire area to be paved, and then compact to a smoo. th, hard, even surface of 90% compaction to receive the aggregates. Be Apply the specified weed killer to the entire area to be paved. Adhere to the manufacturer's application recommendations. 3.3 PLACEMENT OF BASE COURSES ae Subbase (when required)~: 1. Spread the specified subbase material to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the drawings. 2. Compact to 95%. Be Base: 1. Spread the specified base material to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings. Compact to 95%. .01 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513-3 3.4 Ce Do Fe Ge Thickness tolerance: Provide the compacted thicknesses shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of minus 0.0" to plus 0.5".° Thickness shall be subject to core test for compliance to Class 2, California Standard Specifications. Smoothness tolerance: Provide the lines and grades shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of 3/8" in ten feet. 1. Deviations: Correct by removing materials, replacing with new materials, and reworking or recompacting as required. Moisture content: Use only the amount of moisture needed to achieve the specified compaction. PLACEMENT OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING Install the specified headers and stakes to achieve the arrangement of paving shown on the Drawings. Remove all loose materials from the compacted base. Apply the specified prime coat, and tack coat where required, and allow to dry, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect. Adjust frames and covers, if so required, to meet final grades. Receipt of asphaltic concrete materials:· 1. Do not accept material unless it is covered with a tarpaulin until unloaded, ahd unless the material has a temperature of not less than 280 degrees F. 2. Do not commence placement of asphaltic concrete 'materials when the atmospheric temperature is below 50 degrees F, nor during fog, rain, or other unsuitable conditic~ns. Spreading: 1. Spread material in a manner which requires the least handling. ~ 2. Where thickness of finished paving will be 3" or less, spread in one layer. Rolling: 1. After the material has been spread to the proper depth, roll until the surface is hard, smooth, unyielding, and true to the thickness and elevations shown on the Drawings. 2. Roll in at least two directions until no roller marks are visible. .01 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING °' 02513-4 3.5 3.6 3.7 ae Be ae Be ae Finished paving smoothness tolerance: a. Free from birdbaths. b. No deviations greater than 1/8" in six feet. FLOOD TEST Prior to application of :seal coat, perform a flood test in the presence, of the Architect. Method: 1o Flood the entire asphaltic concrete paved area with water by use of a tank truck or hoses. If a depression is found where water ponds to a depth of more than 1/8" in six feet, fill or otherwise correct to provide proper drainage. Feather and smooth the edges of fill so that the joint between fill and original surface is invisible. APPLICATION OF SEAL COAT Prepare the surfaces, mix the seal coat material, and apply in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Apply one coat of the.specified sealer. Achieve a finished surface seal which, when dry and thoroughly set, is smooth, tough, resilient, of uniform black color, and free from coarse textured areas, lap marks, ridges, and other surface irregularities. PROTECTION Protect the asphaltic concrete paved areas from traffic until the sealer is set and cured and does not pick up under foot or wheeled traffic. END OF SECTION .01 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513-5 SECTION 02515 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ae Work included: Provide portland cement conCrete paving where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 ae QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Be Do not commence placement of concrete until mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Architect and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and until copies of the approved mix designs are at the job site and the batch plant. Provide access for, and cooperate with, the inspector and testing laboratory described in Section 01410 of these Specifications. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS ae Provide wood or metal formwork, including adequate bracing, to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings within a vertical tolerance of 0.05 feet and an alignment tolerance of 1" at any point. Be Earth forms will not be permitted for paving. .01 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02515-1 2.2 CONCRETE 2.3 ae Be De Ee ae Comply with the following as minimums: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C150, type I or II, low alkali. 2. Aggregate, general: a. ASTM C30, unifo]~ly graded and clean; b. Do not use aggregate known to cause excessive shrinkage. 3. Aggregate, coarse: Crushed rock or washed gravel with maximum size between 3/4" and 1-1/2", and with minimum size nu]~ber 4. 4. Aggregate, fine: Natural washed sand of hard and durable particles varying from fine to particles passing a 3/8" screen, of which at least 12% shall pass a 50-mesh sCreen. 5. Water:~ Clean and potable. 6. Minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. Use only such additives as are .recommended in the mix design and approved by the Architect and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Provide concrete in the proportions established by the mix design required under Section 01410 of these Specifications, and to the compressive strength shown on the Drawings. Provide "Hunt TLF" curing agent'manufactured by Hunt Process Co., Inc., at the manufacturer's recommended rate of application. Concrete at gas islandl canopy shall be integrally colored with lamp black with hardener/sealer. OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. .01 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02515-2 3.2 3.3 ae Bo FINAL PREPARATION OF SUBGRADES 'After preparation of subgrade as specified in another Section of these Specifications, thoroughly scarify and sprinkle the entire area to be paved, and then compact to a smooth, hard, even surface of 95% compaction. INSTALLATION Transit mix the concrete in accordance with provisions of ASTM C94. 1. With each load, provide ticket certifying to the materials and quantities and to compliance with the approved mix design. 2. On the transit-mix ticket, State the time water was. first added to the mix. 3. At the batch plant, withhold 2-~/2 gal of water per cu yd of concrete. .. 4. Upon arrival at the job site, and as directed by the testing laboratory inspector, 'add all or part of the withheld water before the concrete is discharged from the.mixer. 5. Mix not less than five minutes after the withheld water has been added, and not less than one minute of that time immediately prior to discharge of the batch. 6. Unless otherwise directed, provide 15 minutes total mixing time per batch after first addition of water. Do not use concrete that has stood over 30 minutes after leaving the mixer, or concrete that is not placed within 60 minutes after water is introduced into the mix. Conveying: 1. Place concrete in accordance with the following and pertinent recommendations contained in ACI 304. 2. Deposit concrete continuously in laYers of such thickness that no concrete will be. placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. 3. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified herein. 4. Perform concrete placing at such a rate that concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. 5. 'Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location so as to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing. 6. Do not subject concrete to any procedure which will cause segregation. .01 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02515-3 3.4 Fe ao Do not use concrete'which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet required quality control limits, or has been contaminated by foreign materials. Remove rejected concrete from the site. Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation within the limits of construction joints until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 1. Bring surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge, and then strike off. 2. Use bullfloats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free from bumps and hollows. 3. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the surfaces'prior to start of finishing operations. Expansion joints: 1. Locate expansion joints where indicated, filled to full depth with expansion joint material. 2. In curbs, .locate 1/2" thick joint at the beginning and end of curves, and at 15'-0" to 20'-0" centers elsewhere (refer to traffic paving plan). 3. In curbs and paving,, hold down 1/2" and seal exposed joints with joint sealer. Finishing: 1. Begin floating when the water sheen has disappeared and when the surface has stiffened sufficiently to pe=mit the operation. 2. During or after the first floating, check the planeness of surface with a ten foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. 3o Cut down high spots and fill low spots, and produce a surface level within 1/4" in two feet as determined by a two foot straightedge placed anywhere on the sur~face in any direction. 4. Refloat the surface immediately to-a uniform sandy texture. 5. While the surface is still plastic, provide a textured finish by drawing a fiber bristle broom uniformly-over the surface. a. unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide the texturing in one direction only. b. Provide "light," "medium," or "coarse" texturing as directed by the Architect. CURING AND PROTECTION Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures and mechanical injury. .01 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02515-4 3.5 ao PAVEMENT STRIPING AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to preform all parking lot markings as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perfo~u all parking lot markings as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Striping: Parking stall, division'and limit lines are to be 4" in width, true and straight and as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Handicap Symbols and Designations: Pavement markings are to be "Handicap Blue: in locations where indicated on Drawings. Materials and application similar to parking lot marking paint. 4. Directional Arrows: Paint directional arrows on pavement in locations as shown on drawings. END OF SECTION 02515-5 .01 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE coNCRETE PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide cast-in-place concrete, in- cluding formwork and reinforcement, where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include; but are not necessarily lim'ited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division i of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate n,,mhers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the spec- ified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Bo Comply with "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings", ACI 301, except as may he.modified herein. Concrete contractor s;hall check with Owner, pll, mher, Electrician and Har~a Car Wash Systems for any additional undergrou~ plumbing or electrical work prior to pouring any concrete. De Contractor shall contact Hanna Car Wash Systems for final inspection of conveyor trench and correlator pit prior to pouring any concrete. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS Ae Design, erect~ support, brace, and maintain formwork so it willsafely support vertical and lateral loads which might be applied until such loads can be sup- ported safely by the concrete structure. · 01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1' 2.2 2.3 2.4 A® Be Construct forms to the exact sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, and level and plumb work in the finished structure. MOISTURE BARRIER Under floor slabs on grade, provide a moisture barrier consisting of: 1. Poly Vinyl Chloride 6 mil thick sheeting, with all joints taped and sealed; 2. Two inches of clean dry sand, evenly spread on top of the installed plastic sheeting. REINFORCEMENT Comply with the followin~ as minimums: 1. Bars: ASTM A615, grade 40 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, ~using deformed bars for number 3 and larger; 2. Welded wire fabric: ASTMA185; 3. Bending: ACI 318. Fabricate reinforcement to the required shapes and dimensions, within fabrication tolerances stated in the CRSI "Manual of Standard Practices." Do not use reinforcement having any' of the following defects: 1. Bar length, depths, or bends exceeding the specified fabricating tolerances; 2. Bends Or kinks not indicated on the Drawings or required for this Work; 3. Bar with cross-section reduced due to excessive rust or other causes, o CONCRETE Comply with the following as minimums: 1. 2. e e Portland cement: ASTM C150, type II, low alkali. Aggregate, general: a. ASTM C30, uniformly graded and clean; b. Do not use aggregate known to cause excessive shrinkage. Aggregate, coarse: Crushed rock or washed gravel with minimum size between 3/4" and 1-1/2", and with a maximum size number 4. Aggregate, fine: Natural washed sand of hard and durable particles varying from fine to particles passing a 3/8" screen of which at least .12% shall pass a 50-mesh screen. Water: Clean and potable. .01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 2.5 2.6 Bo Ae Ae Co ProVide concrete with the compressive strengths shown on the Drawings. When such strengths are not shown on the Drawings, provide the following as minimums: 1. Concrete footing~s: 2000 psi 2. Concrete slabs on grade: 2000 psi 3. Concrete walks: 2000 psi NON-SHRINK GROUT MaSter Flow 713 as manufactured by Master Builders Inc., approved equivalent with the approval of the Architect and'Engineer. OTHER MATERIALS General: As required for the Work, provide the following materials, or equals approved in advance by the Architect. Liquid bonding agent: "Weid-Crete",manufactured by the Larsen Products Corporation. Liquid curing agents: 1. Where application of specified me finish materials will be inhibitei by use of curing agents, cure the surface by water only; do not use chemical cure. For curing other areas, use "Hunt TLF" manu- factured by Hunt Process Company, Inc.. Sealer: 1. ASTM C-309, Type 1, Class A, Fed. Spec. TT-C-800A, Class 1. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Burke Co. "Industrial Concrete Sealer" b. Approved e~al. SliP-resistant abrasive aggregate: 1. Provide aluminum oxide, 14/36 grading. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Carborundum Company; b. Norton Company; c. L.M. Scofield Company. Expansion joint filler: 1. Provide preformed strips, non-extruding and resilient bituminous type, of thickness indicated, complying with~TM D1751. 2. If sealants specified in Section 07920 are used in the joints built under this Section, provide a filler complying with ASTM D1752. .01 CAST-IN-P~CE CONCRETE 03300-3 3.5 Be Ao Mixing water: · 1. At the batch pla~, withhold 2-1/2 gal. of water per cu yd of con¢:rete~ 2. Upon arrival at t~e job site, add all or part of the withheld watE~r (as required for proper slumpS. before the concrE~te is discharged from the mixer. 3. Mix not less than five minutes after the with- held-water has been added, and not less than one minute of that time immediately prior to dis- charge of the batch. 4. Unless otherwise directed, provide 15 minutes total mixing time per batch after first addition of water. Do not use concrete that has stood for over 30 minutes ~.after leaving the mixer, or concrete that is not placed within 60 minutes after water is first intro- duced into the mix. PLACING CONCRETE . .~. Preparation: 1. Remove foreign matter accumulated in the trenches. 2.Rigidly close openings left in the formwork. Use only clean tools. Be Conveying: 1. Perform concrete placing at such a ra~e that concrete which is~ being integrated with fresh con- crete is still plastic. 2. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final loca=ion so as to avoid separation due to rehandling and flowing. 3. Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet required quality control limits, or has been contaminated by foreign materials~. 4. Remove rejected concrete from the job'site. C® Placing concrete in forms: 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers not deeper than 24", and avoid inclined construction'joints. 2. Remove temporary spreaders in forms when concrete has reached the e~levation of the spreaders. 3.6 STEPS, SLABS, WALKS, ~D PAVING ON EARTH Preparation for slabs on earth: Prepare the subgrade as specified in other Sectlons. Dampen the subgrade for exterior slabs and paving prior to placing concrete, but do not dampen sub- grade at interior floor slabs. 3. Provide the specified vapor barrier membrane, with the bedding and covering shown on the Drawings, be- neath floor slabs on grade. .01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 3.7 a. Place the membrane in as large sheets as prac-- ticable, lapping 12", with the top lap placed in the direction, concrete will be spread. b.. Carefully cut, fit, and seal the membrane to all pipes and conduits projecting through the mem- brane, using small sheets, where necessary, and pressure-sensitive tape. c. Make necessary repairs to the membrane, and se- cure to the Architect's approval before placing concrete. d. Do not permit membrane to be punctured except at screed stakes and utility risers. B. Placing concrete slabs: 1. Deposit and consolid~ate concrete slabs in a continu- ous.operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is complet- ed. 2. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge, and then strike off. 3. Tamp the freshly placed concrete, except slabs to receive separate topping finish or mortar setting bed, using a heavy tamper, until at least 3/8" of mortar is brought to the surface. 4. Use tampers having a face consisting essentially of a grid of parallel metal bars. 5. Tamp with a light ta~per, and screed with a heavy straightedge, until depressions'and irregularities are worked out and t~e surface is true ~o' finish grades and elevations. 6. Remove excess water and debris worked to the surface in compacting and sere,ding. 7. When concrete has hardened sufficiently, float to a compact and smooth surface. 8. Provide the finish surfaces shown on the Drawings or otherwise directed by the Architect, in accordance with pertinent provisions of these SpecificatiOns. C. Cure and protect concrete in accordance with pertinent provisions of these Specifications. JOINTS Construction joints: 1. Do not use horizontal construction joints except as may be' shown on the Drawings. 2. If additional, const~mction joints are found to be required, secure the Architect's approval of joint design and location prior to start of concrete placement. .01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 3.8' Be Expansion joints: · 1. Do not permit reinforcement or 'other embedded metal items that are beingbonded with concrete (except dowels in floors bonded on only one side of the joints) to extend continuously through any expan- sion joint. 2. Fill expansion joints' full depth with expansion joint material app, roved by the Architec~ and speci- fied herein. Crack control joints: Saw cut in location as noted on Drawings. CONCRETE FINISHING .-~.... .. ~. Except as may be shown otherwise~on the' Drawings, pro- vide the following finishes at the indicated locations. 1. Trowel finish: a. Apply to monolithic ~'~lab surfaces that are to be · .exposed to View, unless otherwise shown, and to slab surfaces that are to be covered with resil- ient flooring, carpeting, paint, or other thin- film finish coating system. 2. Non-slip broom finish: a. Apply to walks, stairs, drives, ramps, and sim- ilar pedestrian and vehicular areas not receiv- ing abrasive aggregate. Troweled finish: 1. Provide a floated finish as described above, follow- ed by a power troweling and then a hard troweling. a. Produce an initial surface which is relatively free from defects, but which still may show some trowel marks. b. Provide hand troweling when a ringing sound is produced as the trowel is moved over the sur- face. c. Thoroughly consolidate the surface by hand troweling. 2. Provide a finished surface essentially free from trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance. a. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, use grinding or other means as necessary and re- move all defec~:s of such magnitude as would show through the floor covering. Broom finish: 1. Provide a floated finish as described above. 2. While the surface is still plastic, provide a tex- tured finish by drawing a fiber bristle broom uni- formly over the surface. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide the texturing in one direction only. .01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7 3.9 Be e Provide "light", "med!ium", or "coarse" texturing as directed by the Architect or otherwise called for on the Drawings. CURING AND PROTECTION Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot and cold temper- atures, and mechanical injury. Preservation of moisture: ° 1. Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, apply One of the following procedures to concrete not in contact with forms, immediately after completion of placement and finishing. a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling; b. Application of the curing agent specified in Part 2 of this Section. 2. where forms are exposed to the sun, minimize mois- ture loss by keeping the forms wet until they can be removed safely. 3. Cure concrete by preserving moisture as specified. above fo~ at least semen days. Temperature, wind, and humidity: 1. Cold weather: a. when the mean daily temperature outdoors is less than 40 degrees F, maintain the temperature of the concrete between 50 degrees F and 70 degrees F for the required curing period. b. when necessary, provide proper and'adequate heating system capable of maintaining the re- quired heat without injury due to concentration of heat. c. Do not use combustion heaters during the first · ~"' 24 hours unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of 'the concrete'to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. 2. Hot weather: when necessary, provide wind breaks, fog spraying, shading', sprinkling, ponding, or wet covering with a light, colored material, applying as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing opera- tions will allow. '.' ~ 3. Rate of temperaturechange: Keep the temperature of the air immediately adjacent to the concrete .during and immediately following the curing period as uni- form as possible and not exceeding a change of 5 de- grees F in any one hour period, or 50 degrees F in any 24 hour period. Protection from mechanical injury: 1. During the curing period, protect the concrete from damaging, mechanical disturbances such as heavy shock, load stresses, and excessive vibration. .01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8 3 · 10 Ae 2. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage from construction equipment, materials, and methods, by application of curing procedures, and by rain and running water. 3. .Do not load self-supporting structures in such a way as to overstress ~e concrete. REMEDIAL WORK Repair or replace deficient work as directed by the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. Patching formed concrete: Remove fins, projections, and offsets. Cut out rock pockets, honeycomb, and other de- fects to sound concrete, edges of cuts straight and per- pendicular to the surface. Dampen cuts and scrub with neat portland cement slurry just prior to patching, or apply an approved epoxy concrete adhesive. Saturate form tie holes with water and fill all voids and patches with flush smooth-finished mortar of same mix as con- crete (less coarse aggregate), cure, and dry. END OF SECTION .01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 Be Work included: Provide concrete unit masonry and water repellent coating where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and. as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: .. 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, 'but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of' these SpecificationS. Section 07110 Membrane Waterproofing. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data neededto prove compliance with the specified requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent prOvisions Of Section 01640. Store masonry units above ground on level platforms which allow air circulation under the stacked units. C. Cover and protect against wetting prior to use. · 01 CONCRETE 'UNIT MASONRY 04220-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS Provide lightweight hollow load-bearing standard grey concrete block masonry units complying with ASTM C90, grade, N-1. (Refer to drawings for locations to re- ceive specific block t~es). Be Dimensions: 1. Provide units of the dimensions shown on the Drawings. Where dimensions are not shown on the Drawings, provide units having nominal face dimensions of: a. 8" X 8" X 16" b. 8" x 8" x 16"~. center scored (one side). c. 8" x 8" x 16",. center scored (both sides). Provide accessory shapes as indicated or otherwise required. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT AND ACCESSORIES Comply with the following as minimums. 1. Bars: ASTMA615, grade 40, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, u~ing deformed bars for number 3 and larger. 2. Bending: ACI 318. 3. Wire reinforcement: ASTM A82. Bo Fabricate reinforcement in accordance with recommendations contained in CRSI "Manual of Standard Practices." 2.3 MORTAR Ingredients: 1. Portland cement: comply with ASTM C150, type II. 2. Lime: a. b. Provide hydrated lime complying with ASTM C207, or quicklime complying with ASTM C5. When quicklime is used, slake and then screen through a 16 mesh sieve. After slaking and screening,, but before using, store and protect for not less than ten days. Aggregate: Provide clean, sharp, well graded aggregate free from injurious amounts of dust, lumps, shale, alkali, surface coatings, and organic matter, and complying with ASTM C144. Admixtures: Do not use admixtures unless specifically approved in advance by the Architect. Water: Provide water free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, and organic materials. .01 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-2' 2.4 Be Mixing: 1. Provide mortar t~q~e "S" , as designated on the Drawings or otherwise'directed by the Architect, and in accordance with ASTM C270. 2. Proportions: a. For type "S" mortar, provide one part portland cet~ent to 1/2 part hydrated lime and 4-1/2 parts sand by volume. -- 3. Mechanically mix in a batch mixer for not less than three minutes, using only sufficient water to produce a mortar which is spreadable and of a workable consistency. 4. Retemper mortar with water as required to maintain high plasticity'. - a. On mortar boards, retemper only by adding water within a basin .formed with mortar, and by working '~he mortar into the water. b. Discard and do not use mortar which is unused after 1-1/2 hours following initial mixing. GROUT Ingredients: 1. Portland cement: Comply with ASTM C150, type II. 2. Aggregate: Provide clean, sharp, well graded aggregate free from injurious amounts of dust, lumps, shale, alkali, surface coatings, and organic matter. 3. Admixtures: Do not use admixtures unless specifically approved in advance by the Architect. 4. Water: Provide water free from injurious amounts of acids, alkalis, and organic materials. Mixing: 1. Provide "fine grout" or "coarse grout" as designated on the Drawings or otherwise directed by the Architectl, and in accordance with ASTM C476. 2. When the minimum grout compressive strength is required to be more than 2000 psi, provide laboratory design mix prepared as required for design mixes of concrete under Section 03300 of these Specifications. 3. Proportions: a. For "fine grout," provide one'part portland cement to 2-1/4' parts minimum to 3 parts maximum of damp loose sand, with sufficient water to achieve fluid consistency. b. For "coarse grout," provide one part portland cement to 3 parts maximum of damp loose sand to two parts coarse aggregate, with sufficient water to achieve fluid consisten~. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY .01 04220-3 2.5 "Fluid consistency" is interpreted as meaning as fluid as possible for pouring intimately in place without segregation. Use "fine grout" where called for on the Drawings, where the grout space is less than 3" in its least dimension, and where otherwise directed by the Architect or required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. WATER REPELLENT COATING At all exterior wall surfaces, provide "Rainguard HD" water repellent coating manufactured by Rainguard Pro- ducts Company, 821 West Hyde Park Boulevard, Inglewood, California 90302 (213) 670-2953, or equal clear water repellent, coating approved in advance by the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions 'detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIOn,S A® Do not place masonry units when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. ~ 3.3 Bo Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to wind and sun when erected in ambient air temperature of 99 degrees F in the shade, with relative humidity less than 50%. INSTALLATION . .... ~-~ .- General ' 1. Do not commence installation of the work of this Section until.horizontal and vertical alignment of foundation is within 1" of plumb and the lines shown on the Drawings. 2. Lay only dry masonryunits. 3. Use masonry saws to cut and fit masonry units. 4. Set units plumb, true to line, and with level coursesaccurately spaced. 5. clean the top surface of foundation free from dirt, debris, and laitance, and .expose the aggregate prior to start of installing first course. .01 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-4 3.4 Ce De Ae 6.." Accurately fit t~e units to plumbing, ducts, openings, and ot~er interfaces, neatly patching all holes. 7. Keep the walls continually clean, preventing grout and mortar stains. If grout does run over, clean immediately. Unless otherwise sho~m on the Drawings, provide running bond with vertical joints located at center of masonry units in the alternate course below· (Refer to drawings for concrete block with stack bond.) Do not use chipped or broken units. .If such units ar~ discovered in the finished wall, the Architect may require their immediate removal and replacement with new units at no additional cost to the Owner. Laying up: 1. 2. 3. 4. Place units in ~rtar with full shoved bed and head joints. Align vertical cells of hollow units to. maintain a clear and unobstructed system of flues'' Hold racking to an absolute minimum. Provide cleanouts at the bottom of each cell of hollow units for removing mortar droppings. Do not close the ¢leanouts until they have been inspected and approved by the Architect. Clean- outs shall be required for either low lift or high lift method. If low lift grouting is used, clean- outs may be omitted with Architect's written ap- proval. Reinforcement: 1. Provide reinforcement as shown on the Drawings, fully embedded in grout and not in mortar or mortar joints. Provide required metal accesSories to ensure adequate alignment of steel during grout filling operations. Do not splice vertical reinforcement except where shown on the Drawings. Tooling: 1. Tool joints to a dense, smooth surface. 2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide joints of "concave" pattern throughout. GROUTING Perform grouting in strict accordance with the provisions of the governing building code. 1. Solidly fill vertical cells containing reinforcement. .01 CONCRETE IUNIT MASONRY 04220-5 3.5 ae Be Consolidate grout at time of pour by puddling with a mechanical vibrator, filling all cells of the masonry, and then reconsolidating later by puddling before the plasticity is lost. CLEANING Inspection and adjustment: 1. Upon completion of the work of this Section, make a thorough inspection of installed masonry and verify that units have been installed in accordance with the provisions of this Section. 2. Make necessary adjustments. Clean surfaces of masonI7 as required for proper application of the specified finishes. END OF SECTION .01 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-6 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: provide structural steel as shown on the Drawings, specified herein, and needed for a complete and proper i]~stallation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division i of these Specifications. Section 01410: Testing and inspecting. .Section 05500: Metal fabrications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A® Use adequate n-mb,rs of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely f~miliar with the specified requirement~ and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Be Perform welding with electric arc process and in accordance with AWS "(:ode for Arch and Gas Welding in Buildings"; In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with: 1. AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Struc~mral Steel for Buildings"; 2. AISC "Code of Standard Practice". 1.3 ~SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Bo Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Sufficient technical data to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. 2. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrica- tion, installation and anchorage of each steel member. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. B. Delivery and storage: · 01 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-1 Deliver materials to the job site properly marked to identify the location for which they are intended. Use markings corresponding to markings shown on the approved Shop Drawings. Store in a manner to maintain identification and prevent damage, off the ground, using pallets or other supports, ar~ to permit easy access for in- spection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rolled steel plates and! bars: Comply With ASTMA36. B. Steel pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, type E or S, grade B C. Steel tube: Comply with ASTMA500, grade B Machine bolts: Comply with ASTM A307, grade A, and ANSI B18.2, with square and/or hexagonal heads as selected by the Contractor. E® Arc welding electrodes: Comply with ASTM A233, ET0XX series, as required for conditions of intended use. Primer: Use "10-99 Tnemec Primer" or "Rustoleum' number 5769 Primer". 2.2 FABRICATION Shop fabrication and as:sembly: 1. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance · with AISC specifications, and as indicated on the approved'Shop Drawings. 2. Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including welding of units, before start of. finishing.for identification as to location for 3. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in the final structure free from markings, burrs, and other defects. ~ Do not flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2.3 SHOP PAINTING 2.4 General: 1. Thoroughly clean structural steel, removing all loose mill scale, grease, dirt, and foreign matter by scraping or sandblasting. 2. Apply the specified paint to a dry film thickness not less' than 1.5 mils.nd the initial 2" of OTHER MATERIALS .01 STRUCTURAl, STEEL 05120-2 Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as. se- lected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and propercompletion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 ERECTION Temporary shoring and. bracing: 1. Provide temporary' shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. 2. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of the structure as erection proceeds. 3. Remove temporary connections and members when permanent members, are in place and final con- nections are made. Anchor bolts: 1. Install anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to adjacent work. 2. Provide templates~ and other devices as needed for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. Setting bases and bearing plates: 1. Clean concrete bearing surfaces free from bond- reducing materials. 2. Clean the bottc~ surface of base and bearing plates. 3. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members in wedges or other adjusting devices~. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members-have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with the edge of the base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. 6. Pack grout.solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plate to assure that no voids remain. 7. Finish exposed su=faces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure in strict compliance with the manufacturers' recommendations as approved by the Architect. .01. STRUCT~5~AL STEEL 05120-3 3.3 ao Be Field assembly: 1. Set structural col~ns accurately to the lines and elevations indicated. 2. Align and adjust the members forming part of a complete frame or structure before fastening per- manently. 3. Clean the bearing s~rfaces and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly. 4. Adjust as required to compensate for discrepancies in elevation and alignment. 5. Level and Plumb individual members of the struc- ture within specified AISC tolerances. 6. Comply with AISC specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections and alignment. Gas cutting: 1. Do not use gas cutting torches for correcting fabricating errors in the structural framing, except on secondary members where acceptable to the Architect. 2. When gas cutting is permitted, finish the gas cut section to a sheared appearance acceptable to the Architect. PAINTING secure all required approvals of welding and connec- tions prior to application of field primer. Notify the Architect whE~ the work of this Section is ready to receive primer. Prime coat structural steel and fittings, except galva- nized items, which will not be enclosed or concealed in the finished work. 1. Prepare surfaces by removing loose rust, loOse mill scale, and spatter,, slag, and flux deposits? ~2. Clean steel in accordance with SteelStructures Painting Council SP-3, "Power Tool Cleaning". 3. After erection, clean spots and surfaces where paint has been removed, damaged, or burned off] and clean field bolts and other field connections not concealed in ~e finished Work. 4. Remove dirt, oil, and grease. 5. Apply a spot coat of the approved primer. 6. Do not apply paint to wet, damp, oily, or improperly prepared surfaces. 7. Spray apply the primer, filling joints and corner, and covering surfaces with a smooth unbroken film of at least 1.5 d~y mils thickness. END OF SECTION .01 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-4 SECTION O55OO METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide miscellaneous metal work shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 Be Be Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not neces~sarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers o,f skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and. experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements, and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Perform shop and/or field welding required in connection with the work'of this Section in strict accordance with pertinent recommendations of the American Welding Society. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Procepd, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the 'work of this Section with the work of adjacent 'trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when appr=ved by the Architect, will become the basis"for accepting or rejecting actual installation proceduresused on the Work. .01 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-1 1.4 A. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A® In fabricating items which will be exposed to view, limit materials to those which are free from surface blemishes, pitting, rolled trade names, and roughness. Be 2.2 Comply with following standards, as pertinent. 1. Steel plates, shapes, and bars: ASTM A36; 2. Steel plates to be bent or cold-formed: ASTM A283, grade C; 3o Steel tubing (hot-formed, welded, or seamless): ASTMA501; 4. Steel bars and bar-size shapes: ASTM A306, grade 65, or ASTM A36; 5. Cold-finished steel bars: ASTMA108; 6. Cold-rolled carbon steel sheets: ASTMA336; 7. Galvanized carbon steel sheets: ASTMA526, with G90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTMA525; 8. Stainless steel sheets: AISI type 302 or 304, 24 gage, with number 4 finish; 9. Gray iron castings: ASTM A48, class 10; 10. Malleable iron castings: ASTMA47; 11. Steel pipe: ASTMA53, grade B, schedule 40, gal- vanize finish unless otherwise noted;' 12. Concrete inserts: a. Threaded or wedge type galvanized.ferrous castings of malleable iron complying with b. Provide required bolts, shims, and washers, hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. 13. FASTENERS General: 1. 2. Perforated Metal For exterior use andl where built into exterior walls, provide zinc-coated fasteners. Provide fasteners of type, grade, and class required for the pazticular use. Comply with following standards as pertinent.. 1. Bolts and nuts: Provide hexagon-head regular type complying with ASTM A307, grade A; 2. Lag bolts: Provide square-head type complying with Fed Spec FF-B-561; 3. Machine screws: Pruvide cadmium plated steel~type complying with Fed Spec FF-S-111; .01 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 Be 4. "Washers: a. Plain washers: Comply with'Fed Spec FF-W-92, round, carbon steel~ b. Lock washers: Comply With Fed Spec'FF-W-84, helical spring type carbon steel~ 5. Toggle bolts: Provide type, class, and style needed but complying with Fed Spec FF-B-S88~ 6. Anchorage devices: Provide expansion shield complying with Fed Spec FF-S-325. PIPE RAILINGS, HANDRAILS & BRACKETS Galvanized pipe railings and handrails: 1. Fabricate from 1-1/2" outside diameter standard steel pipe to shapes and dimensions indicated or otherwise required for the use. 2. Make joints flush, with concealed and seamless ..fittings. 3. Accurately cut, miter, weld, and grind'to achieve flush surfaces. -~ 4. Make bends to preserve contour o~ the pipe. 5. Cap the tops of posts and -exposed bottoms of posts. 6. Prime finish with two coats of specified primer. STEEL TUBE GRID SECURITY SCREEN Steel Tubing 1. Fabricate from standard steel tube column sections the shapes and dimensions indicated or otherwise 'required for the use. 2. Accurately cut, miter, weld and grind smooth to achieve flush surfaces. 3. Prime finish with two coats of specified primer. Perforated Metal 1. As fabricated by McNichols Co., Tampa, Florida. P.O. Box 30300, PIPE GUARD POSTS Inside diameter standard weight pipe sizes and fittings as required, joint caped, welded and ground smooth, hot-dip galvanize or fabricate from galvanized pipe. OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to. the approval of the Architect. .01 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-3 2.7 SHOP PAINT Primer: Use "10-99 Tnemec Primer" or "Rustoleum Number 5769.Primer." For repair of galvanizing, use a high zinc-dust content paint complying with MIL-P-21035. 2.8 FABRICATION ao Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings or the approved Shop Drawings, use materials of size, thick- ness, and type required to produce reasonable strength and durability in the work of this Section. Be Fabricate with accurate angles and surfaces which are true to the required lines and levels, grinding exposed welds smooth and flush, forming exposed connections with hairline joints, and using concealed fastenenrs wherever possible. Ce · Prior to shop painting or priming, properly clean metal surfaces as required for the applied finish and for the proposed use of the item. De On surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection, apply two coats of the ~pecified primer. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from the first. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 COORDINATION Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. 3.3 INSTAT.?ATION General: 1. Set work accurately into position, plumb, level, true, and free from rack. 2. Anchor firmly into position. .01 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-4 3. "Where field welding is required, comply with AWS recommended procedures of manual-shielded metal- arc welding for appearance .and quality of weld and for methods to be used in correcting welding work. 4. Grind exposed welds smooth, and touchup shop prime coats. 5. Do not cut, weld, or abrade surfaces which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and Which are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. Immediately after erection, clean the field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop priming. Paint the exposed areas with same material used for shop priming. END OF SECTION .01 METAL FABiRICATIONS 05500-5 SECTION 06100 ROUGH (~%RPENTRY PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A® Work included: Providle wood, nails, bolts, screws, framing anchors and ot~er rough hardware, and. other items needed, and perform rough carpentry for the .construction shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: i. Document~ affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division I of these Specifications.. ¸1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ao Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Codes and standards: 1. In addition to complying the pertinent codes and regulations of g=~ernmental agencies having jurisdiction, unl,ess otherwise specifically directed or permitted by the Architect comply with: a. "Product Use Manual" of the Western Wood Products Association for selection and use of products included in that manual; b. "Plywood Spe~:ification and Grade Guide" of the American Plywood Association; c. "Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber" of the Redwood Inspection ~reau for Redwood, when used. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent 9rovisions of Section 01640. Be Protection: 1. Deliver the materials to the job site and store, in a safe area, out of the way of traffic, and shored up off the.ground surface. 2. Identify framing ].umber as to grades, and store each grade separately from other grades. .02 ROUGH C~PENTRY 06100-1 Protect metals with'adequate waterproof outer wrapping. Use extreme care in off loading of lumber to prevent damage, splitting, and breaking of materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRADE STAMPS Identify framing lumber by the grade stamp of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, or such other grade stamp as is approved in advance by the Architect. .B. Identify plywood as to species, grade, and glue type by the stamp of the American Plywood Association.' Identify other materials of this Section by the appropriate stamp of the agency approved in advance by th. Architect. 2.2 MATERI~ALS A® Provide materials in the quantities needed for the Work shown on ~he Drawings, and meeting or exceeding the following standards of ~lality: 1. Horizontal framing members: a. Joists: Douglas Fir, grade No. 1. b. Beams: Douglas Fir, Select Structural. 2. Vertical framing men,ers: Douglas Fir, posts: grade No. 1; studs: stud grade. 3. Plywood: a. Sheathing: Stzuctural I, C-D with exterior ..... glue. b. Telephone backboard: 3/4" thick, A-D, group -~'-:: ~'1, interior. '~ 4. Building paper: Kraft paper complying with Fed Spec UU-B-790a. 5. Wood preservative: Ammoniacal copper ars.nit,, or 5% solution of pentachlorophenol. 6. Rough hardware: : a. Steel items: (1) Comply wi~ASTMA36. (2) Use galvanized at exterior locationS. b. Machine bolts: Comply with ASTMA307. c. Lag bolts: Co~)ly with Fed Spec FF-B-561. d. Nails: (1) Use common except as otb. z-wise noted. (2) Comply with Fed Spec FF-N-1. (3) Use galvanized at exterior locations. e. Joist hangers: Simpson, Teco, or equal as approved by the Architect.' .02 ROUGH CARP]:NTRY 06100-2 2.3 OTHER MATERIALS Ae Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and. conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 DELIVERIES stockpile materials sufficiently in advance of need to assure their availability in a timely manner for this Work. Make as many trips to the job site as are needed to deliver materials of this Section in a timely manner to ensure orderly progress of the Work. 3.3 COMPLIANCE Ae Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto or to be stored at the job site. Promptly remove non-complying materials from the job site and replace with materials meeting the requirements of this Section. 3.4 WORKMANSHIP Ae Produce joints which are tight, true, and well nailed, with members assembled in accordance with the Drawings and with pertinent codes and regulations. Selection of lumber pieces: 1. Carefully select the members. 2. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing, and will allow making of proper connections. 3. Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve ]~ts intended function. 4. Lumber may be rejected by the Architect, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive warp, .02 ROUGH (~%RPENTRY 06100-3 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus, or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting. C. Do not shim any framing component. GENERAL FRAMING General: 1. In addition to framing operations normal to the fabrication and erection indicated on the Drawings, install wood blocking'and backing required for the work of other trades. 2. Set horizontal and sloped members with crown up. 3. Do not notch, cut, or bore members for pipes, ducts, or conduits, or for other reasons except as shown on the Drawings or as specifically approved in advance by the Architect. Bearings: 1. Make bearings full unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Finish bearing surfaces on which structural members are to rest so as to give sure and even support. Where framing members slope, cut or notch the ends as required to give uniform bearing surface. BLOCKING, BRIDGING AND FIRE BLOCKING Install blocking as re~=ired to support items of finish and fire blocking to cut off concealed draft openings, both vertical and horizontal, between ceiling and floor areas. Be Bridging: 1. Cross bridging may. be omitted for roof and ceiling joists where the ~ission is permitted by code, except where otherwise'indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install solid blocking between joist~ at points of support and wherewmr sheathing is discontinUous. Blocking may be omitted where joists are supported on metal hangers. ~ On framing members to r~mceive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1/8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members. INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING Placement: 1. Place plywood with face grain perpendicular to supports and continuously over at least two .02 ROUGH C~RPENTRY 06100-4 3.9 Be · - supports, except where otherwise shown on the Drawings. Center joints accurately over supports, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Plywood shall not be installed in sizes smaller than 2' x 4'. Protect plywood from moisture by use of waterproof coverings until the plywood in turn has been covered with the nex~ succeeding component or finish. FASTENING Nailing: 1. Use only common wire nails or spikes of the dimension shown on the Nailing Schedule, except where otherwise specifically noted on the Drawings. 2. For conditions not covered in the Nailing Schedule provide penetration into the piece receiving the point of not less than 1/2 the length of the nail or spike, provided, however, that 16d nails may be used to connect ~o pieces of 2" (nominal) thickness. 3. Nail without split=ting wood. 4. Pr.bore as requir~ad. 5. Remove split memb,ars and replace with members complying with the specified requirements. Bolting: 1. Drill holes 1/16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used. 2. Drill straight and true from one side only. 3. Do not bear bolts threads on wood, but use washers under head and nut where both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. 4. Re-tighten all bolts prior to closing in. Screws: 1. For lag screws and wood screws, pr,bore holes same diameter as root of threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank. END OF SECTION .02 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-5 SECTION 06151 PREFABRICATED WOOD CHORD JOISTS PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 Ae Work included: Provide prefabricated wood chord joists where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: .. 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections .in Division i of these Specifications. -QUALITY ASSURANCE - -: ..... ~.,. ~ · -. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has receiv.md the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Shop Drawings showing pertinent dptails of the units and their interface with other components of the structure, as well as a plan layout showing lengths and bridging. 3. Manufacturer"s recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation procedures used on the Work. Show that consideration has been given for support of roof mounted units and for framing around all openings. Provide details for any restrictions regarding support for roof mounted equipment, curbs or suspended ductwork and piping. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. .01 PREFABRICATED WOOD CHORD JOISTS 06151-1 Be Deliver materials of th:is Section to the job site in bund. les banded together for handling and shipping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PREFABRICATED WOOD CHO~) JOISTS Design is based on products manufactured by Trus Joist Corporation, P. O. Box ,$0, Boise, Idaho 83707 (208) 375-4450, and nomenclature of that manufacturer is used herein.. Equal products of other manufacturers will be acceptable when approved by the Architect as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. General: 1. Size and detail the work of this Section to fit the dimensions and loads indicated on the Drawings. 2. Design in accordance with allowable values and section properties assigned and approved by the governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Plywood web joists; 1. Provide "TJI" units, factory made with structural grade plywood, "Micro=Lam" or machine stress rated lumber flanges, and utilizing waterproof type glues. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials,.not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A® Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INST~?.?ATION Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the Shop Drawings and manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect. · 01 PREFABRICATED WOOD CHORD JOISTS 06151-2 Procedures: · 1. Do not impose temporary construction loads which cause stresses beyond design limits. 2. Erect bracing am~ bridging as required to maintain the units straight, and plumb. 3. Assure adequate lateral support until the sheathing material has been applied. END OF SECTION .01 PREFABRICATED WOOD CHORD JOISTS 06151-3 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Ae Work included: Install wood trim and other items not specifically described as being installed under other Sections of these Specifications. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supp,lementary Conditions, and Sections in Division i of these Specifications. 2. Section 06010: Lumber ..... 3. Section 06100: Rough carpentry. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.3 Ae Use adeqUate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified reqUirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (No products are reqUired in this Section) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. WORKMANSHIP Produce joints which are true, tight, and well nailed with all members assembled in accordance with the Drawings.. .01 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-1 3.3 3.4 3.5 Be Ce Jointing: 1. Make joints to conceal shrinkage; miter exterior joints'; cope interior joints; miter or scarf end- to-end joints. 2. Install trim in pieces as long as possible, jointing only where solid support is obtained. Fastening: 1. Install items straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place. Where blocking or backing is required, coordinate as necessary with .other trades to ensure placement of required backing and blocking in a timely manner. Nail trim with finish nails of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. Nail exterior trim with galvanized nails, making joints to exclude water and setting in waterproof glue or the sealant described in Section 07920 of these Specifications· On exposed work, set nails for putty. Screw, do not drive, wood screws; except that screws may be started by driving and then screwed home. INSTALLATION OF OTHER ITEMS Install items in strict accordance with the Drawings, and the recommended methods of the manufacturer as approved by the Architect, anchoring firmly into position at the prescribed location, straight, plumb, and level. FINISHING Sandpaper finished wood surfaces thoroughly as required to produce a uniformly smoothsurface, always' sanding in the direction of the grain; except do not sand wood which is designed to be.left rough. No coarse grained sandpaper mark, hammer mark, or other imperfection will be accepted. CLEANING UP Keep the premises in a neat, safe, and orderly condition at all times during execution of~this portion of the Work, free from accumulation of sawdust, cut- ends, and debris. Sweeping: 1. At the end of ea~: working'day, and more often if necessary, thoroughly sweep surfaces where refuse from this portion of the Work has settled. · 01 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-2 me · Remove the refuse to the area of the job site set aside for its storage. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, thoroughly broom clean all surfaces. END OF SECTION .01 FINISH CA~PENTRY 06200-3 SECTION 06240 LAMINAT~D PLASTIC PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide laminated plastic where shown on the Drawings, specified herein, and needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division i of these Specifications. 2. Section 06400: Architectural woodwork. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are co~)letely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of t~e work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has receivedl the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: '1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data needed to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Samples of the full range of colors and patterns available in each of the specified grades from the proposed manufacturer. 4. Manufacturer's recommended methods of installation which, when approw~d by the Architect, will become · the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation procedures used on the Work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. · 01 LAMINATED PLASTIC 06240-1 PART 2 - pRoDUCTS 2.1 LAMINATED PLASTICS Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Pionite of Sterling Engineered Products. 2. Wilsonart Division of Ralph Wilson Plastics, 600 Bruce Drive, Temple, Texas 76501 (817) 778-2711. 3. Nevamar Corporation, 8339 Telegraph Road, Odenton, Maryland 21113 (301) 569-5000. Be Colors and patterns: Provide "solid colors, textured finish" selected by the Architect from standard colors and finishes of the approved manufacturer. Ce Qualities and types: Provide general purpose type, 0.050" thick, complying with NEMA LD3. 2.2 ADHESIVES A® For installation of laminated plastic, use only "rigid set" (urea-resin) or "semi-rigid set" (PVC acetate) adhesives. Do not use so-called "contact" adhesives. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION Install the approved laminated plastic in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect. END OF SECTION .01 LAMINATED PLASTIC 06240-2 SECTION 06400 ARCHITEC~/RAL WOODWORK PART 1.- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Ae Work included: ProwLde architectural woodwork where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a co~)lete and proper installation, Principle items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Ail finish woodwork,' moulds, casings, facing, shelving, trim~, stops, coordinate with finish carpentry. 2. Counters, cabinets, laminated plastic cabinets counter tops, si)lashes and related items. 3. Ail exposed m~bers which require shaping or milling to specific shape or size. 4. Cabinet doors. 5. Shelf hardware and drawer slides. 6. Adhesives. 7. Stainless Steel counter top and splash. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not nec~ssarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 09990, ~aterial Color Selections. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ae Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained al~d experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Codes and standards: 1. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations of governmental agencies having. jurisdiction, comply with "Manual of Millwork" of the Woodwork Institute of California for the grades specified. 2. WIC certification and stamps will not be required. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340.. ProdUct data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the OWner's Notice to Proceed, submit: .01 ARCHITECT[~AL WOODWORK 06400-1 1.4 Materials list of items proposed to be provided under'this Sectionll Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; Samples of the proposed materials. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL Fabricate architectural woodwork to standards of the Woodwork Institute of California. Be Wood: 1. Fabricate architectural woodwork to "custom grade" standards of the Woodwork Institute of California· 2. Where shown on drawings, provide on exposed por- tions White Oak to receive transparent stain finish. No substitutions. 3. On semi-exposed portions, provide the manufactur- er's standard cabinet liner as approved by the Architect. Finishing: Site finish or mill finish architectural woodwork in accordance with pertinent provisions of Section 09900 of these Specifications. 2.2 CABINETS Unless.indicated otherwise on the drawings fabricate cabinets, etc., in laminated plastic, flush overlay design. See drawings. Be At the mill, install th~ finish hardware to be furn- ishedunder these Specifications. 2.3 COUNTERTOPS A~ Shop fabricate countertops, work surfaces and splashes to the types and dimensions shown on the drawings. Be Where indicated to be laminated plastic, cover tops and splashes with Pionite laminated plastic, or equal ap- proved in advance by the Architect, in colors and pat- terns of the approved manufacturer. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK .01 06400-2 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 .01 Be Co ae Where indicated on Drawings provide stainless steel countertops and splash by "Duke" or custom fabricated equal. Model "Continuous Counter Series". 1. Dimensions: as shown on Drawings. 2. Top and splash: one piece, 14 gauge 300 series stainless steel with all edges flanged down 2" at 90 degree. 3. Accurately cut, miter, weld and. grind to achieve flush, smooth surfaces. 4. Visable seams shall not be accepted. SHELVING Exposed Shelving in Room #3: as selected by Architact. Exposed Shelving in Rooms 4, Birch. Pionite plastic in color 9, 15, 20: Paint grade Semi-Exposed Shelving in Rooms 3, 7, 8, 16,.17, 18, 19: Low pressure decorative melamine overlay (white color). Semi-Exposed Shelving in Room 22: Paint grade Birch. Refer to drawings for size, thickness requirements and locations. TRIM & MOLDING Fabricate from White ()ak. CLOSET SHELVING Shelves 11-1/2" wide or less: Douglas Fir-Hemlock, B and Better grade; or Ponderose Pine, B and Better grade. Shelves wider than 11-.1/2": 3/4" thick, A-D, group 1, interior plywood with. 3/8" x 3/4" Douglas Fir or Pine bands on visible edges. Clothes rods: Douglas Fir, 1-3/8" diameter, with nylon sockets each end and Stanley 7045 steel bracket at center of all rods 48" long or longer. HARDWARE ITEMS: Unless noted otherwise, furnish the following items: 1. Shelf standards and brackets: End mount - ~255 & #256, Knape & Vogt Rear mount - #83 & #183, Knape & Vogt 2. Drawer slides: Accuride 3800, 2 each drawer 3. Hinges: 176 degree opening, 1200 series by Grass America, Inc. Ail doors to 48"-- i pair Doors over 48" - 1-1/2 pairs ARCHITECTUP~tL W6ODWORK 06400-3 2.7 Catches - SP 46. Stanley Doors to 42" - I each Doors over 42" - 2 each Cabinet pulls= Hewi Doors: #548/86, Black Drawers: #548/86, Black OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Ao Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section.will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 FIELD MEAS~NTS Ae Take necessary measurements in the field to assure proper dimensions for the work.of this Section. 3.3 FABRICATION Fabricate the work of this Section in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and the referenced standards. 3.4 A® Doors for all casework, counters, cupboards, closets, storage units, etc., where indicated and/or required shall be of thickness as follows (unless otherwise noted).: ~ Height: 3'-0" and unde. r- 3/4" thick. 3'-0# to 5'-0" - 1-1/8" thick. 5'-0" and over - 1-3/8" hollow core. 3.5 TOPS Ail countertops and splashes, unless otherwise indi- cated, shall be particle board overlaid with approved high pressure laminate. · 01 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400-4 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 Ae Horizontal surfaces, .~plashes and edgebanding material · to be minimum 1/16" thick. All others may be 1/32" thick. Tops shall be sqUare ~elf-edged, with self matching edgebanding minimum 1--1/2" wide. Back splash heights and covers as noted on drawings, self-edged and scribed to wall. DRAWERS Flush face, constructed to receive metal drawer guides furnished and installed as part of the work of this Section. 1. Low Pressure decorative melamine overlay (white color). Interior of drawer sections of all cabinets shall be fitted with suitable drawer stops. In no case shall face of drawers be used to stop drawer travel. BACKS Cases, counters and shelving shall have plywood backs. EDGEBANDING Except for laminate plastic, all exposed edges of part- ical board and/or p,lywood shall receive birch edge banding. SHOP ASSEMBLE Ail casework shop ass~embled, except cases too large for entrance into use area to be made in detachable sec- tions as approved (indicate on shop drawings) with pro- visions made for job reconnection in use area. SCRIBING Provide for scribing of all exposed surfaces abutting walls and'items. LENGTHS Molds, trim, casings and facings of shapes detailed on drawings shall be furnished in lengths of not less than 16'-0". INSTALLATION Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and the referenced standards, anchoring all items firmly into position. · 01 ARCHITEC~UURAL ·WOODWORK ~ 06400-5 3.13 AS may be required for installation, coordinate with brackets, plates, steel shapes and anchors specified elsewhere in thisProject Manual. COMPLIANCE The Owner reserves the right to request and pay for an inspection by a representative of the Woodwork Insti- tute of California to determine that the work of this Section has been performed in accordance with the specified standards. In the event such inspection determines that the work of this Section does not comply with the specified requirements, immediately remove the non-complying items and immediately replace them with items comply- ing with the specified requirements, all at no addi- tional cost to the Owner, and reimburse the Owner for the cost of the inspections. END OF SECTION .01 ARCHITECTUI~AL WOODWORK 06400-6 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide building insulation where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 Ae Related work: ..... 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE ..~ ~ ~ Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the.necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Be Upon completion of this portion of the Work, complete and post a certificate of insulation compliance in accordance with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies haying'jurisdiction. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Ae Provide the following Owens/Corning Fiberglas building insulation where shc.wn on the Drawings or otherwise needed to achieve the degree of insulation required under pertinent regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 1. Type A: 3-1/2" thick foil-faced glass fiber harts with an insulation-only value of R-11. 2. Type B: 6" thick foil-faced glass fiber batts with an insulation-only value of R-19. 3. Type C: 6" thick foil-faced glass fiber batts with an insulation-only value of R-19. 4. Type D: 3-1/2" thick unlaced glass fiber sound isolating harts. .01 BUILDING INSULATION 07210-1 2.2 Type E: 9-1/2" thick foil-faced glass fiber.batts with an insulation-only value of R-30 (for Ceiling Areas as indicated[ on Drawings). OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Be Remove, or protect against, projections in construction framing which may damage or prevent proper installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the original design, requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures as approved by the Architect, anchoring all components firmly into position. END OF SECTION .01 BUILDING INSULATION 07210-2 SECTION 07511 BITUMINOUS ROOFING- PART i - GENERAL 1.1 .DESCRIPTION 1.2 Work included: Provide bituminous roofing where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work:. -. 1.. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Ce Use a subcontractor approved in writing by the manufacturer of the approved roofing system. Cooperate as required in performance of the specified inspecting and testing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar'days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation prc.cedures used on the Work. 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. Ae Responsibility: It is the intent of the Contract Docu- ments to place the re~sponsibility for the water tight- ness of the entire roof under the Contractor. In sub- .01 BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07511-1 1.5 Ge ae mitring a bid the Contractor and manufacturer whose material he proposes to use, agree to the conditions as set forth in all the Contract Documents. They further agree that all. condlitions as set forth in said documents are complete and meet their specific requirements for abonded roof of the period specified. In the event the Contract Documents do not completely or correctly cover their specific requirements, the Contractor shall provide for same in the bid. Under no circumstances will an extra be allowed for failure to comply with these requirements. Expansion: visions for expansion and contraction to insure a smooth, blister and ~inkle free surface shall called to the Architect's attention a minimum of ten days prior to bidding. Failure to do so will neces- sitate any such requirements be provided by this contractor at no increase in bid price. Roof areas requiring roofing vents or pro- be Workmanship: Roofing Contractor shall be approved by the roofing manufacturer, and shall employ only skilled .workmen experienced in their respective trades and work. All work performed in accordance with the roofing manufacturers current published specifications, a copy of which shall be 'given to the project inspector before work commences. Cooperation: Roofers, sheet metal tradesmen shall cooperate to assure a tight and perfect job. men and other complete water- Flashing: The Contractor shall be responsible for the flashing of all openings l~hrough and items on the roof and intersections of roof with vertical surfaces. Venting: Provide venting type underlayment and/or sheet metal mushroom type vents as required by roofing .manufacturer. Bond: At the completion of the job the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a Twenty (20) Year Surety~ Bond and Flashing Endorsement. Bond shall contain a. penal sum requirement of not less than $20.00 per square. Premium costs shall be included in this Contractor's bid. A Ten (10) Year Surety Bond and Flashing Endorsement with a penal sum of $75.00 per square shall be an acceptable alternate. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. For 24 hours immediately before laying, stack felt rolls on end and store in an area maintained at a temperature no lower than 50 degrees F. .01 BITUMINOUS ROOFING' 07511-2 1.6 WARRANTY Upon completion of the Work and .as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the Architect two copies of the following "Warranty and Maintenance Agreement," signed by the Contractor and the roofing subcontractor. 1. The undersigned l~ereby propose, and upon execution of this document by the Owner, agree for a period of five years after Substantial Completion of the Work to make immediate repairs as required to stop leaks or correct defects in the work of this Section, within :~.4 hours after receipt of notice from the Owner by telephone, telegram, or letter; and further agree to make such repairs without reference, to or consideration of the cause or nature of such leaks or defects. 2. Repairs required within the stated period will be provided without cost to the Owner; except that repairs required consequent to an act of God, abuse, alterations, or failure of the substrata or the supporting structure (other than caused by defects in the work of this Section) will be paid for by the Owner promptly upon completion of the repair in each instance. 3. Repairs completed at Owner's cost shall be invoiced to the Owner at prevailing rates, and shall include an itemized breakdown of quantities plus unit cost for labor and materials, and shall include not-more than 15% markup for overhead and profit. 4. This Warranty and Maintenance Agreement, and the enforcement of its provisions, shall not deprive the Owner of any action, right, or remedy otherwise available to him." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL For the purpose of establishing quality and quantity of required materials, ~e standard specifications of the Manville Company have been cited herein, except as modified. Be Products of other manufacturers may be proposed in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. 2.2 MATERIALS Ae Ail roofing materials shall be as listed below, mod- ified or equal,'as approved.by the Architect, de- livered in original ~roken containers bearing manufacturer's labels.. .01 BITUMI~{OUS ROOFING 07511-3 Ce De 1. Manville Class "A" Specification 4 GNC Materials Required Per 100 Sq. Ft. 2. Sheathing Paper: i layer 3. Felts: GlasBase I layer Glas Felt IV 2 Plies GlasKap Mineral (white) Surfaced. Cap Sheet layer ® Bitumen: JM 190 Asphalt (slopes under 3"/ft.) 81 lbs. JM 220 Asphalt (slopes 3" and greater) 81 lbs. Sprinkle: mopping to plywood 20 lbs. Approximate applied weight per 100 sq. ft.: Minimum 172 lbs. Maximum 232 lbs. Roofing Systems and Materials: To be installed~in strict accordance with manufacturer directions for the materials and systems being installed. Cants: Manville's "Fresco Board Cant Strips" or approved equal of dimensions shown. Wood cants where show are to be furnished and installed under Division 6 under the supervision of this Section' Crickets: Ail plywood crickets are to be leveled to. lay smoothly without a step transition. Roof Walkways: Mineral. surfaced built-up roof walkway "Carey-Tred" (Product #0187041) as manufactured by Celotex Corporation or approved equal.. Set.in high melt point type III asphalt according to manufacturer's recommended installation. Flashing Cement: Cut-back type, slow oxidizing, asphaltic flashing cement of troweling consistency,~ Manville's "Bestile" oz' approved equal. PART 3 -'EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION OF WORK Roofing applicator shall acquaint himself with the work of other trades whose work abuts, adjoins or is in any manner affected by work under this Section. Consult the drawings of other trades, and with the .01 BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07511-4 3.2 Be .A. Be Contractor's for other trades coordinate their work With the work under t~is Section, to avoid omissions and delays. Sheet metal reglets, gravel stops, pitch pans, flash- ings and cap flashings are provided under the sections "Sheet Metal", "Plumbing" and "Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning". Metal flashings that are an integ- ral part of the roofing shall be installed simutaneous- ly with the roofing ~plication. Responsibility for coordinating the installation of such flashings shall be an obligation under this Section. Determine that the roofing installation, including the metal accessor- ies furnished by other trades, is suitable to receive the required warranty. . ..... INSTALLATION, GENERAL: Shall be in accordance with Manville Specification No. 4GNC, (or approved equal). The surface to be roofed shall be clean,'dr~ and smooth with one ply of sheathing paper under base felt over plywood decking. Fiberglas Combination Sheet: Applied at right angles to continuous joints of surface to be roofed, and lap- ped so water flow is over and not against laps. Lap 2" on sides and 6" on ends nailed to hold in place, nail .laps at 9" on center and down the longitudinal center of each felt nail two rows of nails with rows spaced approximately 11" apart and nails staggered on approxi- mately 18" on center. Turn up 2" above cant on all walls and vertical surfaces. Fiberglas Perma Ply: Apply 2 layers of Perma Ply No. 6 parallel to the co~ination sheet in shingle fashion, lapped 19" with 17" exposure. Proper width starter sheets shall be used to insure application of two plies throughout the roof. All end laps shall be at least 4" and adjacent laps shall be at least 12" apart. The full width of each ply sheet shall be embedded in hot asphalt applied at a nominal rate of 30 pounds per 100 sq. ft.. Each ply shall be lightly broomed, using a moderately soft commercial push broom, as it is ap- plied. Fiberglas Perma cap: Applied parallel to the underly- ing roofing, lapped s~o water flow is over, not against laps. The underlying roofing shall be solid mopped with hot asphalt applied at a nominal rate of 25 pounds per 100 sq. ft.. Pez~a Cap shall be set neatly in place with 2" side lap and 4" end lap; adjacent laps shall be at least 18"~ apart. There shall be complete contact between the Perma Cap and the mopping asphalt. .01 BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07511-5 Ge me K® Base Flashing: At all adjacent vertical surfaces, flash with "GlasPly" and Perma Cap in accordance with Manville Specification No. FE-2 standard. Note: Metal is to be installed on top of the last ply of GlasPly and in a solid bed of plastic cement. Cant strips: 1. Provide the indicated cant strips in angles of roof decks and vertical walls or curbs, fitting flush at ends and to the wall surface. 2. Where scuppers occur, apply the cant strip 2" back from the flange, and bevel the cant 8" from ends. Primer: At sheet metal flanges that are to receive roofing, and at areas scheduled to receive a three- course flashing system, prime with the specified primer and allow to dry. Asphalt: 1. Provide kettles equipped with automatic heating devices,.or control units, and a visible thermometer. 2. Maintain asphalt at a temperature of not more than 450 degrees F and not less than 375 degrees F until after the felt has been applied. 3. Do not use asphalt, that has been heated above the specified limit, but immediately remove such asphalt from the job site and replace it with new material meeting the specified requirements. 4. Do not reheat asphalt. Valleys: 1. Reinforce valleys with a 36" wide extra layer of base sheet, and e~end 12' up inclines. 2. Apply in direction of slope of valley, lap'4" on ends, and solid mop to first.layer of base sheet. At projections through roof, such as for vent pipes and similar items: 1. Set the metal flas~hing furnished under other Sections on top of the first ply of base sheet, and seal with a 6"' wide strip of flashing fabric set in hot asphalt or flashing compound. 2. Cut a collar of base sheet to fit around the projection and overlap the flange 12" on all sides, setting in hot asphalt or flashing compound. 3. After roofing has been applied, form a cant around the base of the projection, using the specified flashing compound. Plastic cement pan and "pitch pans": 1. Provide 'flashing collar with a minimum of 4" high collar and 6" flange, with closed and soldered corners. -' · 01 BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07511-6 Le 2. '° Set in flashing compound on top of first ply of base sheet, and :seal the edges with a 6" wide strip of flashing fabric set in hot asphalt. 3. Cut a collar of ]base sheet to'fit snugly around collar of pan and to extend. 12" beyond edge of the flange, setting .in hot asphalt. 4. After roofing has been applied, fill the inside of the collar with flashing compound, canting the flashing compound around the projection above the level of the outside rim. Outlets: 1. Set drain outlets below roof deck surface to permit free flow of water and to prevent forming water dams at rims. 2. Seal the roofing around drains, and fill the metal base of ring-type drains with flashing compound. 3. After the roofing has been applied, install and tighten the ring. 4. Test drains for free flow of water, and adjust as required. Roof Walkways: Install mineral surfaced built-up roof walkway boards where shown on drawings, embedded in as- phalt flood coat, ins'=alled in accordance with the man- ufacturer's specifioa'=ions and installation instruc- tions'. END OF SECTION .01 BITUMI]~OUS ROOFING 07511-7 WARRANTY & MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT We and (Roofing Subcontractor) (General Contractor) OWNER OF BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBER OF SQUARE FEET IN ROOF DATE EFFECTIVE: This day of 19__ 1. ~"The undersigned hereby propose, and upon execution of this document by the Owner, agree for a period of five years af- ter Substantial Completion of the Work to make immediate repairs as required to stop leaks or correct defects in the work of this Section, within 24 hours after receipt of notice from the Owner by telephone, telegram, or letter; and further agree to make such repairs without reference to or consideration of the cause or nature of such leaks or de- fects. Repairs required within the stated period will be provided without cost to the Owner; except that repairs required con- sequent to an act of God, ~use, alterations, or failure of the substrata or the suppo~.-ting structure (other than caus- ed by defects in the work of this Section) will be paid for by the Owner promptly upon completion of the repair in each instance· Repairs completed at Owner"s cost shall be invoiced to the Owner at prevailing rates, and shall include an itemized breakdown of quantities plus unit cost for labor and mater- ials, and shall include not more than 15% markup for over- head and profit. This Warranty and Maintenance Agreement, and the enforce- ment of its provisions, shall not deprive the Owner of any action, right, or remedy otherwise available to him." (Subcontractor) and (General Contractor) By Title Address Phone By Title Address Phone APPENDIX 07511-A 07511-A1 SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 Work included: Provide flashing and sheet metal not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications but required to prevent penetration of water through the exterior shell of the building. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE A® Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are c~npletely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Be In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in current edition of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by the Sheet Metal and Airconditioning contractors National Association (SMACNA). Standard commercial items may be used for flashing, trim, reglets, and similar purposes provided such items meet or exceed the quality standards specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the' Contractor has receiw~d the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's s])ecifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; .01 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600-1 1.4 Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures .which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accegting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640~ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND GAGES Ae Where sheet metal is required, and no material or gage is indicated on the Drawings, Providethe highest quality and gage commensurate with the referenced standards. 2.2 GALVANIZED IRON Provide sheet metal or sheet iron of a standard brand of open-hearth copper-bearing steel, copper-molybdenum iron, or pure iron sheets. Be Zinc coating: 1. Where galvanizing is. required, provide zinc coating by hot-dip galvanize to all surfaces. 2. Weight: a. Provide not less than 1-1/4 oz per sq ft, nor more than 1-1/2 oz per sq ft, to surfaces required to be galvanized. 3. Comply with ASTM A93. 2.3 NAILS, RIVETS, AND FASTENERS Use only soft iron rivets having rust-resistive coating, galvanized nails, and cadmium plated.screws and washers in connection with galvanized iron and steel. 2.4 FLUX A. Where flux is required, use raw muriatic acid. 2.5 SOLDER A. Where solder is required, comply with ASTM B32. 2.6 OTHER MATERIALS Black anodized aluminum flashing as shown on Drawings· Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete, and proper installation, as .01 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600-2 selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and .conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimentalto timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP General: 1. Form sheet metal accuratelyand to the dimensions and shapes required, finishing molded and broken surfaces with true, sharp, and straight lines and ~ang~es and, where intercepting other members, coping to an accurate fit and soldering securely. 2. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Architect, turn exposed edges back 1/2". Form, fabricate, and install sheet metal so as to adequately provide for expansion and contraction in the finished Work. Weatherproofing: 1. Finish watertight and weathertight where so required. 2. Make lock seam work flat and'true to line, sweating full of solder. 3. Make lock seams and lap seams, when soldered, at least 1/2" wide. 4. Where lap seams are not soldered, lap according to pitch, but in no case less than 3". 5. Make flat and lap seams in the direction of flow. De Joints: · 1. Join parts with rivets or sheet metal screws where necessary for strength and stiffness. 2. Provide suitable watertight expansion joints for runs of more than 40'-0", except where closer spacing is indicated on the Drawings or required for proper installation. Nailing: 1. Whenever possible, secure metal by means of clips or cleats, without nailing through the exterior metal. 2. In general, space nails, rivets, and screws not more than 8" apart and, where exposed to the weather, use lead washers. · 3. For nailing into wood, use barbed roofing nails 1- 1/4" long by 11 gage. .01 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 0~600-3 3.3 3.4 3.5 Be 4. For nailing into concrete, use drilled plugholes and plugs. EMBEDMENT Embed metal in connection with roofs in a solid bed of' sealant, using materials and methods described in Section 07920 of these Specifications or other materials, and methods approved in advance by the Architect. SOLDERING General: 1. Thoroughly clean and tin the joint materials prior to soldering. 2. Perform soldering slowly, with a well heated copper, in order to heat the seams thoroughly and to completely fill them with solder. 3. Perform soldering with a heavy 'soldering copper of blunt design, properly tinned for use. 4. Make exposed soldering on finished surfaces neat, full flowing, and smooth. After soldering, thorOUghly wash acid flux with a soda solution. TESTS Upon request of the Architect, demonstrate by hose or standing water that the flashing and sheet metal are completely watertight. END OF SECTION FLASHING AND SHEET METAL .0'1 07600-4 SECTION 07830 ROOF f~TCHES PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A® Work included: Provide roof hatch system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not neces~sarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A® Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and. experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Manufacturer's data, catalog cuts, dimensioned drawings, and other data needed to prove compliance with the. specified requirements and to enable proper preparation of the roof opening. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Ae Provide galvanized sheet metal roof hatch, factory primecoated for finish painting at the job site. Acceptable products: 1. Bilco, type S-20, 30" x 36". 2. Equal products of other manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. .01 ROOF ~TCHES ~07830-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A® Examine the areas and conditions under which work of' this Section will be. performed. 'Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.' 3.2 INSTALLATION Ae Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. Bo Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations as approved by the Architect, anchoring all items firmly into position for long life under hard use. Ce ~Put operating components through at least five complete operating cyqles, adjusting as required, and achieving optimum ease of operation. .END OF SF. CTION .01 ROOF HATCHES 07830-2 SECTION. 07850 PART i- 1.1 A. 1.2 A. 1.3 A. B. 1,4 A. .01 PREFINISHT. D PANELS GENERAL DESCRIPTION Furnish materials and equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, specified iherein and necessary to complete the work of this Section, including, but not limited to, the following principle items: 1. Prefinished panels.. 2. Installation accessories, fasteners, gaskets, etc. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division I of these Specifications. 2. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 09990 Material Color Selections. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. SUBMITTALS Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Samples of each item, color, and pattern available in the specified grades from the propoed manufacturers. 4. Manufacturer's' recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become -the basis for accepting or'rejecting actual in- stallation proced[ures used on the Work. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PREFINIS~.~D PANELS 07850-1 PART 2 - 2.1 A. Be' Co 2.2 A. PART 3 - 3.1 A. 3.2 A. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Panels: 1. Prefinished panels shall be "Glasweld" fully compressed, steam-autoclaved, fibre-reinforced 'cement as manufactured by GII Corporation or. approved equal. Finish: Mineral enamel coated matte finish with 20 year warranty. Color as selected by Architect. Accessories: 1. Fasteners shall be non-corrosive as recommended by Panel Manufacturers. 2. Gasket shall be as recommended by Panel Manufacturers. Panel Fabrication: 1. Panels shall e be shop fabricated and furnished complete. Manufacturing shall be performed by a fabricator having no less than 10 years experience in fabricating architectural building panels. Panel thickness: 1/8" - 1.4 PSF, R-.88. Panel lines, breaks and angles shall be sharp, true and surfaces free from warp or buckle. OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected, by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. EXECUTION SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be p,erformed.. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do nOt proceed =ntil unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. EXECUTION: Installation: 1. Erect panels plumb, level and true. 2. Anchor panels secur~mly in place. 3. Conform to panel manufacturers instructions for installation of concealed fasteners. 4. Install gaskets lin accordance with gasket manufacturer instructions. .01 PREFINISHED PANELS 07850-2 Adjusting and Cleaning: 1. Remove and replace panels damaged during 'installatiOn. 2. Clean exposed panel surfaces promptly upon completion of in~tallation. END OF SECTION .01 PREFINIS]HED PANELS 07850~3 SECTION 07920 SEALANTS AND CALKING PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 Be Work included: Throughout the Work, seal and calk joints where shown on the Drawings and elsewhere as required to provide a positive barrier against passage of moisture and passage of air. Related work: 1. Documents affecting Work of this section include, but are not nece:ssarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Ae Use adequate numbers ,of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work. of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove .compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturer's reCommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. Ce Samples: Accompanying the submittal described above, submit Samples of each sealant, each backing material, each primer, and each bond breaker proposed to be used. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. Do not retain at the job site material which has exceeded the shelf life recommended by its manufacturer. .01 SEALANTS .AND CALKING 07920-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS · 2.1 SEAI2kNTS Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, use only the types of sealants described in this Article. Be Provide two-component, rubber based compound complying with Fed Spec TT-S-00227c, With each color of sealant and each class of sealant the product of a single manufacturer selected from the following, or equal products approved in advance by the Architect. 1o Class A (for non-traffic bearing horizontal surfaces): a. "Novacalk 200 Series," manufactured by Novagard Corp., 835 New York Avenue, Trenton, New Jersey 08638; b. "Paramastic," manufactured by Parr, Inc., 18400 Syracuse Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44110; c. "Hornflex TG" or "Vertiseal," manufactured by A. C. Horn, Inc., 3701 East Union Pacific Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90023. 2. Class B .(for vertical surfaces): a. "Churchill 3C-.50," manufactured by Churchill Chemical Corp., 3137 East 26th Street, Los Angeles, California 90023; b. "Ultratite 10]. Series," manufactured by Essex Chemical Corp.., 19451 Susana Road, Compton, California 90221; c. "Rubber Calk :!50 Sealant," manufactured by Products Research and Chemical Corp., 5454 San Fernando Road, Glendale, California 91203. 3. For other services,, provide products especially formulated for the proposed use and approved in advance by the Architect. Co Do Colors: 1. Colors for each sealant installation will be selected by the Architect from standard colors normally available from the specified ~ manufacturers. 2. Should such standard color not be available from the approved manufacturer except at additional charge, provide such colors at no additional cost to the Owner. In concealed installations, and in partially or fully exposed installations where so approved by the Architect, use standard gray or black sealant. · 01 SEALANTS AND CALKING 07920-2 2.2 PRIMERS 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 Ae Be Ae Ae Use only those primers which are non-staining, have been tested for durability on the surfaces to be sealed, and are specifically recommended for this installation by the manufacturerof the sealant used. BACKUP MATERIALS Use only those backup, materials which are specifically recommended for this installation by the manufacturer of the sealant used, which are non-absorbent, and which are non-staining. Acceptable types include: 1. Closed-cell resilient urethane or polyvinyl- chloride foam; 2. Closed-cell polyethylene foam; 3. Closed-cell sponge of vinyl or rubber; 4.' · Polychloroprene tubes or beads; : 5. Polyisobutylene extrusions; 6. Oil-less dry jute. Preformed support strips for ceramic tile control joint and expansion joint work: Use polyisobutylene or poly- chloroprene rubber. BOND-PREVENTATIVE MATERIALS Use only one of the following as best suited for the application, and as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant used: 1. Polyethylene tape, pressure-sensitive adhesive, with the adhesive required only to hold tape to the construction materials as indicated; 2. Aluminum foil complying with MIL-A-148E; 3. Wax paper complying with Fed Spec UU-P-270. MASKING TAPE For masking around joints, provide masking tape complying with Fed Spec UU-T-106c. OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. · 01 SEALANTS AND CALKING 07920-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ae Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions. are corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION ae COncrete and ceramic tile surfaces: 1. Install only on surfaces which are dry, sound, and well brushed, wiping free from dust. 2. At open joints, remove dust bymechanically blown compressed air if so required. 3. Use solvent to remove oil and grease, wiping the surfaces with clean rags. 4. Where surfaces have been treated~ remove the surface treatment by sandblasting or wire brushing. 5. Remove laitance.an¢! mortar from joint cavities. 6. Where backstop is required, insert the approved backup into the joint cavity to the depth needed. Steel surfaces: 1. Steel'surfaces in contact with sealant: a. Sandblast as required to achieve acceptable e Ce surface for°bond. If sandblasting is not practical, or would damage adjacent finish, scrape the metal or wire brush to remove mill scale. Use solvent to remove oil and grease, wiping the surfaces with clean rags. Remove protective coatings on steel by sandblasting or by using a solventwhich leaves no residue. C. Aluminum surfaces: 1. Aluminum surfaces in.contact with sealant: a. Remove temporary protective coatings, dirt, oil, and grease. b.' When masking tape is used for protective cover, remove the tape just prior to .applying the sealant. 2. Use only such solvents to remove protective coatings as are recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the aluminum work, and which are non-staining. · 01 SEALANTS AND CALKING 07920-4 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BACKUP MATERIAL 3.4 3.5 3.6 Ae De Use only the backup material recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant used, and approved by the Architect for the particular installation, compressing the backup material 25% to 50% to achieve a positive and secure fit. When using backup of tithe or rod stock, avoid lengthwise stretching of the material. Do not twist or braid hose or rod backup stock. ~ PRIMING Use only the primer recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant, and approved by the Architect for the particular installation, applying in strict accordance .with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by th. Architect. BOND-BREAKER INSTALLATION Provide an approved bond-breaker where recommended by the manufacturer of ~e sealant, and where directed by the Architect, adhering strictly to the installation recommendations as approved by the Architect. INSTAl,rATION OF SEALANTS Prior to start of installation in each joint, verify the joint type according to details on the Drawings, or as otherwise directed by the Architect,.and verify that the required proportion of width of joint to depth of joint has been secured. Equipment: 1. Apply sealant ur~der pressure with power-actuated or hand gun, or by other appropriate means. 2. Use guns with nozzle of proper size, and providing sufficient pres~ure to completely fill the joints as designed. Thoroughly and completely mask joints where the appearance of sealan'~ on adjacent surfaces would be objectionable. Install the sealant in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect, thoroughly filling joints'to the recommended depth. Tool joints to the profile shown on the Drawings, or as otherwise required if such profiles are not shown on the Drawings. .01 SEALANTS AND CALKING 07920-5 F® Cleaning up: 1. Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled. 2. Clean adjacent surfaces free from sealant as the installation progresses, using solvent or cleaning agent recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant used. END OF S]~CTION .01 SEALANTS AND CALKING 07920-6 SECTION 08100 METAL DOOP~ AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Ae Work included: Provide metal doors, and metal door and window frames, which are not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications, where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ae Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are coi~letely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Unless specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, provide all products of this Section from a single manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within35 calendar days after the Contractor has receiw~d the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance withthe specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings showing details of each frame type, elevations of door designs, details of openings, 'and details of construction, installation, and anchorage. 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. · 01 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08100-1 1.4 A. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL DOORS Type and design: 1. Provide full-flush design, in dimensions and types shown on the Drawings, labeled or non-labeled as indicated on the Door Schedule in the Drawings, in 18 gage for interior doors and 16 gage for exterior doors, properly reinforced for the finish hardware described in Section 08710. of these Specifications. Insulation: Provide door manufacturer's standard sound-deadening material on door' interior to effective- ly reduce metallic ring. Sound-deadening material in labeled doors shall comply with U.L. procedures issued to door manufacturer. D~ Cutouts: Neatly make cutouts for louvers or glazing, provide integral steel or aluminum stops or non- removable applied stops on exterior or outside face. Provide either snap-on type or removable frame type stops in interior side. Stops shall receive glass or louvers of thickness specified~ Louvers: Door manufacturer's standard station~ry type louvers of net sizes shown, 20 gauge cold-rolled steel. Interior louvers shall provide.40% free air and be sight-proof. Exterior louvers shall exclude rain and not collect water at bottom. Insect Screens: 19 by 14 mesh aluminum wire secured in removable 3/4" wide aluminum or galvanized frame. 1. Astragal shall be supplied by the door manufactur- er and welded to the door as a part of the finish door at the factory. ~ Finish: 1. Pre-clean and shop prime each door for finish painting which will. be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these Specifications.. .01 Ge Acceptable products: 1. Standard products of Republic Builders me products Corporation, Jackson, TN 38305. Standard products of The Steelcraft Manufacturing Company,. as distributed by Quality Door and Frame Company, Cerritos, California 90701 (213)· 926- 3337. METAL DOORS ~D FRAMES 08100-2 2.2 2.3 'A. Equal products of Amweld Division of American Welding and Manufacturing Company, C-c. corporation, or othpr manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. METAL FRAMES Type and design: '1. Provide frames of the types and dimensions shown on the Drawings, labeled or non-labeled as indicated on the.Door Schedule in the Drawings, in 18 gage for interior doors and 16 gage for exterior doors, properly reinforced for the finish hardware described in Section 08710 of these Specifications· Finish: 1. Pre-clean and shop prime each frame for finish painting which will be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these Specifications· Acceptable manufacturers: FINISH HARDWARE See Paragraph 1.2-B above. Secure templates from the finish hardware supplier, and accurately install, or make provision for, all finish hardware at the factol~. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION Placing frames: 1. Where practicable., place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately into position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. At in-place construction, set frames and secure to adjacent construction with machine screws and suitable anchorage devices. Provide "Z" fillers at each screw location. .01 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 08100-3 3.3 ae Be 0 When installed in prepared openings in concrete masonry unit construction, provide sealant.between frame and concrete'masonry unitin accordance with provisions of Section 07920 of these Specifications. ADJUST AND CLEAN Final adjustments: 1. Check and readjust operating finish hardware items in hollow metal work just prior to final inspection. 2. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. 3. Remove defective work and replace with work complying with the specified requirements. Immediately after erection, sand smooth all rusted and damaged areas of prime coat, and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer. END OF SECTION .01 METAL DOORS ;~D FRAMES 08100-4 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 Work included: .Provide flush wood doors, complete in place with finish hardware installed, where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. Section 08710: ~Finish hardware. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers o,f skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and. experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction,'comply with: 1. "Manual of Millwork" of the. Woodwork Institute of California, for the grade or grades specified; or 2. "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute, for the grade or grades specified. 3. Certification and stamps will not be required. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Samples, approximately 8" x 8" in size, of each of the proposed door face materials. .01 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-1 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING ae Co Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. Delivery: 1. Deliver doors to site after plaster and cement are dry, and after the building has reached average prevailing humidity of its. locality. Deliver pr·finished doors in manufacturer's original container:s, clearly marked with manufacturer's nam,s, brand name, size, thickness, and identifying s~mbol on the covering. Seal all four edge:s of unfinished doors when delivered to the job site. Storage: 1. Stack flat on 2" x 4" lumber, laid 12" from ends and across center. 2. Under bottom door .and over top of stack, provide plywood or corrugated cardboard to protect door surfaces. 3. Store doors in area where there will be no great variations in heat, dryness, and humidity. Do not drag doors across one another; lift doors and carry them into position. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL Provide flush wood doors of the types, designs, and thicknesses shown on, the Door Schedule in' the Drawings, labeled or non-labeled'as indicated and required, and in solid core. .~ 1. Labeled doors: shall conform with UL requirements and bear. UL label for' fire resistive rating indicated or required. Be Grade: Except as may be shown otherwise on the Drawings, fabricate the work of this Section to grade" standards of the referenced organization. "custom Co Cutouts in Doors: Make cutouts accurately and neatly. Seal edges of openings 'with spar varnish. Provide two sets of glazing moulds of same species as face veneers for glazed and louver openings, with one side removable. For opaque finished doors, glazing moulds may be any species similar to face veneer. Provide metal glazing, moulds, both sides where indicated. 1. Set moulds back frOm edge of openings not more than thickness of face veneer and cross-band, un- less otherwise shown. For cutouts in exterior doors provide 0.012" thick aluminum.flashing over · 01 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-2 De · 'bottom of opening. Exterior glazing, moulds lipped~ Prepare doors for mortise typeautomatic door bottoms when required.. Species: 1. Where transparent finish is called for on Drawings, provide White Oak faces. Site finish or mill finish wood doors in with provisions c,f Section 09900 Specifications. accordance of these Warranty: 1. Delamination in any degree. 2. Warp of twist of 1/4" or more when surface area of one face of door is more than 10 square feet. 3. Telegraphing of cot, unit through face veneer to cause surface variation of 1/100" or more in any 3" span. 4. Any manufacturing defect 'which may affect performance or appearance of door. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Ao Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION Fitting and machining: 1. Unless doors are completely fitted and machined at the mill, fit thelm for width by planing and fit them for height by sawing: a. Bottom: 1/2" clearance maximum. b. Top: 1/8" clearance maximum. c. Lock edge and hinge edge: Bevel 1/8" in 2" maximum. 2. Machine doors for hardware in accordance with recommendations of the hardware manufacturers, as those recommendations have been approved by the Architect. Be Receive and retain custody of finish hardware furnished for the work of this Section under Section 08710 of these Specifications and, except as otherwise directed bythe Architect, install all such finish hardware in strict accordance with the recommendations of its manufacturer. .01 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-3 3.3 Ae Replace or rehang doors which are hingebound and donot swing or operate freely. COMPLIANCE The Owner reserves the ~ight to request and pay for an inspection by a representative of the referenced organization to determi~e that the work of this Section has been performed in accordance with the specified standards. In the event such inspection determines that the work of this Section does not comply with the specified requirements, immediately remove the non-complying items and replace them ~;ith items complying with the specified requirements, all at no additional cost to the Owner, and reimburse the Owner for the cost of the inspection. END OF SI~CTION .01 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-4 SECTION 08341 OVERHEAD COILING GRI!jLF. S PART i - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide overhead coiling grilles where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Condi- tions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division i of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the speci- fied requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to. be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data need- ed to to prove compliance with the specified re- quirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and inter- face of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which,'when approved bY the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual in- stallation procedures used on the Work. PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. .01 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08341-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES Ao Provide standard rolling grilles of the dimensions and arrangements shown on the Drawings, and with the fol- lowing attributes: 1. Grille Curtain: Shall be Design G5014 with aluminum 5/16" horizontal rods and hinged vertical connecting links on 9" centers. a. Bottom bar: Shall be tubular in shape. b. Lock: Shall be self-activating. c. ~Operation: Chain operated with cylinder lock. 2. Guides: Shall be extruded aluminum with a return lip to prevent grille from pulling out of guides. Guides shall have wear strip to prevent metal-to- metal contact. 3. Brackets: Shall 'be fabricated from steel plate. 4. Barrel: Shall be 6" diameter steel tubing or greater to limit deflection to .'03" per foot. Grille curtain shall be counter-balanced by oil- tempered torsion springs. 5. Operation: Shall be chain operation (FCG). 6. Hood: Shall be formed to fit the curvature of the bracket and attached securely thereto. 7. Usage: Normal operation shall be approximately two times per day. 8. Finish: Black anodized aluminum. 2.2 Ce Acceptable products: 1. "Type FCG" standard rolling grilles manufactured by The Cookson Company, 120 East Palm Avenue, Burbank, California 91502 (213) 849-2297. 2. Equal products of other manufacturers when approv- ed in-advance by tlhe Architect. OTHER MATERIALS Ae Provide othermaterials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval~ of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS .01 Ae Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be ]performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed.until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08341-2 3.2 INSTALLATION Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface 'with the work of this Section. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the original design, the approved Shop Drawings, pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the manufacturer's recommended in- stallation procedures as approved by the architect, anchoring all components firmly into position for long life under hard use. Upon completion of the installation, put all items through at least ten operating cycles. Make required adjustments and assure that components are in optimum operating condition. END OF SECTION .01 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08341-3 S~.CTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ao Work included: Provide aluminum entrances and store- fronts and sloped glazing framing system (including fascia and mechanical equipment screen) where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Be Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 08710: ]~rnishing finish hardware. 3. Section 08800: j Glazing. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ae Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar.days after the Contractor has receiwmd the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's s]~ecifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. Ce Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. .01 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-1 1.4 1.5 ae Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to li~test proposed for use on this Work. Samples, when approved by the Architect, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished is within the approved range. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. WARRANTY Upon'completion of this portion of the Work, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the ArchiteCt two copies of a written Warranty agreeing to replace work of this Section which fails due to defective materials or workmanship within three years after Date of Substantial Completion as that Date is determined in accordance with the General Conditions. Failure due to defective materials or workmanship is deemed to include, but not to be limited to: 1. Failures in operation of operating, component or components; 2. Leakage or air infiltration in excess of the' specified standard; 3. Deterioration of finish to an extent visible to the unaided eye; 4. Defects which contribute to unsightly appearance, potential safety hazard, or potential untimely failure of the work of this Section or the Work as a whole. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS A® Provide aluminum entrances and storefronts in the dimensions and arrangements shown on the Drawings. Be Details shown are from catalog of th·Kawneer Company Inc. and establish req~Lired sizes and types. 1. Storefront Members: a. Shall be Trifab 400 system. b. Provide complete system as detailed and required, including glass setting bars, transom bars, trim, mullions, door frames and reglets. Provide necessary setting accessories, including screws, fittings and anchors. Wind Load and'Deflection: Provide sections of sizes shown, and of section designated to support 15' psf min- imum wind load with maximum deflection of--1/175 of un- .01 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-2 2.2 B® Ce supported length. Provide bent plate or rolled steel internal stiffeners wherever necessary to meet deflec- tion requirements. Pr.coat stiffeners with heavy bitu- minous coating to electrically isolate from aluminum. Doors: a. Shall be Kawneer model 350, medium stile with 10" bottom rail. b. Shall have 1/4" tempered glass to match adjacent glazing color. Weatherstripping: Entire perimeter of exterior doors shall have weatherstripping. Alloys and Finish: 1. Alloy: Extruded Sections: 6063-T5 aluminum alloy Rolled Sections: 5005 aluminum alloy 2. Provide Permanodic number 29, black finish on all aluminum surfaces and exposed accessory items. Glazing Accessories: Furnish manufacturer's 'recommend- ed vinyl or neoprene glazing channels for installation under glass and glazing section. Color black. Caulking: Provide caulking as indicated or required to make work of this Section watertight and properly fin- ished, including the joint between frames and adjoining construction. Ail caulking shall conform to require- ments of weathersealing and caulking section. Color black. FINISH HARDWARE FOR TEMPERED GLASS DOoRs Prepare openings fox' the finish hardware as specified in Section 08710, Finish Hardware. Hardware shall be furnished and installed as specified in Section 08710, Finish Hardware. Procedures: 1. Perform all fitting of finish hardware to doors and frames at the factory; except do not drill or tap for surface mounted items until time of installation at the site. 2. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and temp- late requirements. 3. Use concealed fasteners to the maximum extent practicable. Except as noted above, hardware items shall be manu- facturer's standard in black finish. .01 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-3 2.3 FABRICATION ae Be Fabricate in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and Shop Drawings as approved by the Architect, prefabricating in the shop to the maximum extent practicable. Provide hairline fit at joints, with smooth continuity of line and accurate relation of planes and angles. Securely fasten. PART 3 3.1 A. 3.2 A. Be 3.3 A. Be - EXECUTION SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory'conditions are corrected. COORDINATION Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. Make measurements as red. ired.in the field to assure proper fit. INSTALLATION Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the original desi~, the approved Shop Drawings, pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures as approved by th, Architect, anchoring all components firmly into position for long life. ~. Removeprotective coating completely from exposed ~ surfaces as soon as progress of the Work will permit with safety. Install glass provided under and in accordance with pertinent provisions of Section 08800. END OF SECTION .01 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-4 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Ae Work included: 1. Furnish finish hardware required to complete the Work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein; 2. Furnish trim attachments and fastenings, specified or otherwise req~lired, for proper and complete installation; 3. Deliver to the job site those items of finish hardware scheduled to be installed at the job site; and deliver to other points of installation those items of fJ.nish hardware scheduled to be factory installed. Related work: 1. Documents affectJ.ng work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division I of these Specifications. Installation of finish hardware is described in other Sections of these Specifications. Ce Definitions: 1. "Hardware groups" described in the Hardware Schedule in Part 3 of this Section are as shown on the Door Schedule. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A® Provide the services of an AHC or DAHC member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants to: 1. Be available for consultation with the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner during progress of construction;- 2. Be present at completion of construction, and: a. Inspect installation of all finish hardware items; b. Make all minor adjustments required; and c. Report to the Architect on completeness, of the installation. The hardware consulta~t may be an employee of the supplier. .01 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-1 1.3 ae SUBMITTALS Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials liS~ of items proposed to be'provided under this Section. a. In this regard, note that the Finish Hardware Schedule in Part 3 of this Section is firm and that substitutions will not be considered except as approved in advance by the Architect or as shown to be required because of non-availability of the specified item. b. Approval of this list by the Architect will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide all finish hardware items required for the Work even though such required items may not have been shown on the approved list. Ce Samples: 1. Within 15 calendar days after being so requested by the Architect, deliver to the Architect Samples of each finish hardware item. 2. All Samples will be returned to the Contractor; provided those Samples which are approved by the Architect are positively identified and. are installed in the Work at locations agreed to be the Architect. De Templates: In a timely manner to assure orderly progress of the Work, deliver templates or physical samples of the approved finish hardware items to pertihent manufacturers of interfacing items such as doors and frames.- 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING ae Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Individually package each unit of finishhardware, complete with proper fastenings and appurtenances, clearly marked on the outside to indicate contents and specific locations in the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL ao Fasteners: 1. Furnish necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor the hardware in position for long life under hard use. .01 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-2 2.2 2.3 Be Be 2. ~' Where necessary, furnish-fasteners with toggle bolts, expansion shields, sex bolts, and Other anchors approved by the Architect, according to the material to which the hardware is to be applied and according to the recommendations of the hardware manufacturer. 3. Provide fasteners which harmonize with the hardware as, to finish and material· Where butts are required to swing 180 degrees, furnish butts of sufficient t~row to clear the trim. Furnish silencers for door frames at the rate of three for each single door and two for each door or pair of doors; except weatherstripped doors and doors with light seals or sound seals. KEYING Factory key, masterkey, and grand-masterkey locks and cylinders to the present system as directed by the Architect. Sub masterkeyed and[ individually keyed in sets requested by the Owner. ConstrUction keying: Furnish a constz~ctionmasterkey system with 15 keys for locks and cylinders· Use only the constrUction keys during constrUction. Upon Substantial. Completion of the Work, as that Date is established by the Architect, void the construction key system and, in the presence of the Architect, d[emonstrate that the specified keying system is operating properly. Identification and delivery: 1. Factory stamp permanent keys, "DO NOT DUPLICATE." 2. Identify permanent keys with tags, and send direct to the Owner by registered mail or receipted personal delivezT. TOOLS AND MANUALS With the delivery of permanent keys, deliver to the · Owner one complete set of adjustment tools and one set of maintenance manuals for locksets, latchsets, closers, and panic de~ices. · 01 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-3 2 · 4 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS 2.5 ae Be Ce Single source for items: 1. Except as specifically otherwise approved in advance by the Architect, furnish for each item (such as door butts) only the product of a single manufacturer. For each of the required items of finish hardware, provide from the specified manufacturer or from one of the indicated.acceptable substitutes: 1. Jackson Exit Device 2. Stanley 3. Yale Security 4. Hewi 5. Norton 6. Builders Brass Works 7. Pemko Mfg. Provide the finishes shown on the schedule. OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials,, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERIES A® Stockpile items sufficiently in advance to assure their availability, and make necessary deliveries in a timely manner to assure orderly progress of the total Work. 3.2 COORDINATION Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. Upon completion of the Work, and as a condition of its acceptance, provide the inspection, adjustment, and report described in Article 1.2 above. 3.3 FINISH HARDWARE SCHEDULE ae Furnish the following hardware groups in the amounts indicated on the Drawings. .01 FINISH H/~.~DWARE 08710-4 1. "Hardware Set 1: i Pr. Drs. i Exterior fr Entry II - 6080 1-3/4 AL x AL LHR/RHR 105 degrees/105 degrees. i Pr. Drs. 16 Exterior fr Vestibule I - 6080 1-3/4 AL x AL LHR/RHR 105 degrees/lO5 degrees. Each to have: 2 Ea. Overhead (:loser JED-201 105 degrees HO x RD And. Black i Set Bottom Pivot J-33 And. Black i Ea. Intermediate Pivot J-14 And. Black 2 Ea. Flush Bolt: 5023 12" Bottom 24" Top And. Black I Ea. I Ea. i Ea. 2 Set 1 Ea. i Set 1 Ea. Lockset 2851WS 31/32" 315 Cylinder 1152 x 1161L 1-1/8" 315 T. TurI% 2870 315 Push/P~ll 296-40 x D.W. Black Threshold 254D 72" Weatherstrip by Door Supplier Decal 434 "These Doors etc..." (1) (1) (1) (6) (3) (3) (3) (6) (7) (6) 2. Hardware Set 2: i Pr. Drs. 15 Vestibule I fr Viewing Area 2 - 6080 1-3/4 AL x AL HR/RHR 105 degrees/ 105 degrees. Each to have: 2 Ea. Overhead Closer JED-201 105 degrees HO x RD And. Black -(1) I Set Bottom Pivot J=33 And. Black (1) 1 Ea. Intermediate Pivot J-14 And. Black (1) 2 Set Push/P~ll 296-40 x D.W. Black (6) 3. Hardware Set 3: i Sgl. Dr. 7 Exterior fr Corridor 16 - 3070 1-3/4 HM x HM I/{R 90 degrees. Each to have: 1-1/2 Pr. Butts~ FBB179 4-1/2 x 4 Gloss Black NRP i Ea. i Pr. i Ea. i Ea. I Ea. I Ea. I Ea. i Ea. i Set Sprayed (2) (3) Lockset 8747FL 626 x less trim -MK Levers 111.23L 12USS 3/8" spindle x Black ( 4 ) Cylinder Ring 306ZUS #8 Black · (4) T. Turn 306RUSD #8 Black (4) Closer PSS01BF Spray Gloss Black (5) Door Stop 9076x 626 (6) Threshold 274-4D 36" (7) Door Bottom 222DV 36" (7) Weatherstrip S 88 D 17 ' ( 7 ) · 01 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-5 4. Hardware Set 4: 0 i Pr. Drs. 11 Exterior fr Storage 22 - 60710 1-3/4 ~M x HM LHR/RHR 90 degrees/90 degrees. Each to have: 4 Pr. Butts FBB179 4-1/2 x 4 Black NRP 2 Ea. 1 Ea. 1 Pr. 1 Ea. I Ea. 2 Ea. i Ea. 1 Ea. Flush Bolt Lockset 8747FL 626 x less trim - MK Levers 111.23L 12USS 3/8" spindle x #8 Black (4) Cylinder Ring 306ZUS #8 Black (4) T. Turn 306RUSD #8 Black (4) Door Stop 9076x 626 (6) Astragal 357SP 94" USP (7) Threshold 200-5DY 72" (7) Spray Gloss (2) 5021 12" Bottom 24" Top 626 (6) (3) Hardware Set 5: i Pr. Drs. 20 Car Wash Area fr Mechanical 24 - 80710 1-3/4 H~i x HM LHR/RHR 180 degrees/ 180 degrees. 1 Pr. Drs. 21 Car Wash Area fr Mechanical 24 - 80710 1-3/4 HM x HM LHR/RHR 180 degrees/ 180 degrees. Each to have: 4 Pr. 2 Ea, i Ea. 2 Ea. i Ea. i Ea. Butts FBB199 5 x 4-1/2 US32D NRP Flush Bolt 502'1 12" Bottom 24" Top 626 Lockset CRR8705FL 630 - MK Wall Holder 9060-2x 626 Astragal 357SP 94" USP Threshold 2005AV 96" (2) (6) (3) (6) (7) (7) Hardware Set 6: I Pr. Drs. 12 Storage 22 fr Electric 23 - 6080 1-3/4 HM x HM LHR/RHR 180 degrees/ 120 degrees. Each to°have~ ~ 4 Pr. Butts FBB179 4-1/2 x 4 Spray Gloss Black (2) 2 Ea. Flush Bolt 5021 12" Bottom 24" Top 626 (6) i Ea. Lockset 8705FL 626 x less trim - MK (3) I Pr. Levers 111.23L 12USS 3/8" spindle x #8 Black (4) I Ea. Cylinder Ring 306ZUS #8 Black (4) 2 Ea. Door Stop 8063x 626 (6) · '01 FINISH H~6RDWARE 08710-6 7...' Hardware Set 7: i Sgl. Dr. 3 Corridor 16 to Storage 15 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x HM LH 130 degrees. I Sgl. Dr. 4 Corridor 16 to Bookkeeping 17 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x HM RH 90 degrees. 1 Sgl. Dr. 6 Corridor 16 to Manager's Office 18 ~ 3070 1-3/4 WD x HM LH 90 degrees. Each to have: 1-1/2 Pr.. Butts F179 4-1/2 x 4 Spray Gloss Black (2) i Ea. Lockset 8707FL 626 x less trim .- MK (3) i Pr. Levers 111.23L 12USS 3/8" spindle x #8 Black (4) Cylinder Ring 306ZUS #8 Black (4) Door Stop 610 x #8 Black or 625 x 625.1 x #8 Black (4) WB07 Grey ~- (6) i Ea. I Ea. 3 Ea. ~ Silencor 8. Hardware Set 8: i Sgl. Dr. 17 Deli Area 3 to Dry Storage 4 - 3080 1-3/4 WD x HM LH 90 degrees. 1 Sgl. Dr. 18 Retail Sales 8 to Inventory Storage 9 - 3080 1-3/4 WD x ~ LH 90 degrees. i Sgl. Dr. 19 Retail Sales 8 to Stor/Files 10 - 3080 1-3/4 WD x HM LH 90 degrees. Each to have: 2 Pr. Butts F179 4-1/2 x 4 1 Ea. i Pr. i Ea. I Ea. 3 Ea. Spray Gloss Black (2) Lockset 8707FL 626 x less trim - MK (3) Levers 111.23L 12USS 3/8" spindle x #8 Black (4) Cylinder Ring 306ZUS #8 Black (4) Door Stop 610 x #8 Black (4) Silencor WB07 Grey (6) 8. Hardware Set 9: i Sgl. Dr. 2 Entry 11 to Corridor 16 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x HM RH 90 degrees. Each to have: 1-1/2 Pr. Butts FBB179 4-1/2 x 4 Spray Gloss Black 1 Ea. Passage 90.1 - 111.23L 11 USS #8 Black x 2-3,/4 B.S. 1 Ea. Closer '8501BF-DA Spray Gloss Black 1 Ea. Door Stop 610 x #8 Black 3'Ea. Silencor WB07 Grey (2) (4) (5) (6) · 01 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-7 10. Hardware Set 10: i Sgl. Dr. 5 Bookkeeping 17 fr Manager's Office 18 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x HM LHR 180 degrees. i Sgl. Dr. 8 Corridor 16 to Break Room 19 - '3070 1-3/4 WD x H}{ RH 90 degrees. i Sgl. Dr. 9 Break Room 19 to Uniforms 20 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x HM LH 90 degrees. Each to have: 1-1/2 Pr. Butts F179 4-1/2 x 4 Spray Gloss Black (2) i Ea. Passage 90.1 - 111.23L 11 USS #8 Black X 2-3/4 B.S. (4) 1 Ea. Door Stop .610 x #8 Black (4) 11. Hardware Set 11: 12. 1 Sgl. Dr. 10 Uniforms 20 to Toilet 21 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x ~['LH 90 degrees. Each to have: 1-1/2 Pr. Butts FBB179 4-1/2 x 4 US26D i Ea. Passage 90.1 - 111.23L 11 USS #8 Black x #5 Grey x 2-3/4 B.S. i Ea. Privacy Bolt 306RMUSD x 0413 #8 Black x #5 Grey i Ea. Closer 8501BF-DAAL i Ea. Kick Plate 37 8 x 34 1/8" Black Plastic i Ea. Mop Plate 37 6 x 35 US32D i Ea. Door Stop W9T US26D 3 Ea. Silencor WB07 Grey (2) (4) (4) (5) (6) (6) (6) '(6) Hardware Set 12: i Sgl. Dr. 13 Vestibule 13 fr Men 12 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x.HH LHR 90 degrees. i Sgl. Dr. 14 Vestibule fr Women 14 - 3070 1-3/4 WD x ~[ RHR 90 degrees. Each to have: 1-1/2 Pr. Butts FBB179 4-1/2 x 4 Spray Gloss Black i Ea. I Ea. I Ea. I Ea. 1 Ea. i Ea. 3 Ea. Push Plate 47 8 x 16 630 Pull 296-4 Black Closer P8501BF-DAAL Kick Plate 37 8 x 34 US32D (2) (6) (6) (5) (6) Mop Plate 37 6 x 35 1/8" Black Plastic (6) Door Stop 610 x #8 Black (4) Silencor WB07 Grey (6) .01 . FINISH HARDWARE 08710-8 13. Hardware Set 13: 1 Roll-up Dr 22 iExterior to Car Wash Area - 24'0" x 13',0" AL x STL. I Roll-up Dr 23 Exterior to Car Wash Area - 24'0" x 13'0" AL x STL. Each to have: i Ea. Padlock '7314 - MK Balance of hardware by door supplier. (3) END OF SECTION .01 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-9 SECTION 08800 GL~ZING PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide glazing and glazing accessories where shown on.the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Be Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are'not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 08410: ,Aluminum entrances and .storefronts. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ae Use adequate numbers .of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B® In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in: 1. Flat Glass Marketing Association: a. "Glazing Sealing Systems Manual"; b. "Glazing Manual." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions'of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data needed to prove .compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturers' recommended installation procedures which,, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. .01 GLAZING 08800-1 1.4 Samples: Accompanying 'the above product data, submit: 1. Samples of each t~)e of glass and gasket proposed to be used; 2. Samples, at least 112" long, of each type of sealant proposed to be used, installed between samples of the material to be glazed, fully cured. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. During storage and handling of glass, proVide cushions at edges to prevent impact damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS General: 1. For all glass, provide the type and thickness shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 2. Where type or thic]~ess, or both, are not shown on the Drawings or specified herein, provide type and thickness directed by the Architect. Be Provide glass for aluminum systems in the locations and arrangements shown on the drawings. 1. Approved Manufacturers: a. Ford Glass b. PPG Industries Inc. c. Cardinal Insulated Glass Company d. Monsanto Company (safety glass) e. Guardian f. Equal approved by Architect. 2. Materials: ....... a. Type A: Spandrel: Cardinal IG,'Monolithic Reflective, TI-220, shading coefficient of .29, opacifier painted. b. Type B: 1/4" float, tinted green, tempered as required, c. Type C: 1/4" float, tinted green, reflective. Display case glass shall be PPG "Laminated" glass or "Guardian "Laminated, glass, used for fronts, tops, and shelves, and used in p~otentially hazardous locations where shown on the Drawings. 1o' 1/4" thick, maximum~ size 80" x 120". 2. 5/16,' thick, maximum size 68" x 120". 3. 3/8" thick, maximum size 80" x 120". De Plate or float glass: Comply with Fed Spec DD-G-451, type I, class 1, quality q3.2. Where plate glass is called for, plate glass or float glass may be used. .01 GLAZING 08800-2 Ge He Sheet glass: Provide type II, class 1, quality q5. Clear wire glass: Provide type III, class 1, kind A, form 1, with pattern M3 wire mesh where shown or required. Tempered glass: 1. Provide tempered or heat-strengthened glass where indicated on the Drawings, and elsewhere as · required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 2. Glass. for tempering: a. For plate glass or float glass, use type I, class 1, quality q3; b. For heat absorbing glass, if required, use type I, class 2, style B, in color as shown on the Drawings or otherwise selected by the Architect. 3. Sizes and cutting: a. Prior to temDering or heat treating, cut glass to required sizes as determined by accurate measurements of the openings to be glazed, making allowances for required edge clearances. b. Cut and process edges in accordance with the glass manufacturer's recommendations. c. Do .not cut or treat edges in the field. 4. Fully tempered glass: ~ a. Comply with Fed Spec DD-G-1403 and ANSI Z97.1. b. Wherever possible, locate tong marks along an edge which will be concealed in the glazing system. c. Permit minimum warpage practicable. 5. Heat-strengthened glass: a. b. Comply with Fed Spec DD-G-1403. Strengthen b'y the manufacturer's standard heat-treating process, increasing flexural strength to not less than twice the strength before treatment. Permit minimum warpage practicable. Mirrors: Provide mirrors, where indicated in drawings and per schedule (Section 10800),manufactured' from 1/4" float/plate glass selected for silvering, electro- copper plated by galvanic process. Ail edges shall be protected by high impact plastic filler strips; back protected by shock-absorbing, water-proof, non-abrasive 1/4" thick polystyrene padding. .01 GLAZING 08800-3 ae OTHER'MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Be SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will'be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed ul~il unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Clean glazing channels, stops, and rabbets to receive the glazing materials, making free from obstructions and deleterious substances which might impair the work. 1. Remove protective coatings which might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealants. 2. Comply with manufacturers' instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately prior to application of primer and glazing compounds or tapes. 3. Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. 3.2 INSTALLATION Be Inspect each piece of glass immediately prior to start of installation. 1. Do not install items which are improperly sized, have damaged edges, or are scratched, abraded, or damaged in any other manner. 2. Do not remove labels from glass until so directed by the Architect. 3. Install glass so distortion waves, if present, run in the horizontal direction. Locate setting blocks at sills one quarter of the width of the glass in from eaclh end of the glass, unless otherwise recommended by the glass manufacturer. 1. Use blocks of proper size to support the glass in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide spacers for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, to separate glass from stops; except where contimaous glazing gaskets or felts are provided. a. Locate spacers no more than 24" apart, and no closer than 12"' to a corner. b. Place spacers opposite one another. c. Make bite of spacer on glass 1/4!' or more. .01 GLAZING 08800-4 3.3 Ce De Ee Ae Set.'glass in a manner which produces the greatest possible degree of ~iformity in appearance. Do not use two different glazing materials in the same joint system unless the joint use is approved in advance by the Architect. Mask, or otherwise protect, surfaces adjacent to installation of sealants. Miter-cut and seal the joints of glazing gaskets in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, provide watertight and airtight seal at corners and other locations where joints are required. to PROTECTION Protect glass from breakage after installation by promptly installing .streamers or ribbons, suitably attached to the framing and held free from glass. not apply warning markings, streamers, ribbons, or other items directly to the glass except as. specifically direct~ by the Architect. Do END 0]? SECTION .01 GL~ZING 08800-5 SECTION 09210 GYPSUm[ PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A® Work included: Provide gypsum plaster where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation, including all backing for ceramic tile and other finishes. Be Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections of Division i of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. ,Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Ail materials, unless otherwise indicated shall be manufactured by United States Gypsum Company or approved equal andl installed in accordance with manufacturer's current printed directions for the use intended. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PLASTER 2.1 LATHING MATERIALS A. Plaster Base: 1. Imperial Gypsum Base 5/8". 2, Comply.with AST~[ C588. .01 GYPSUm[ PLASTER 09210-1 2.2 2'2 Be D® Ge Accessories: 1. Imperial joint reinforcement tape 2. #800 or #900 Corne:~ Bead 3. #701-A or 801-A Met:al trim 4. USG screws, type S - Bugle Head PLASTERING MATERIALS Gypsum plaster: 1. Comply with provisions of ASTM C28. 2. Determine proper gs~sum plaster to be used for the conditions of application and method of applica- tion, and provide such gypsum plaster in accordance with provisions of ASTM C61. Gypsum Keene's cement plaster: Comply with ASTM C61. Lime: 1. Special finishing hydrated lime: a. Comply with AS:TM C206, type "S." 2. Normal finishing hydrated lime (for use where plaster is not in contact with poured concrete or concrete unit masonry): a. Comply with ASTM C6, type "N." Sand: Comply with ASTM C35 and ANSI A42.1. Bonding agents: 1. Provide material producing a permanent bond not affected by freezing, heat, acid, alkali, or dampness, producing no discoloration to finished plaster surfaces, and complying with ASTM C631. Provide water which is potable and free from impurities that affect setting of qypsum plaster. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. MIXES ~ General: 1. Procedures: a. Proportion and measure the materials for each batch of plaster accurately. b. Prepare batche~ in quantity for complete use within a maxim%m of one hour after mixing, and to set up %~ithin a maximum of four hours. c. Do not retemper or use partially set plaster. d. Do not use frozen, caked, or lumpy material, but remove such material from the job site immediately.~ .01 GYPSUM PL~.~TER 09210-2 .- e. Use sand which is moist and loose. f. Withhold about 10% of the required water until the mixing cycle is nearly completed, then add water as needed to achieve the required consistency. g. Do not mix by hand unless specifically so approved in advance by the Architect. 2. Mechanical mixing: a. Mix each batch separately. b. Clean the mixer thoroughly between batches, removing set or hardened materials prior to loading new materials. c. Continue operation of mixer while adding materials. Proportions: .' 1. Prepared gypsum lplasters: a. When using ready-mixed or mill-mixed gypsum plasters, factory-prepared finish ~lasters, and factory-prepared veneer plasters, only add water =nless otherwise recommended by the plaster manufacturer and approved by the Architect. b. Gypsum ready-mixed plaster may be used in lieu of job-mixed gypsum neat plaster and aggregate, if the proportion of aggregate to plaster does not exceed the specified proportions. 2. Finish coats: a. Where "skim coat gypsum plaster: is call for over concrete surfaces, provide two parts dry hydrated lime to one part gauging plaster, to sufficient water to achieve application work- ability. b. Where "veneer plaster" is called for, provide base coat and finish coat in proportions recommended, by the manufacturer of the plaster materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and[ conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed[until unsatisfactory conditions ~re corrected. Be Verify that grounds have been set in a manner to achieve the required plaster thicknesses. .01 GYPSU~PLASTER 09210-3 3.2 3.4 Be APPLICATION General: 1. Schedule application of plaster to precede application of other finishes which could be damaged by accidents incidental to plastering. 2. Achieve the following thickness as pertinent: a. As a skim coat: (1) Minimum of 1/16" and maximum of 3/16", applied over bonding agent or bonding coat. b. As veneer plaster in two-coat application: (1) Base coat maximum of 1/16" thick; (2) Finish coat maximum of 1/16" thick. c. As veneer plaster in one-coat application: (1) Minimum 3/32" thick. Veneer plaster: 1. Base coat application: a. Apply the base coat with sufficient material and force to secure a good bond. b. Double back with the same material, achieveing' uniform thickness and uniform smoothness. 2. Finish coat application: a. Where one-coat veneer plaster is called.for, and as the second coat of two-coat veneer plaster, apply the finish coat to the sub- strate with sufficient material and force to secure a good bond. b. Double back with the same material, achieving uniform thickness and uniform smoothness. c. When the finish coat has stiffened, use light trowel pressure to remove trowel marks and surface imperfections. d.~. Wet trowel as required to densify and polish ..... the surface or, where floated finish is called for,- float the surface to desired finish when tlhe plaster has stiffened. TOUCHUP An 8' x 10' sample ,~all of each' type of finish specified herein shall ]De provided to the Architect for approval. No work shall be commenced until the sample panels are approved by 'the Architect. Finished plaster surfaces shall match ap]proved samples. Upon completion of the other work of this Section, inspect all gypsum plas'~er surfaces and correct conditions which do-not meet specified requirements. .01 GYPSUM PLASTER 09210-4 Ce Remove 9rotective materials and plaster materials from adjacent surfaces, and remove stains which would adversely affect finishes. END OF SECTION o01 GYPSUH PLASTER 09210-5 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM W~J~LBOARD SYSTEM PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide gypsum drywall and accessories where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include', but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections · in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANcE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Ae Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's s~,ecifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. Co Mock-ups: 1. At an area on the site where approved by the Architect, pro~ide a mock-up gypsum wallboa=d panel. a. Make the panel approximately 4'-0" square. b. Provide one mock-up'panel for each gypsum wallboard finish used on the Work. The mock-ups may be used as part of the Work, and may be included in the finished Work, when so approved by the Architect. .01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260-1 1.4 ae d. Revise as necessary to secure the Architect's approval. The mock-up panels, when approved by the Architect, will be used as datum points for comparison with t/~e remainder of the work of this Section for the purpose of acceptance or rejection. If the mock-up panels are not permitted to be part of the finished Work, completely demolish and remove them from the job site upon completion and acceptance of the work of this Section. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM WALLBOARD General: 1. Provide gypsum wa].lboard complying with Fed Spec SS-L-30D, in 48" widths and in such lengths as will result in a minimum of joints. 2. Regular wallboard: Provide type III, grade R, class 1, 5/8" thick except as may be shown otherwise on the Drawings. 3. Fire-retardant wa].lboard: Provide type III, grade X, class 1, 5/8" t~ick. 4. Water-resistant w~llboard: Provide type VII, grade W or X as required, class 2, 5/8" thick except as may be ~hown otherwise on the Drawings. 2.2 fA. METAL TRIM · Form from zinc-coated -~teel not lighter than 26 gage, complying with Fed Spec: QQ-S-775, type I, class d or e. Bo Ce Casing beads: 1. Provide channel-shapes with an exposed wing, and with a concealed wing not less than 7/8" wide.~ 2. The.exposed wing may be covered with paper cemented to the metal, but shall be suitable for joint treatment. Corner beads: Provide angle shapes with wings not less than 7/8" wide and perforated for nailing and joint treatment, or with combination metal and paper wings bonded together, not less than 1-1/4" wide and suitable for joint treatment. De Edge beads for use at perimeter of ceilings: 1. Provide angle sha~,es with wings not less.than 3/4" wide. .01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260-2 2.3 2.5. 2.6 Be Ao 2...- Provide concealed wing perforated for nailing, and exposed wing edgE~ folded flat. 3. Exposed wing may be factory finished in white color. .. JOINTING SYSTEM Provide a jointing sy~tem, including reinforcing tape and compound, designed as a system to be used together and as recommended for this use by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard approved for use on this Work. Jointing compound may be used for finishing if so recommended by its manufacturer. SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM Provide metal suspended ceiling system where shown on Drawings, as specified hereinand as required by Table 47-A, UBC 1985. .- 1. ~--.1-1/2# Channels at 4'-0" o.c.. 2. Furring Channels at 16" o.c.. 3. Hangers per Table 47-A, UBC. FASTENING DEVICES For fastening gypsumwallboard in place on metal studs and metal channels, u~e flat-head screws, shouldered, specially designed fo]: use with power-driven tools, not less than 1" long, wi~ self-tapping threads and self- drilling points. For fastening gypsum %;allboard in place on wood, use 1- 1/4" type W bugle-heat! screws, or use annular ring type nails complying with ;tSTM C514 and of the length required by governmental agencies'having jurisdiction. ACCESS DOORS In partitions and ceilings installed under this Section, provide door~ where required for access to mechanical installations and electrical installations. T~es: 1. Unless otherwise required, provide 24" x 24" metal access doors with concealed hinges to metal frame, and with Allen key lock. 2. For piercing fire-rated surfaces, provide access doors having the'same fire rating as the surface being pierced. 3. For tile surfaces and toilet rooms, provide stainless steel access doors-and frames, with satin finish. .01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260-3 2.6 For other installations, provide prime-coated steel access doors and frames for finish painting to be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these Specifications. OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INST~T.TATION. Be General: 1. Install the gypsum wallboard in accordance with the Drawings and with the separate boards in moderate contact but not forced into place. 2. At internal and external corners, conceal the cut edges of the boards, by the overlapping covered edges of the abutting boards. Stagger the boards so that corners of any four boards will not meet at a common point except in vertical corners.. Ceilings: 1. Install the gypsum wallboard to ceilings with the long dimension of 'the wallboard at right angles to the supporting members. Wallboard may be ilnstalled with the long dimension parallel to supporting members that are spaced.16" on centers when attachment members are provided at end joints. ¸3. Walls: 1. Install the gypsum wallboard to studs at right angles to the furring or framing members. Make end joints, ~here required, over framing or furring members. .01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260-4 3.3 Attaching: 1. Drive the specified screws with clutch-controlled power screwdrivers, spacing the screws 12" on centers at ceilings and 16" on centers at walls. 2. Where framing members are spaced 24" apart on walls, space screws 12" on centers. 3. Attach double layers in accordance with the pertinent codes and the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect. 4. Attach to wood as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Access doors: 1. By careful coom~ination with the Drawings and with the trades involved, install the specified access doors where re~aired. 2. Anchor firmly into position, and align properly to achieve an installation flush with the finished "surface. JOINT TREATMENT General: 1. Inspect areas to be joint treated, verifying that the gypsum wallboard fits snugly against supporting framework. In areas where joint treatment and compound' finishing will be performed, maintain a temperature of not less .than 55degrees for 24 hours prior to commencing the treatment, and until joint and finishing compounds have dried. Apply the joint treatment and finishing compound by machine or hand tool. Provide a minimum drying time of 24 hours between coats, with additional drying time in poorly ventilated areas. Embedding compounds: 1. Apply to gypsum wallboard joints and fastener heads in a thin uniform layer. 2. Spread the compound not less than 3" wide at joints, center the reinforcing tape in the joint, and embed the tape in the compound.. Then spread a thin layer of compound over the tape. After this treatment has dried, apply a second coat of embedding compound to joints and fastener heads, spreading in a thin uniform coat to not less than 6" wide at joints, and feather edged· 4. Sandpaper between coats as required. 5. When thoroughly dry, sandpaper to eliminateridges and high points· · 01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260-5 3 ~'4 3.5 3.6 Finishing Compounds= 1. After embeddin~ compound is thoroughly dry and has been completel~ sanded, apply a coat of finishing compound to joints and fastener heads. 2. Feather the finishing compound to not less than 12" wide. 3. When thoroughly dry, sandpaper to obtain a uniformly smooth surface, taking care to not scuff the paper surface of the wallboard. CORNER TREATMENT Internal corners: Treat as specified for joints, except fold the reinforcing tape lengthwise through the middle and fit neatly into the corner. External corners: 1. Install the specified corner bead, fitting neatly over the corner and securing with the same type fasteners used for installing the wallboard. 2. ~ Space the fasteners approximately 6" on centers, and drive through 'the wallboard into the framing or furring member. 3. After the corner bead has been secured into position, treat the corner with joint compound and reinforcing tape as specified for joints, feathering the joint compound out from 8" to 10" on each side of the corner. OTHER METAL TRIM General: 1. The Drawings do not purport to show all locations and requirements for metal trim. Carefully study the Drawings and the installation, and provide all metal trim normally recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard approved- for use in this Wo~. CI.RANING UP In addition 'to other requirements for cleaning; .use necessary care to prevent scattering gypsum wallboard scraps and dust, and to prevent tracking gypsum and joint finishing compound onto floor surfaces. At completion of each segment of installation in a room or space, proa~tly pick up and remove from the working area all scrap, debris, and surplus material of this Section. END OF SECTION .01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260-6 SECTION 0931O CERA~.[I C TILE PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Ae 1.2 A. Work included: Provide ceramic tile where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: ~ 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division i of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE .... - .... " '- Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are · thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Provide manufacturer's Master Grade Certificate stating type and location of each tile material in this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35'calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturers' slpecifications and other data needed to prove .:ompliance with the specified requirements. 3. Samples of each 'type, class, and color of ceramic tile required, not less than 12" square, mounted on plywood or hardboard backing, and grouted as specified. Except when specifically exempted by the Architect, submit Master Grade Certificates for each shipment of ceramic tile prior to arrival of the shipment at the job site. .01 CERA/4IC TILE 09310-1 1.4 A. pRoDUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CERAMIC TILE Provide ceramic tile and accessories complying with Tile Council of America Specification 137.1, in colors and patterns selected by the Architect from standard colors and patterns of American Olean, Dal-Tile, Buchtal or equal subject: to prior approval by Architect. Be Floor tile: 1. Provide coefficient: of friction not less than 0.50 when tested in accordance with ASTM F489, ASTM F609, and the National Bureau of Standards Technical Note 895. Provide unglazed 1'~' x 2". Provide glazed 8" x 8" x 5/16". Ce For base,'countertops, and wall surfaces, provide matte glazed units 4-1/4" x 4-1/4". D. Exterior wall tile, 12" x 12" x 5/16". E. Provide standard accessory shapes as required. 2.2 SETTING MATERIALS Be Comply with pertinent recommendations contained in the Tile Council of America "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation". Dry set mortar: 1. Provide a commercially prepared mixture of portland cement, sand, and additives imparting water-retentivity,· for use as a bond coat for setting tile. 2.. Comply with ANSI Al18..1~ except where specifically indicated on the Drawings or directed in advance· by the Architect, provide conductive dry-set mortar complying withANSI Al18.2. Ce Organic adhesive: 1o Provide a prepared organic material, ready to use with no further addition of liquid or powder, which cures or sets by evaporation. 2. Comply with ANSI A136.1, using type I where exposed to prolonged water presence and using type II at all other locations. · 01 CERAMIC TILE 09310-2 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 Ae Ae Work included: Provide ceramic tile where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Related work: ..... 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections' in Division I of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE ....... '-,, Use adequate n~mhers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper-performance of the work of this Section. Provide manufacturer's Master Grade Certificate stating type and location of each tile material in. this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Samples of each type, class, and color of ceramic tile required, not less than 12" square, mounted on plywood or hardboard backing, and grouted as specified. Except when specifically exempted by the ~rchitect, submit Master Grade~Certificates for each shipment of ceramic tile prior to arrival of the shipment at the job site. · 01 CEP~.~IC TILE 09310-1 1.4 A. PRODUCT HANDLING cOmply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CERAMIC TILE Provide ceramic tile and. accessories complying with Tile Council of America Specification 137.1, in colors and patterns selected by the Architect from standard colors and patterns of American Olean, Dal-Tile, Buchtal or equal subject: to prior approval by ArChitect. Be Floor tile: 1. Provide coefficient of friction not less than 0.50 when tested in accordance with ASTM F489, ASTM F609, and the National Bureau of Standards Technical Note 895.. 2. Provide unglazed 1" x 2". 3. Provide glazed 8" x 8" x 5/16". For base, ' countertops, and wall surfaces, provide matte glazed units 4-1/4" x 4.-1/4". D. Exterior wall tile, 12" x 12" x 5/16". E. Provide standard accessory shapes as required. 2.2 SETTING MATERIALS Comply with pertinent recommendations contained in the Tile Council of America "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation". > - Dry set'mortar: 1. Provide a commercially prepared mixture of portland cement, sand, and additives imparting water-retentivity, for use as a bond coat for setting tile. 2. Comply with ANSI A118.1~"except where specifically indicated on the Drawings or directed in advance by the Architect, provide conductive dry-set mortar complying with ANSI Al18.2. Organic adhesive: 1.. Provide a prepared organic material, ready to use with no further addition of liquid or powder, which cures or sets by evaporation. 2. Comply with ANSI A136.1, using type I where exposed to prolonged water presence and using type II at all other locations. · 01 CERAMIC TILE 09310-2 2.3 2.4 ae Be Special tile setting mortars will be considered by the · Architect when complete technical data is submitted in advance. GROUT Comply with pertinent recommendations.contained in the 'Tile Council of America "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" in colors selected bythe Architect from standard colors available from the approved manufacturers. OTHER MATERIALS Commercial portland cement grout: 1. Provide a commercially prepared mixture of portland cement and other, ingredients producing a water-resistant, dense, uniformly colored material. Color as selected. Secure the ArchiteCt's specific approval of the '= proposed material prior to use. Exterior Cementious Backer-board 1. Wonder-Board as manufactured by Modulars 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Inc., Hamilton, Ohio. Size: 36" x 72" Joint Reinforcement: 2" wide coated fiber-glass mesh tape. Nails: galvanized roofing nail 1-1/2" or longer, as required, preferably screw type. Screws: 1-1/4" S-12 flat Wafer Head screws with countersinking ribs and Climaseal finish. Washers: 3/4" round, counter-sunk stainless steel washers. Framing and installation as recommended by manufacturer. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed? Correct 'conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. .01 CE~%MIC TILE 09310-3 3.2 Be Ge INSTALLATION General: 1. Comply with ANSI A108.1, ANSI A108.2, and the "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" of the Tile Council of America, except as otherwise directed by the Architect or specified herein. 2. Maintain minimum temperature limits and installation practices recommended by materials manufacturers. 3. Do not install tile floors over membrane until the membrane has been tested and accepted. Except where otherwise indicated on .the Drawings or directed by the Architect, provide portland cement setting beds for walls and floors. Limits of tile: 1. Extend tile into recesses and under equipment and fixtures to form a complete, covering without interruptions. Terminate tile neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners, without disruption of pattern or joint alignment. Joining pattern: 1. Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Architect. 2. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, trim, and walls are the same size. 3. Layout tile work, and center the tile fields both directions in each space or on each wall area. 4. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. 5. Provide uniform joint widths. Provide expansion and control joints where shown on the Drawings, and where otherwise recommended by the "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"-of the Tile Council of America, sealing in accordance with Section 07920 of these Specifications. Cleaning: 1. Upon completion of placing and grouting, clean the ~ work of this Section in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturers of the materials used. 2. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous items from effects of acid cleaning. 3. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. Provide tile surfaces clean and free from cracked, broken, chipped, unbonded, and otherwise defective units. .01 CERAMIC TILE 09310-4 He .Provide required protection of tile surfaces to prevent damage and wear prior to acceptance of the Work by the Owner. END OF SECTION .01 CERAMIC TILE 09310-5 SECTION 09510 SUSPENDED CEILINGS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide suspended ceilings where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for acomplete and proper installation. Be' Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 Use adequate .numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are Completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product datar Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show suspension, layout, lateral restraint, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work'of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's'recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on.the Work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent proVisions of Section 01640. .01 SUSPENDED CEILINGS 09510-1 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A® Deliver to the Owner for his use in future modifications, an extra stock of approximately 10% of each type of acoustical material installed, packaging each type of material separately, distinctly marked, and adequately protected against deterioration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 "T" GRID SYSTEM ae Provide a complete system of supporting members, anchors, wall cornices, adapters for light fixtures and grilles, and accessories of every type required for a complete suspended "T"grid system of the arrangements shown on the'Drawings, in color or colors selected by the Architect from standard colors of the approved manufacturer, and complying with pertinent requirements of'Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and the governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Acceptable products: 1. Chicago Metallic Corp., 5501 Downey Boulevard, Vernon, California 90058 (213) 582-1100: a. Ceiling system: "1800 System" Non rated, Direct Hung Exposed 2. Equal products of other manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS 2.3 ae' Acceptable products: 1. Armstrong Company a. '.. Lay-in panels: #845A, 24" x 48" x 5/8", ' Minaboard ML (Nonperforated) at Deli Area. b. Lay-in panels: #734, 24" x 48" x 5/8", Designer. · 2. Equal products of other manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. A® Provide mastic or glue as recommended by acoustic tile manufacturer for the installation conditions, or: Henry #137 or approved equal. Tile applied with mastic shall conform to governing UBC Section 4203. Tile shall be applied as per' manufacturer's recommendations. .01 SUSPENDED CEILINGS 09510-2 2.4 A® OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Ae Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL. Ae Except as modified by requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, recommendations of the manufacturer as approved by the Architect, or specific directions of the Architect, install in accordance with ASTM C636 and the pertinent UL design requirements. Be Make all grid level within a tolerance of one in 1000 and straight within a tolerance of one in 1000. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS Ae "T" grid system: Install acoustical ceiling boards so linearity of facing is as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION · 01 SUSPENDED CEILINGS 09510-3 SECTION 09513 METAL CEILING SYSTEMS PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide suspended metal ceiling system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division i of these Specifications. 2. ~-Section 16000, Electrical.. QUALITY ASSURANCE Ae Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified reqdirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent; provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice.to Proceed, sUbmit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other' data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Shop Drawings showing details of proposed suspension, layout, lateral restraint, and interface with work of other trades. 4. Manufacturers' recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. Ce Samples: Accompanying the above submittal, submit Samples of: 1. Each type of aluminum item proposed for use; 2. Each component of the proposed suspension system;' 3. Proposed acoustical material; 4. Standard colors available in the proposed system. .01 METAL cEILING SYSTEMS 09513-1 1.4 Do Mock-ups: 1. At an area on the site where approved by the Architect, provide a mock-up ceiling panel. a. Make the mock-up panel approximately 8'-0" square. b. Provide one mock-up panel for each ceiling pattern and type used on the Work. c. The mock-ups may be 'part of the Work, and may be incorporated into the finished Work, when so approved by the Architect. d. Revise as necessary to secure the Architect's approval. The mock-up panels, when approved by the Architect, will be used as' datum points for comparison with the remainder of the metal ceiling installation for ~e purpose of acceptance or rejection· If the mock-up panels are not permitted to be part of the finished Work, completely demolish and remove them from ~e job site upon completion and acceptance of the work of this Section. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. Do not begin installation in any area until sufficient materials are on. the job site to complete the work.of this Section in that area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENDED ALUMINUM CEILING .01 Ae Be Acceptable manufacturers: -- 1. Alcan Aluminum Co~oration.- ~. 2. Other manufacturers with equal products approved in advance by the Architect. Provide 8" Planar Macro' suspensiOn system, as manufactured by Alcan Aluminum Corporation complying with requirements of governmental- agencies having jurisdiction, and as approved by the Architect. Panels and carriers: prOVide a subsystem of ceiling panels and carriers for exterior and interior condi- tions, with the following attributes: 1. Ceiling panels: a. 8" Planar Marcro; ~ b. Standard panels formed, after painting, from 0.025" Alcan aluminum alloy 3005-H26; · c. Dimensions 7-3/8" wide by minimum length of 3'-0" and maximum length of 20'T.0"; METAL CEILING SYSTEMS 09513-2 "d. Formed to si%ap onto, and be securely retained on, the provided carriers without separate fasteners. 2. Carriers: a. Standard carriers formed, after painting, from 0.040" Alcan aluminum alloy 3005-H26, into a hat section 1-3/4" deep with protruding ears designed to allow a 5/8" space between ceiling panels. b. On both slanted sides, of the carrier, provide 3/16" diame~=er holes at 2" centers to accommodate hanger wires. c. Also provide holes along spines to permit attachment t=o overhead structural supports. 3. Splices: Provide the manufacturer's standard units, including but not limited to the following: a. Expansion Carrier; b. Carrier Splice; c. Stabilizer lBars; d. Filler Stri])s (recessed); e. Panel Splice; f. Radial Carrier and Clip; g. Seismic Cli]); h. Planar Macro Retainer Clip; 4. Access sections: a. Provide the manufacturer's standard design access sections with door hinge assemblies, retainer clips, and retainer bars where indicated on Drawings. b. Provide for downward aiming opening. 5. Fluorescent Lights: a. Double Lamp, Planalite II. b. Refer to Electrical Drawings. 6. Light Lenses: a. Square edge style; b. Edge trim strips. 7. Accessory Components: a. End Plugs; b. Angular and Mitered panel inserts; c. T-Bar and iMoldings as required.for complete installation. Finish: 1. Prepare all surfaces of all aluminum components with a chemical 'wash coat and a chromate conversion coat. 2. On ceiling panels and the exposed surfaces of interior splices, provide a prime coat and one baked-on coat of Polyester enamel. 3. On carriers and carrier splices, provide a baked- on epoxy color coat.' 4. Colors: a. Carriers and carrier splices: Flat black. b. Ceiling panels and the exposed surfaces of interior splices: .01 METAL CEILING SYSTEMS 09513-3 2.2 A® (1) Color: A standard finish color of the approved manufacturer as selected by the Architect. OTHER MATERIALS Provide 'other materials., not specifically described but .required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3.- EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A® Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION Ae Except as modified by requirements of governmental agencies havingjurisdiction, install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation recommendations as approved by the Architect. 3.3 Ce Lateral bracing: 1. Provide lateral bracing as required by pertinent codes and regulations. 2. Secure lateral bracing to structural members. Secure at right angels to the direction of the partition and four-ways in large ceiling areas. Make all finished surfaces level,~°r true to plane where plane is designed to be other than level, within a tolerance of one in 1000, and straight within a tolerance of one in 1000. CLEANING UP In addition to'other stipulated requirements for cleaning, completely rex~ove finger prints and traces of soil from the surfaces of exposed portions, using only those cleaning materials recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the material being cleaned. END OF SECTION .01 METAL CEILING SYSTEMS 09513-4 SECTION 09665 RESILIENT S~.ET FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide resilient sheet flooring where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 Be Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 09990 Material Color Selections. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained an¢! experienced in the necessary crafts and who are c~letely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has'received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Samples of each item,' color, and pattern available in the specified grades from the proposed manufacturers. 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent: provisions of Section 01640. .01 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09665-1 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A® Deliver to the Owner for his use in future modifications an extra stock of approximately 10% of each color and pattern in each material installed under this Section, packaging each type of material separately, distinctly marked, and adequately protected against deterioration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ae Provide colors and patterns as selected by the Architect from standard colors and patterns of the approved manufacturer in the specified tYPe. Adhesives: 1. Provide waterproof and stabilized type adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer of the material being installed. 2. Asphalt emulsions and other non-waterproof adhesives will not be acceptable. C® Concrete slab primer: Provide non-staining type as required and as recommended by the manufacturer of the material being installed. 2.2 RESILIENT MATERIALS A® Sheet vinyl: 1. Provide 2. 3. ~Armstrong Classic Corlon, or equal approved in advance by the Architect. Provide cove accessory items, including metal trim edge, as required for integral cove base. Provide topset base as manufactured by Burke and in dimensions and locations shown on Drawings. 2.3 OTHER MATERIALS ae Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and 9roper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. .. .01 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09665-2 3.2 PREPARATION 3.3 ~ Be Be Subfloors: 1. Verify that substrate is smooth, level, at required finish elevation, and without more than 1/8" in 10'-0" variation from level or slopes. shown on the Drawings. 2. Prior to laying materials, broom clean or vacuum the surfaces to be covered, and inspect the subfloors. Priming: 1. Apply concrete's~lab.primer if so recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer. 2. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect. INSTALLATION General: 1. Install materials only after finishing operations, including painting, have been completed and after permanent heating system is operating. 2. Verify that moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature, and relative humidity are within the limits recommended by the manufacturers of the materials used. 3. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on the finish surface as marked in the su~floor. Use chalk or other non- permanent marking device. Installing sheet vinyl: 1. Cut sheet material into required lengths and sizes. 2. Layout and cut to achieve minimum number of seams and for pattern match between abutting edges. Double-cut if required. 3. Lay cut sheets flat and allow to come to room temperature prior to installation. 4. Install the sheets, and roll the floor surface to work wrinkles and air pockets out past the outer edges. 5. Fit the sheet vinyl neatly and tightly into breaks and recesses, against bases, around pipes and' penetrations, under saddles and thresholds, and around permanent cabinets and .equipment. 6. Where integral base is called for: a. Provide cove strip to ease transition at intersection between floor and wall; b. Cut, fit, and miter-weld at internal and external corners. .01 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09665-3 3.4 A® Cap exposed .edge with metal trim securely · fastened in iplace, with top edge of trim level, and with all trim joints mitered. C?.~.ANING AND PROTECTING Remove, excess adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces, using neutral cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the resilient, materials. END OF SECTION .01 RESILIENT SHE~:T FLOORING 09665-4 SECTION 09680 CARPETING PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide carpeting and carpet accessories where sho~n on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper glue- down installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not nece~sarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in'Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ao Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained an¢! experienced in the necessary crafts and who are co~letely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has receiw~d the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings showing location of seams and locations and types of carpet metal and accessories. 4. Samples of the full range of colors and patterns of carpet and of exposed accessories available from the proposed manufacturers in the specified qualities. 5. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation prc.cedures used on the Work. .02 CARPETING 09680-1 1.4 Ce ae After the Architect has~ selected the color and pattern, submit three Samples of each specified color and pattern from the stock proposed to be installed. Secure the Architect's approval of these Samples prior to installation. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 2.1 A. Be Ce 2.2 ae Be' Ce PRODUCTS CARPET Provide style "Palmdale", #783-684, "Spring carpet as manufactured by Designweave, 15305 ViewAvenue, Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670. Dream" Valley Provide equal products of other manufacturers when approved in'advance by the Architect. Provide carpeting with at least the following minimum attributes: OTHER MATERIALS Adhesives: 1. Provide white latex carpet adhesive such as W. W. Henry Company No. 356, Roberts Company No. 41- 0504, or an equal approved by the Architect and recommended for ~e purpose by the manufacturer of the proposed carp,mt. 2. Provide seam adhe:sive such as W. W. Henry. Company No. 246, Roberts Company No. 41-0502, or an equal approved by the Architect and recommended for the purpose'by the manufacturer of the proposed carpet. At intersection of carpet and floor tile, provide Mercer Plastics Company, Inc., "Custom Edge Carpet Bar No. 90," vinyl, or equal, in color selected by the Architect. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. .02 CARPETING 09680-2 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. SURFACE PREPARATION A® Bo Immediately prior to installation of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean substrata and remove oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and other items which would adversely affect the bond of adhesive. Make substrata level and free from irregularities. Assure one constant floor height after carpet is installed, filling low spots and grinding high spots as required. 3.3 INSTALLATION General:° 1. Glue directly to the floor, using no pads and no foam. 2. Scribe the carpet accurately to vertical surfaces. 3. Align the lines of carpet, as Woven, using no fill strips less than 6" wide, laying all carpet in the same direction unless specifically directed otherwise by the Architect. Seams: 1. Locate seams only where shown on the approved Shop Drawings, or where specifically otherwise approved by the Architect. 2. Locate seams to the maximum extent practicable out of the way of traffic. 3. Fabricate seams by the compression method, using a butt joint, and properly bead and seal. 4. Do not stretch s~eams. In addition to the cleaning requirements stated elsewhere, thoroughly clean carpet and adjacent surfaces prior to final acceptance of the carpeted areas by the Owner.° 3.4 PROTECTION Ae Provide a heavy non-staining paper or plastic walkway as required over ca~)eting in direction of traffic, maintaining intact until carpeted space is accepted by the Owner. · 02 CARPETING 09680-3 3.5 ae SURPLUS MATERIAL Allow the Owner to inspeCt and select from scrap carpet remaining after the installation. Bundle, wrap in burlap, and deliver to the Owner the carpet scraps selected by him. END OF SECTION .02 CARPETING 09680-4 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ae Work included: Paint: and finish the. exterior and 'interior exposed surfaces listed on the Painting Schedule in Part 3 of this Section, as specified · herein, and as needed for a complete andproper installation. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Priming or priming and finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to'be factory-performed or installer-performed under pertinent other Sections. 3. Section 099.90-1 Material Color Selections. Ce Work not included: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces,. foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, and duct shafts. 2. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze, and similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section except as may be so specified. 3. Do.not paint moving parts of operating units; mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators; linkages; sensing devices; and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Do not paint owar required labels or equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 5. Do not paint tilt-up concrete walls under this contract. Definitions: 1. "Paint," as used herein, means coating systems materials including primers, emulsions, epoxy, enamels, sealers, fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. .01 PAINTING 09900-1 1.2 1.3 Be QUALITY ASSURANCE Use.adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary~ crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Paint coordination: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various s~strata. 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that com]patible prime coats are used. 4. Provide barrier coats over noncompatible primers, or remove the primer and reprime as required. 5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime-coatings supplied under other Sections. Minimum acceptable finish shall be semi-gloss. SUBMITTALS Comply with pertinent ~,rovisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 3.5 calendar days after the. Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance.with the specified requirements. Samples: 1. Following the selection of colors and glosses by the Architect, as described under "Color ~ Schedules" in Pa~: 2 of this Section, submit Samples for the k~chitect's review. a. Provide three Samples of each color and each gloss for each material on which the finish is specified to be applied. b. Except as o~erwise directed by the Architect, make Samples approximately 8" x 10" in size. c. If so directed by the Architect, submit Samples during progress of the Work in the form of actual application of the approved materials on actual surfaces to be painted. .01 PAINTING 09900-2 1.4 1.6 A® ae ae Revise and resubmit each Sample as requested until the required gloss, color, and texture is achieved. Such Samples, when approved, will become standards of color and finish for accepting or rejecting the: work of this Section. Do not commence finish painting until approved Samples are on file at the job site. PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent; provisions of Section 01640. JOB CONDITIONS Do not apply solvent-thinned paints when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are below 45 degrees F, unless otherwise per~litted by the manufacturers' printed instructions as approved by the Architect. Weather conditions: 1. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85%; or to damp or wet surfaces,, unless otherwise permitted by the manufacturers' printed instructions as approved by the Architect. 2. Applications may be continued during inclement weather only within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer as being suitable for use during application and drying periods. EXTRA STOCK Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the Owner an extra stock equaling 10% of each color, type, and gloss of paint used in the Work, tightly sealing each container, and clearly labeling with contents and location where used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT MATERIALS A® Acceptable materials:: 1. The Painting Schedule in Part 3 of this Section is based, in general, on products of Dunn-Edwards Corporation and Ameritone Paint Corporation. Equal products of other manufacturers approved in advance by the ]trchitect, may be'substituted in accordance with provisions of the Contract. .01 PAINTING 09900-3 2.2 2.3 2.4 Be A® Be A® Where products are proposed other than those specified by name and number in the Painting Schedule, provide under the product data submittal required by Article 1.3 of this Section a new painting schedule compiled in the same format used for the Painting SChedule included in this Section. Undercoats and thinners: 1. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coat. 2. Use only the thinners recommended by the paint manufacturer, and use only to the recommended limits. 3. Insofar as practicable, use undercoat, finish coat, and thinner material as parts of a unified system of paint finish. COLOR SCHEDULES The'Architect will prepare a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting. The'Architect may select, allocate, and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the Work, subject to the following. 1. Exterior work: A maximum of five different colors ~ may be used, with variations for trim, doors, miscellaneous work, and metal work. 2. Interior work: A maximum of five different pig_ mented colors may be used, with variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots. 3. Dark tones: A maximum of five dark tones may be used as accent colors for interior. APPLICATION EQUIPMENT. ~-- For application of the approved paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer of the particular paint, and as approved by the Architect. Prior to use of application equipment, Verify that ~he proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied, and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of the proposed equipment. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. · 01 PAINTING 09900-4 PART 3 - ExEcUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be p,erformed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 MATERIALS PREPARATION General: 1. Mix and prepare p,aint materials in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations as approved by the Architect. 2. When materials are not in use, store in tightly covered containers. 3. Maintain containers 'used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free from foreign materials and residue. 3.3 Be S~irring: 1. Stir materials before application, producing a mixture of unifozm density. 2. Do not stir into the material any film which may form on the surface, but remove the film and, if necessary, strain the material before using. SURFACE PREPARATION General: 1. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturers' recommendations as approved by the Architect. 2. Remove removable items which are in place and are not scheduled to receive paint finish; or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. 3. Following completion of painting in each space or area, reinstall t~e removed items by using workmen who are skilled in the necessary trades. 4. Clean each Surface to be painted prior to applying paint of surface treatment. 5. Remove oil and gz~ase with clean cloths and cleaning solvent of low toxicity and flash point in excess of 200 degrees F, prior to start of mechanical cleaning. 6. SChedule the cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet newly painted surfaces· · 01 PAIntING .09900-5 3.4 Be Be Preparation of wood surfaces: 1. Clean wood surfaces until free from dirt, oil, and other foreign substance. 2. smooth finished wood surfaces exposed to view, using the proper sandpaper. Where so required, .use varying degree:s of coarseness in sandpaper to produce a uniformly smooth and unmarred wood surface. 3. Unless specifically approved by the'Architect, do not proceed with painting of wood surfaces until the moisture content of the wood is 12% or less as' measured'by a moisture meter approved by the Architect. Preparation of metal su:cfaces: 1. Thoroughly clean surfaces until free from dirt, oil, and grease. 2. On galvanized surfaces, use solvent'for the initial cleaning, and then treat the surface thoroughly wi~h phosphoric acid etch. Remove etching solution completely before proceeding. 3. Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint. " PAINT APPLICATION .General: 1. Touchup shop-applied prime coats 0 which have been prior to start of damaged, and touc~ bare areas finish coats application. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats. a. Do not apply additional coats until the completed coat has been inspected and approved. b. Only the inspected and approved coats of paint will be considered in determining the number of' coats applied. Sand and dust between coats to remove defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of five feet. On removable panels and hinged panels, paint the back sides to match the exposed sides. Drying: 1. Allow sufficient dx~ing time between coats, modifying the period as recommended by the material manufacturer to suit adverse weather conditions. ° 2o Consider oil-base and oleo-resinous solvent-type paint as dry for recoating when the paint feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate pressure of the thumb, and when the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. · 01 PAINTING 09900-6 De Fo Brush applications: '1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Spray application: · 1. Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush' coats. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two coats in one pass. For completed work, match the approved Samples as to texture, color, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements. Miscellaneous surfaces and procedures: 1. Exposed mechanical items: a. Finish electric panels, access doors, conduits, pipes, ducts, grilles, registers, vents, and items of similar nature to match the adjacent, wall and ceiling surfaces, or as directed. b. Paint visible duct surfaces behind ven~s, registers, and grilles'flat black. c. Wash metal with solvent, prime, and appl~ two coats of al~d enamel. 2. Exposed pipe and duct insulation: a. Apply one coat of latex.paint'on insulation which has been sized or primed under other Sections; applytwo coats on such surfaces when unprepared. b. Match color of adjacent surfaces. c. Remove band before painting, and replace after painting. 3. Hardware: Paint prime coated hardware to match adjacent surfaces. 4. Wet areas: a. In toilet rooms and contiguous areas, add an Ce approved f~gicide to paints. For oil base paints, use 1% phenolmercuric, or 4% tetrachlorophenol. For water ~mulsion and glue size surfaces, use 4% sodium tetrachlorophenate. Interior: Use "stipple" finish where enamel is specified. Exposed vents: Apply two coats of heat-resistant .paint approved by the Architect. .01 PAINTING 09900-7 3.5 Be PAINTING SCHEDULE - INT]~RIOR Provide the following paint finishes. Dunn Edwards Ameritone Concrete, Masonry and Plaster: 1. Vinyl-Acrylic, flat finish: ~ 1st Coat - Alkyd Sealer or Vinyl-Acrylic (Amer.) E 28-1 Y400 2nd Coat - Flat Vinyl-Acrylic W-401 Y400 2. Vinyl~Acrylic, Flat Enamel Fin- ish: 1st Coat - P.V.A. Sealer (D.E.) W-101 .... 2nd Coat - Flat enamel W-411 .... 3rd Coat - Flat enamel W-411 .... 3. Alkyd Enamel, Semi-Gloss. Finish: 1st Coat - Alkyd Sealer (D.E.) or Oil Sealer (Amer.) E 28-1 '77 2nd Coat - Undercoat (D.E.) or Under- coat (Amer.) E 22-1 89 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enam- el E 5 series 900 4. Acrylic Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Block Filler (D.E.) or Latex Sealer (Amer.) W-305 2nd Coat - Undercoat (D.E.) or Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel E 22-1 3rd Coat - Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel W-450 W2168 W2200 W2200 Concrete Block: 1. Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat Finish: 1st Coat - Block Filler W-305 W2147 2nd Coat - Flat Vinyl-Acrylic W-401 Y400 2. Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat. Enamel Finish: 1st Coat - Block Filler"' W-305 ---- 2nd Coat - Undercoat E 22-1 .... 3rd Coat - Flat Enamel W-411 .... 3. Alkyd Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Block Filler W-305 W21~7 2nd Coat - Undercoat E 22-1 89 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel E5 series 900 4. Acrylic Enamel, se~i-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Block Filler W-305 W2147 2nd Coat - Enamel ~[ndercoat 'E22-1 89 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel W-450 5. Waterproofing, clear finish: 1st Coat - Clear Waterproofing "OKON" W2 .... 2nd Coat - Clear Waterproofing N/A W2200 .01 PAINTING 09900-8 De Ferrous Metal: 1. Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat Finish: 1st Coat - Primer 2nd Coat - Undercoat 3rd Coat - Flat Vinyl-Acrylic Edwards 43-4 E.22-1 W-401 Ameritone ¥400 *Omit primer on factory primed items only. 2. o Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat Enamel Finish: 1st Coat - Primer' 2nd Coat - Undercoat 3rd Coat - Flat Enamel 43-4 E 22-1 W-401 mmmm mmmm *Omit primer on factory primed items only. Alkyd Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Primer ..~ 2nd Coat - Undercoat 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel · 43-4 .: E 22-1 E5 series .54 89 900 *Omit primer on factory primed items only. Acrylic Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Primer 2nd Coat'- Undercoat 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel 43-4 54 E 22-1 89 W-450 W2200 Galvanized Metal: 1. Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat Finish: 1st Coat - Oil Primer (D.E.) or ' Latex ]Primer (Amer.) 42-44 W-100 2nd Coat - Undercoat E 22-1 89 3rd Coat -'Flat Vinyl-Acrylic W-401 Y400 2. Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat Enamel Finish: 1st Coat - Oil Pr:Lmer 42-44 .... 2nd Coat - Undercoat E 22-1 .... 3rd Coat - Flat Enamel W-411 .... 3. Alkyd Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Oil Primer (D.E.) or Latex Primer (Amer.) 42-44 W100 2nd Coat - Undercoat (D.E.) or Undercoat (Amer.) E 22-1 89 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel E5 series 900 4. Acrylic Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Oil PrJ~er (D.E.) or Latex Primer (Amer.) 42-44 W100 2nd Coat - Undercoat E 22-1 89 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel W-450 W2200 .01 PAINTING 09900-9 3.6 He Ae Edwards Woodwork:' 1. Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat Enamel Finish: 1st Coat - Enamel Undercoat 2nd Coat - Flat Enamel 3rd Coat - Flat Enamel 2. Alkyd Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Undercoat 2nd Coat - Undercoat 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel 3. Acrylic Enamel, se~i-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Undercoat 2nd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel Ameritone E 22-1 .... W-411 .... W-411 .... E 22-1 89 E 22-1 900 E5 series 900 E 22-1 89 W-450 W2200 W450 89 Stained woodwork: 1. Oil Stain and Lacquer Finish: Semi-Gloss or Flat Lacquer as directed. 1st Coat - Interior Stain 2nd Coat - Sanding Sealer '3rd Coat -.Lacquer Semi-Gloss or Flat me 4th Coat - Lacquer Semi-Gloss or Flat Lacquer stain and Lacquer Finish: Semi-Gloss or Flat Lacquer as directed. LW-120 ELQ-101 ELQ-104/ 105 ELQ-104/ 105 1st Coat - Interior Lacquer Stain LW-120 2nd Coat - Sanding Sealer 3rd Coat - Lacquer Semi-Gloss or Flat 4th Coat - Lacquer Semi-Gloss or Flat Mechanical items, cabinets, equipment, 1. 1st Coat - Appropriate primer for surface to be painted 2nd Coat - Gloss Enamel 3rd Coat - Gloss Enamel ELQ-101 ELQ-104/ 105 ELQ-104/ 105 etc.: m mm m mmmm 10 series .... 10 series .... PAINTING SCHEDULE - EXTi~-RIOR Provide the following paint finishes. .01 PAINTING 09900-10 Be Ce De Concrete, Stucco and ]~asonry: 1. Vinyl-Acrylic, Flat Finish= 1st Coat - Concrete Sealer 2nd Coat - Flat W[nyl-Acrylic 2. Waterproofing, Clear Finish: 1st Coat - Clear Waterproofing Dunn Edwards Ameritone W-709 W00/146 W-201 WOO "OKON"W1 .... Concrete Block: 1. Vinyl Acrylic, Flat Finish: 1st Coat - Block Filler 2nd Coat - Flat Vinyl-Acrylic 3rd Coat - Flat Vinyl-Acrylic 2. Waterproofing, Clear Finish: 1st Coat - Clear Waterproofing Painted wood: " '~" 1. Alkyd Enamel, Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Exterior Wood Primer (oil) 42-9 2nd Coat - Gloss Alkyd Enamel QD60 series 3rd Coat - Gloss Alkyd Enamel QD60 series 2. Acrylic Enamel, S~mi-Gloss Finish".: 1st Coat - Exterior Wood Primer (oil) 42-9 2nd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel W-901 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel W-901 W-304/ W-305 W2147 W-201 WOO 'W-201 W00 "OKON"W2 .... 1252 6200 6200 1252 W2500 W2500 Stained wood: 1. Semi-Transparent Stain (oil) Olympic Stain i Coat - Semi-Transparent Stain Weather 2 Coats pro WP3 100% Acrylic Opaque Stain: 1st Coat - Exterior Opaque Stain *W-703 W600 2nd Coat - Exterior Opaque Stain W-703 W600 *When. light colors are used on redwood and cedar prime with Ext. Wood Primer.. Ferrous metal: 1. Alkyd Enamel, Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Red Oxide Primer 54 2nd Coat - Gloss Alkyd Enamel 6200 3rd Coat - Gloss Alkyd Enamel 6200 2. ACrylic. Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: 1st Coat - Red Oxide Primer 43~4 54 2nd Coat - Undercoat (D.E.) or Acrylic Enamel (Amer.) 42-23 W2500 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel W-901 W2500 *First coat not required on items shop primed. 43-4 QD60 series QD60 series .01 PAINTING' 09900-11 Dunn Edwards Ameritone Vinyl-Acrylic Flat Finish: 1st Coat - Red Oxide Primer 2nd Coat - Undercoat '(D.E.) or Flat Vinyl-Acrylic (Amer.) 3rd Coat - Flat vi~l-Acrylic 43-4 54 42-23 WOO W-201 WOO Galvanized metal: 1. Alkyd Enamel, Glos~l Finish: 1st Coat - Primer/Oil QD43-7 13201 2nd Coat - Gloss Alkyd Enamel QD60 series 6200 3rd Coat - Gloss Alkyd Enamel QD60 series 6200 2. Acrylic Enamel, Semi-Gloss Finish: Pretreatment 1st Coat - Primer/Oil QD43-7 2nd Coat - Undercoat (D.E.) or Acrylic Enamel (Amer.) 42-23 3rd Coat - Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel 3., 100% Acrylic, Flat Finish: Pretreatment 1st Coat - Primer/Oil QD43-7 2nd Coat - Undercoat (D.E.) or Flat Vinyl-Acrylic (Amer.) 3rd Coat - Flat Vinyl-Acrylic W-901 13201 W2500 W2500 13201 42-23 WOO W-701 or WOO W-201 END OF SF. CTION .01 PAINTING 09900-12 SECTION 09990 PART 1- 1.1 1.2 1.3 PARe 2 - 2.1 2.2 MATERIAL CODgR SELECTIONS GENERAL Requirements of Division 0 and Division I apply to work of this Section. Scope: The materials, equipment and labor required to execute the work and install the items hereafter referred to are specified in their respective sectic, ns. General Rmquirements: a. Ail contractors, manufacturers and suppliers are advised to thoroughly the specifications and drawings for respective trade and determine the extent of material and items which required. material examine their full are COLOR·SELECTIONS Color: a. The colors and finishes for materials, equipment, and items hereafter referred to have been preselected from various manufacturers products as specified elsewhere in these specifications. Substitutions of material, equipment and items approved as equal by the Architect may be made in accordance with provisions of these specifications. Substitutions approved as equal are to match the preselected colors, and under no circumstances will failure to do so be allowed 'as the basis for added costs to the Owner. Selections me Exterior Colors: a. Ceramic Tile: be Ce de Buchtal, Chroma Color: #700 "Glacier White" Grout: #0 "Grey" Concrete block: Refer to Section 04220 Color: Natmral Grey Doors & windows: Refer to Section 08410 Color: Black Accent Band: Glasweld Color: #522, "Smoke Grey" Specifications Specifications .01 MATERIAL COLOR SELECTIONS 09990-1 fo Steel doors, frames: See Specifications Section 08100. Color: Black Glazing: See Specifications Section 08800. Color: Sealants/caulking: Tremco Color: Custom color to match adjacent areas Flashing/sheet metal: See Specifications Section 07600 Color: To match exterior finish color' Interior Colors: a. Carpet: Desi~mweave, Palmdale Color: #783-684, "Spring Dream" b. Carpet Base: Burke, 4" Color: 701P c. Resilient Flooring: Armstrong Color: #86733, "Pebble White" d. Top Set Base: Burke, 4" Color: 701P e. Ceramic Tile Floor: Dal-Tile Color: DK-37A, "White Granite" Color: DK-106, "Mot. Dk. Gray" Ceramic Tile Floor Grout: Custom Building Products Color: #165 "'Delorean Gray" g. Ceramic Wall Tile: Dal-Tile Color: D-100, "Dal White" h. Ceramic Wall 'rile Grout: Custom Building Product Color: #165, "Delorean Gray" Laminated Plastics: Pionite Color: #SB010, "Teal" Wood Stain: Dunn Edwards Color: Match sample on file in Architect's - office Paint 91: Benjamin Moore Paints Color: Brilliant White Identifying devices: Vomar Color: #16, "Black" Metal Toilet Partitons: See Specifications Section 10162. Color: Matc~ Benjamin Moore Paints, color %1466. Suspended Ceiling System: Al·an Aluminum Corp. Color: #748, "Smoked Chrome" ne All pr·selected colors are on Architect's Office for review by and material suppliers. END OF SECTION file in the the Contractor .01 MATERIAL COLOR SELECTIONS 09990-2 SECTION 10162 METAL TOIL~',T PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION .A. Work included: Provide floor mounted metal toilet partitions system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE ae Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and. experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section'with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Color charts showing colors available from the proposed manufacturer in the specified products; 5. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become. the basis for accepting or rejecting aCtual installation procedures used on the Work. 1.4 .01 A® PRODUCT HANDLING Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. METAL TOILET PARTITIONS 10162.-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.i METAL TOILET PARTITIONS Provide metal toilet partitions, and urinal screens if so indicated on the Drawings, in the dimensions and arrangements shown, and with the following attributes. 1. Door panels: ~. Not less than 1" thick and not less than 22 gage steel. 2. Partitions: a. Not less than 1" thick and not less than 20 gage steel. 3. Pilasters: a. Not less than lml/4'' thick and not less than 20 gage steel. 4. Design: a. Floor mounted., overhead braced. 5. Finish: a. Baked enamel in colors selected by the Architect. Acceptable products: 1. Sanymetal "Academy" series; 2. Global "Embassy" series; 3. Mills "Sentinel" series. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A® Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as seIected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A® SURFACE CONDITIONS -~ .- Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do'not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALT~TION Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface wi~ the work of this Section. B® Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the original design, the approved Shop Drawings, pertinent requirements.of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the manufacturer's recommended .01 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS " 10162-2 Ce De installation procedures as approved by the Architect, anchoring all components firmly into position for long life under hard use, plumb, level, and square. Except for compartments for the handicapped, adjust doors to remain at a uniformly open position when unlocked. Touchup scratches and abrasions to be permanently and completely invisible to the unaided eye from a distance of five feet. END OF SECTION .01 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS . 10162-3 SECTIO}~ 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included:' Provide identifying devices where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Building identification; 2. Building signs; 3. Door signs, wall signs; Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ae Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Details of installation and anchorage sufficient to enable proper interface of the work of this Section with the work of other trades. 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. .01 IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2oi APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ao Design is based on use of standard products manufactured by Vomar PToducts Inc., 16641 Roscoe Place, Sepulveda, California 91343, and trade names of that manufacturer are used herein. Be Provide the products upon which design is based, or provide equal products of another manufacturer approved in advance by the Architect. Except as-otherwise approved by the Architect, provide all products of this Section from a single manufacturer. 2.2 BUILDING IDENTIFICATION A® Consult the Architect in advance and secure the official street address number. Provide the manufacturer's standard mounting system as appropriate for the surfaces shown on the Drawings. 2.3 PLAQUE SIGNS ae Vomar 100 Series: 1. Vomar.102D; 3-11/32" x 9"; 2. Vomar 102D; 3-11/]12" x 13"; 3. Color: a. Copy: White b. Background: Black 4. Letter Style: Helvetica Caps B. Door Plaques: Model: Te~: Location: 103AD International Symbol International Symbol EMPLOYEES ONLY Door 2, 7 MEN Door 13 WO~N Door 14 2.4 WA?,?. SIGN (EXT.) ae Handicapped Access Signs: 1. Size: 5" x 5" 2. Graphics: International handicap symbol. 3. Plaque color: International blue, #15090 4. Federal Standard 5959 5. Mount: a. Ramp wall as shown on Exterior Elevations, Sheet A-8. .01 IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-2 3 - 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Ae Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION Ae Install the'work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations as approved by the Architect, using only the approved mounting materials, and locating all components firmly into position, level and plumb. END OF SECTION .01 IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-3 SECTION 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ae Work included: Provide tOilet room accessories where indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 Be Related work:. 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled 'workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the. specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent: provisions of Section 01340. Be Product data: Contractor has received the Owner'S Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's speciications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Color charts showing colors available from the proposed manufacturer in the specified products; 5. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with'pertinent provisions of Section 01640. · 01 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 10800-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES Provide the following products of Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company, or equal approved in advance by the Architect. Refer to drawings for locations and mounting heights. 1. Recessed paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle: a. Number: B-3944 b. Size: 15" W x 56" H x 4-5/16" D. c. Finish: Satin finish stainless steel 2. Surface mounted feminine napkin disposal with utility shelf: a. Number: B-271 b. Size:' 15-7/8" W x 11-1/4" H x 3-13/16" D c. Finish: Stainless stainless steel; 3. Soap Dispenser (Lavatory Mounted) a. Number: B-8295 With Part No. 8295-11 Spacer. b. Size: 12-1/8" H x 4" D c. Mount: Countertop d. Finish: Stainless steel. 4. Soap Dispenser a. Number: B-111 b. Size: 4-3/4" W x 8-1/8" H x 2-3/4" D c. Finish: Stainless steel. 5. Surface mounted multi-roll toilet tissue dispenser a. Number: B-288 b. Size: 5-7/8" W x 10-9/16" H x 5-5/8" D c. Finish: Satin finish stainless steel. 6. Grab bars with concealed mounting with Series 256 Anchor Plate a. Number: B-6206 b. Size: 1-1/2" diameter x 36" c. Finish: Satin finish stainless steel; 7. Grab bars with concealed mounting with Series 256 Anchor Plate ...... a. Number: B-6206; b. Size: 1-1/2" diameter x 42"; c. Finish: Satin finish stainless steel. 8. Mirror with stainless steel channel frame: ~ a. Number: B-165; b. Size: 66" x 36"; c. Finish: Satin stainless steel. 9. Mirror with stainless steel channel frame: a. N~mher: B-165; b. Size: 24" x 36"; c. Finish: Satin stainless steel. 10. Clothes Hook a. Number: B-233 b. Size: 1-1/4" W x 1-1/4" H x 1-1/8" D c. Finish: Satin stainless steel .01 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 10800-2 11. Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser (Surface Mounted) a. Number: B-221 b. Size: 15-3/4,, W x 11" H x 2" D c. Finish: Satin stainless steel 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A® Provide other materials, not specifically described but required fora complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A® Examine the areas and[ conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed[ until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALlaTION ae Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. Install each item in its proper location, firmly anchored into position, level and plumb, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. END 'OF SECTION · 01 .TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 10800-3 SECTION 10900 MISCELLANEiOUS ITEMS PART i - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A® Include all labor, materials, scaffolding, equipment and appliances necessary to provide and install the work in- dicated on the Drawings and as required for the items specified hereunder, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Bulletin Boards 2. Wall Clocks 3. .~ Fire Extinguishers -- ~. Be Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Condi- tions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thor- oughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified re- quirements and the methods needed for proper perform- ance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS. A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Con- tractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, sub- mit:' 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Dimensioned drawings as needed to depict the space required for these items, and their interface with the work of other trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual instal- lation procedures used on the work. 1.4 AL PRODUCT HANDLING Comply With pertinent provisions of Section 01640. .01 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 10900'1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BULLETIN BOARDS aJ Provide bulletin boards as manufactured by Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc., P.O. Box 910, Harrison, Arkansas, 72602-0910. 1. Aluminum frame bulletin boards, Model 900, location and size as shown on the Drawings. B. Verify locations prior to installation. 2.2 WALL CLOCKS Provide Model #900 electric wall clock with #2 face and housing finish A, Color; Black. (Quantity: two (2)). B. Verify location prior 'to installation. C. Coordinate with ot]~er trades as required for installation. De Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Peter Pepper Products, Inc., 17929 S. Susana Road, Compton, California 90224. 2. Other manufacturers as approved in advance by Architect. 2.3 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WI~{ WALL BRACKETS: Where indicated .on Drawings, provide extinguisher #ABC- 5 UL rating of 2A-10 B:C as manufactured by Standard Fire-West, 3804 Broadway Place, Los Angeles, CA 90037. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ae Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION ae Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades interface with the work of this section. .01 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 10900-2 instail the work of this Section in strict accord- ance with the original design, the approved Shop Drawings, pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures as approved by the Architect, anchoring all components firmly into position for long life under hard use. END OF ',SECTION · 01 MISCELLANEOUS ]iTEMS 10900-3 SECTION 15100 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Ae The general provisions of the contract including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work specified in this Section. It is mandatory that all bidders visit the site and inspect all systems before placing bid. Work includes the relocating of certain .equipment and replacement of piping systems with respect to size and points of connections. Ce Work i ncl uded: This section d e s c r i b e s t h e g e n e r al requirements for. materials, equipment and installation applicable to all work under Division 15: 1. 15400 PLUMBING 2. 15800 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) Work not included: The following work is specified elsewhere in these Specifications and shall be performed under the Spec'i fication Section: 1. Concrete of any type unless specifically detailed and noted on the drawings. All templates, dimensions, and locations of pits, equipment pads, and anchor bolts shall be furnished under this Section of the Specifications. 2. Carpentry of any kind unless specifically detailed and noted on the drawings. 3. Painting of any kind unless specifically detailed and noted on the drawings or described hereinafter in these Specifications. 4. Electrical power conduit and wiring including final connections.' Codes and standards: 1. In addition to that specified in Section 01-080, Codes and Standards the following shall apply: a. California administrative codes: 1) Title 24, Building Standards Energy Regulations b, Uniform Buildin~l Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code, 1982 Edition d. Uniform Plumbin~l Code, 1982 Edition e. National Electrical Code (NEC) f. underwriters' Laboratory (UL) g. Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems as' published by NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page I 1.2 1.3 1.4 he Sheet Metal Industry F of Los Angeles, California. Requirements of local, state and federal enforcing authorities may supersede requirements of these codes and nothing in these Plans and Specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to applicable codes. ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING WORK AND WORK OF OTHERS Ae Be Before starting any work, thoroughly examine all existing & newly completed underlying and adjoining work and conditions upon which installation of this work is in any way dependent for the workmanship required by the Contract Documents. Report to the Architect any and all conditions which might adversely affect this work and limit ability to perform the required workmanship. No "Waiver of responsibility" for incomplete, inadequate, or defective underlying or adjoining work will be considered by the Architect unless written notice of such unsatisfactory conditions has been filed by the Contractor and acceded to, in writing, by the Architect prior to starting work in question. C. The beginning of work shall be construed as evidence of acceptance of any existing or newly completed underlying and/or adjoining work as being in proper condition to receive or adjoin this work. & MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. All material, equipment, and devices, etc., shall be installed in a manner meeting approval of the manufacturer of the particular item. The Contractor shall make himself available of all installation manuals, brochures, and procedures that the manufacturer issues for the equipment and material. Any proposed deviation from the manufacturer's installation recommendations shall be first accepted in writing by the particular manufacturer. Contractor shall be held responsible for all installations contrary to the manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor shall make all necessary changes and revisions to achieve such compliance. Manufacturer's installation instructions shall be delivered to and maintained at the jobsite throughout the construction of the' project. SUBMITTALS In addition to that specified in Section 01340, "Submittals and Substitutions; and 01640, "Product Handling"; the following shall apply: 1. All equipment and material used under this contract shall be new and of the best quality; shall be standard NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - ~age 2 e e o catalogued products of the man~ufacturer and shall be ..their latest standard designs. When specific trade names are used in connection with equipment and materials they are mentioned only as standards and shall not be construed as limiting competition, however, this implies no right upon the Contractor to substitute alternate equipment and material without permission. Submittals are required on all items to insure that the latest and most complete manufacturer's data is available to all project design and construction firms for preinstallation review, as manufacturer's submittal literature and shop .drawings often contain information 'not available in design literature. No more than one submittal will be considered on a proposed alternate for any item. On proposed alternates Contractor shall personally make all presentations and clarifications as may be required by the Architect although he may, at his option, be assisted by the manufacturer's representative for the purpose of technical assistance. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept of the project, but review does not guarantee quantity shown, nor does it supersede requirements of this division to properly install work. Submittals for proposed alternates will be checked not only for acceptability of the items themselves, but of the items as they are used under the conditions of this particular project. If the submittals show variance, the Contractor assumes full responsibility for problems which could have been noted on valid submittals. A list of names is not a valid Submittal. To be val.id, all submittals must: a. Be delivered to the Architect's Office within fifteen (15) days of the award of the General Contract. Corrections or changes in the submittals returned as inadequate or incomplete shall be accomplished within this time limit. b. Be furnish'ed all at one time and include on every item submitted, the following information: PROJECT TITLE: NIAGARA CAR WASH "H" & 24TH STREET BAKERSFIELD, CALIFORNIA GENERAL CONTRACTOR: (NAME AND ADDRESS) MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: (NAME AND ADDRESS) MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT: (NAME AND ADDRESS) MANUFACTURER: (NAME AND ADDRESS) PRODUCT: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE OR PLAN MARK NUMBER c. Include for every item manufacturer's published installation instructions. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page 3 e d. :lude calculations and 6ther o!~M~iled information jus'tifying how the item was selected for proposal. Data must be complete enough to permit detailed comparison for every significant characteristic for which that item is to be analyzed for comparison with Specifications and Drawings. All data for submitted equipment at specified conditions must be highlighted for easy review. e. Bear the stamp of certification by the Contractor as evidence that the Contract Documents (Specifications and Drawings) have been checked by him. Any submittals without this stamp of certification will not be considered and will be returned to the Contractor for proper resubmission. Certification shall read as follows: 1) "This submittal has been reviewed for conformance to the Contract Documents and any deviations from same, including dimensions, weight, electrical characteristics, or material, etc., is noted hereon.. This submittal has been coordinated with other sections (trades) of the specifications. Certified By: Date: ". 2) Include, for every item which differs in size, configuration, support, connection, service accessibility, or any other significant way, a drawing to the same (or larger) scale as the pertinent portion of the Contract Drawings. In this drawing, show a complete lay-out of the system except that which is identical to the Contract Drawing, unless the unchanged portion must be shown to indicate such things as ~clearances and connections. This drawing, must show the complete system as revised to accomodate the proposed alternate. Contractor agrees that: a. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between submittals, shop drawings, and specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are processed by the Architect, the design drawings and specifications shall control 'and shal 1 be fol lowed,. b. Submittals, including equipment brochures and shop drawings processed by the Architect are not Change Orders; the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to provide and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. Architect's submittal notes are a part of the work of this Division except that Architect's notes may not be NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 -.Page 4 1.6 used as a means of increasing the Scope of work of this Division. Submittals for products and equipment offered as an alternate .to that specified will require, if accepted by the Architect, resubmission of the Title 24 Energy Compliance Calculations if the specified product or equipment was included within the scope of the approved calculations on file with the reviewing authority. .The cost of preparing resubmission shall be borne by the Contractor. Items instal led without the Architect's acceptance will be replaced with specified items at the Contractor's expense. OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING Ae In addition to that specified in Section 01040, "Cutting and Patching", the following shall apply: 1. Locations and dimensions'for openings through walls, floors, ceiling and foundations required to accomplish the work under this Specification shall be provided under this Section. 2. Openings, and the required cutting and~patching thereof, shall be provided under another Section of these Specifications. 3. Coring through existing concrete floors, footings, walls, or masonry walls, etc., and saw cutting of concrete floors or asphaltic concrete on grade for piping to be installed thereunder shall be within this Section of the Specification. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Excavation and backfilling for work to be done under this Specification Section shall be done under this Section. All underground lines outside buildings shall be 2'-0" minimum cover unless a greater depth of cover is recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the particular application. Backfilling of trenches, etc., shall be in six inch layers of dampened tamped earth. ~ Each layer shall be tamped separately in the manner subject to the Architect's acceptance. Puddling will be permitted for backfill six (6) feet or more outside the buildings, but not under paved a~-eas or at locations of electrical conduit. C. Electrical condui.t shall not be run in excavations provided for mechanical systems. D. Excavation and backfilling in public right-of-way shall be done in strict accordance with the agency having jurisdiction. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page 5 1.7 1.8 1.9 Ee Restora of surfaces such as ¢ , turf or asphalt, etc., shall be accomplished under other sections of this specification. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Ae Provide all hangers and supports for the proper installation of equipment and materials under this Section of the Specification. Be Any structural element required to properly hang or support piping, ducts, or equipment, etc.; and not shown on the Architectural or' Structural Drawings shall be provided under this Specification Section. Ce All ducts and piping shall be supported and seismically braced in compliance with the latest edition of the Guidelines for Seismic Restraints For Mechanical Systems as published by the Sheet Metal Industry Fund) of Los Angeles and the Plumbing and Piping Industry Council, Inc., of Los Angeles. A Copy of the above publication shall be provided by the Contractor and maintained at the project site until final acceptance. PRELIMINARY OPERATION Operate any portion of syste, m(s) and equipment at the request of the Owner. Operation shall be under the supervision of the Contractor. Preliminary operation shall not be considered as acceptance of any work under this contract. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Ae All electrical power conduit, wiring, disconnects, starters and final connections to equipment shall be provided under Specification Division ]16000, Electrical. Provide under Specification Section 15100 all required control conduit, wiring, controls and co~ntrol panels as indicated on the drawings or as may be required. B. No control device shall be mounted with rigid connections on isolated mechanical equipment. No field furnished control device shall be mounted on any piece of equipment so that it interferes with physical access of air or water flow, or covers all or .portions of nameplates. ~, C. Starters: 1. Magnetic motor starters for all equipment shall be furnished under this Specification Section for installation under Specification Section 16000, except those shown to be in motor control center on the Electrical Drawings. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - .Page 6 1.10 1.11 2. Starters shall be of the appropriate 'horsepower, voltage, .equipped with NEMA 1 enclosures for indoor and NEMA 3R enclosures for outdoor, thermal overloads, necessary auxiliary contacts, ambient compensated overloads, one in each 1 eg. 3. A circuit breaker shall be mounted in a common enclosure unless the starter is not mounted within sight of the motor, in which case the disconnecting means shall be a separate device fu~rnished and installed under Specification 'Division 16000, Electrical. Mounted in the starter cover shall be "hand-off-automatic" and "reset" control devices. Magnetic switches shall be furnished integral with the starter and shall be of pivoted armature design. Starters shall have auxiliary contacts as required by the control system. D. 'Motors: 1. Shall be selected for quiet operation, voltage, and rpm to match schedule on the drawings. Motors shall be open, drip-proof, normal torque and weatherproofed where indicated or required. ~. E~ Electrical Coordination: 1. Prior to commencing construction arrange a conference with the electrical and mechanical trades as well as equipment suppliers and verify types, sizes, locations, voltage requirements, controls and diagrams of all equipment furnished by them. 'In writing, inform the Architect that all phases of coordination of this equipment have been covered and if there are any unusual conditions or problems they shall be enumerated at this time. FLASHING Ae Whenever any part of the Mechanical System{s) must penetrate the roof or outside wall, the penetration must be done with care and any openings shall be flashed and counter-flashed absolutely water tight with minimum 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal, prime coated. Flashing aprons shall extend not less than eight inches (8") from the duct, pipe, or supporting member in all directions unless detailed otherwise. All penetrations shall be flashed following the procedures of the National Roofing Contractor's Association. Refer to Section 15400 fop flashing of plumbing vents and roof drains. PAINTING Paint all black iron supports, hangers, anchors, etc., and all uninsulated black iron pipe work installed in weather exposed locations with one coat of rust resisting primer. No' part of NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL M~CHANICAL Section'15100 - Page 7 'the wot lled for to be galvanized coat painted. )er shall be prime B. Finish painting of ducts, grilles, piping, etc., if required, is specified in Section 09900; "Painting". 1.12. ACCESS DOORS Provide in all walls and ceilings behind which are located concealed valves, fire dampers, damper actuators, etc., or any device requiring maintenance service or removal. B$ Size shall be as indicated on'drawings or when not indicated or located, sized to permit required labor function. Minimum size shall be 15" x 15" for access panel in wal.ls, 18" x 18" in ceilings. Ce Provide Zurn Z-1460-4 for square doors and Z-1460-5'for rectangular doors, Karp, or equivalent,.16 gauge cold rolled steel frames, welded construction, and 16 gauge doors with continuous piano hinges, tumbler keyed lock, prime coat. All doors for emergency shut-off valves shall have friction lock. Polished stainless steel in tile walls or within six feet of floor in Toilet Rooms. 1.13 DEFINITIONS Provide: 1. The term "provide"'as used in these specifications or on the drawings shall mean furnish and install. Piping: 1. The term "piping" as used in these Specifications or on the Drawings shall mean all pipe, fittings, nipples valves, unions, hangers, etc., as may be required for a complete and functional system. C. Ductwork: 1. The terms "duct" or "ductwork" as used in these Specifications or on the drawings shall mean all ducts, fittings, joints, dampers, hangers, etc., and other devices as may be required to make a complete and functional system. D. Wiring: · 1. The term "wiring" shall include the provision of all necessary products which are required for a complete installation and shall include products such as conduit, electrical boxes, connections, transformers, relays and switches. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page 8 1.14 1.15 E. OS HP D'.:-' 1. Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development, F. In ground and below grade: 1. The terms "in ground" and "below grade" are synonymous. DRAWINGS Ae Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Carefully investigate the mechanical, electrical, structural, architectural drawings and field conditions that could affect the work to be performed and ar.range such work accordingly, furnishing required piping and ductwork offsets, fittings, .'and accessories to meet such conditions. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A® General: All materials and equipment shall be identified by manufacturer's identification data. Unidentified material or equipment shall be removed from the site. B. Equipment: 1. All equipment, shall be accurately set and leveled. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly secured. All equipment shall be fastened to building structure wi th steel bolts. 2. No allowance of any kind will be made for negligence on the part of the Contractor to foresee means of bringing in and installing equipment into position inside the building. 3. Protect equipment and materials from construction dust, debris, and from the weather. C. Furring and pipe spaces: 1. Spaces. provided in the design of the building shall be utilized and.the v~ork shall be kept within walls or furring lines established on the drawings. Any discrepancy bet(veen Architectural or Mechanical drawings. with respect to wall or furring locations shall be brought to the Architect's attention before proceeding with installation. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page 9 1.16 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT Xe Record drawings: 1. In addition to that required in Section 01720, "Project Record Documents'', include the following: a. Obtain a complete set of erasable sepia reproductions from the Architect at the Contractor's expense. b. Note .on these drawings the installed location, size, material and/or model of all pipes, ducts, control mechanisms, devices, and equipment instal led under this contract in areas below grade, within walls, above ceilings, or in furring. Notation shall include dimensions from nearest finish reference point, and identification of all items and equipment' changed by submittal, addendum, or change order. c. Sepia drawing shall include date of submission, Contractor's name and the signature of a principal or corporate officer in the format shown below: C O/ D ZgA=A COIV TR~ C ~'OR: Be Operation and Maintenance Manual for Mechanical Systems: 1. In addition to that required in Section 01-730, "Operating Data", provide the following: 2. Bind Oper'ation and Maintenance Manuals for each Mechani'cal System (Plumbing, Air Conditioning, etc.) in a hard-backed binder; Cover of each binder shall have the following lettering: OPE)~ATION AND MA I N'FE NANCE MANUAL NIAGARA CAR WASH "H" & 24TH STREET BAKERSFIELD, CALIFORNIA Provide a transmittal letter at the beginning of the manual on the Contractor's letterhead. Letter shall be signed by a Contractor principal (Owner or Corporate NIAGARA CAR WASH 'Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page 10 5o 6o 0 Officer) and shall be countersigned by the Owner's .designated representative and shall indicate the date when the mechanical .systems were shown and explained in detail to the Owner's designated representative. Provide a master index at beginning of Manual showing items included. U~e plastic tab indexes for the sections of the Manual. ~. Section 1, General. prOvide: a. Name of Architect, Mechanical Engineer, Contractor and Mechanical Sub-Contractor. b. A complete list of installed equipment with project mark number and indicating name of vendor, address and phone number. c. A sub-section with manufacturer's descriptive literature for each item of installed equipment with model, capacities, and all other pertinent information highlighted. Section 2, Operating Instructions. Provide: a. General description of each separate system and sub-system. b. Step by step procedure to follow in putting each piece of mechanical equipment into operation. c. Schematic as-built control diagrams for each separate system. Diagrams shall bear the date of the acceptance of the project. d. A drawing of each temperature control panel identifying cG~mponents of the panels and their function. Section 3, Maintenance Instructions. Provide: a. Manufacturer's maintenance instructions for each piece of mechanical equipment instal led in project. Instructions shall include name of vendor, installation instructions, parts numbers and lists, operation instructions of equipment and maintenance and lubrication instructions. b. Summary list of mechanical equipment used indicating name, model, serial number and nameplate date of each item together with number and name associated with each system item. Section 4, Air Conditioning System Balance and Test Run Reports. Provide: a. One-half size reproduction of air conditioning plans annotated to match tabulated measurements. b. Tabulated and summarized measurements. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page 11 ge Section 5, Warranties. Provide: a. A.copy of each manufacturer's warranty statement, completely filled ()ut and indicating date forwarded to the respective manufacturer. b. Three (3) copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals to Architect for his review and acceptance. Use one of these approved copies during final inspection and leave with the Owner's designated representative. END OF SECTION 15100 NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California GENERAL MECHANICAL Section 15100 - Page 12 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section 15100, General Mechanical Requirements, shall be considered as part of this Section. Work included: 1. A complete system of sanitary soil, waste and vent piping including connection to off-site utility, and final waste and drain connectiom~ to all fixtures and equipment. 2. A complete system of hot and cold .water piping.including connection to on-site utility, and final connections to fixtu6es and equipment. 3. A complete system of natural gas fuel piping including installation of utility service, gas meter, and final connections to all gas utilizing equipment. 4. Condensate drains fr(~n air conditioning units. 5. A complete system of compressed piping extending from point of connection to air compressor to all points of connection to equipment. 6. A complete system of reclaimed water including, but not necessarily limited to conveyor drain to reclaim tanks, reclaim tanks, pump suction and return piping, pump discharge piping and points of connection to equipment. 7. A complete sys-tem of hydraulic piping including, but not necessarily limited.to, piping, high pressure hose connections to pumps and equipment and charging system with 130 gallons of contractor~furnished hydraulic fluid. Area drains, roof drains, and rainwater leaders. Furnishing, mounting and final connections to fixtures and equipment as shown or scheduled on the plumbing and architectural drawings. The providing of any plumbing fixture shown on the architectural drawings is a part of this contract unless noted otherwise. 10. Final connections to equipment provided in other sections of these specifications or indicated as furnished by Owner and installed by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS General: 1. A1 1. material shall be in conformance wi th current specifications of American Society of Testing Materials NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 1 2.2 All piping and fittinc manufacture. all be of American PIPING As Domestic water: 1. Galvanized.' a. Inside building, above grade or slab - 4" and smal 1 er: 1) Standard weight galvanized steel with galvanized) malleable iron banded 150 lb. fittings. b. Outside building, below grade or slab, under all exterior paved and unpaved areas: 1) 3" and small e~r: a) Standard weight galvanized steel with galvanized malleable iron banded 150 lb. fitting)s. Pipe shall be protected as specified elsewhere in this Section. 2) 4" and larger: a) Polyvinyl chloride {PVC) pressure rated Schedule 40 complying with ASTM D 2241, with rubber rings complying with ASTM D 1869. Piping shall be equivalent to Johns-Manville "Ring-Tite" and shall be installed in strict compliance wi th Manufacturer's Installation Guide. Copper: 1) 2) Inside building, above grade or slab: a} Shall be Type "L" hard drawn copper tubing with wrought copper solder joint fittings, NIBCO, ANACDNDA, or acceptable equivalent. Joints .shall be made wi th .95-5 solder, such as silvaloy streamline 122, phos-copper, or acceptable equivalent. Inside building, below grade or slab: a) Shall be Type "L" soft drawn. All else per above. Sewer, soil, waste and vent piping: 1. Coated standard weight (or extra heavy where indicated) cast iron soil pipe and fittings CS 188, CISPI. Joints shall be "No-Hub" stainless steel band, mechanically assembled (no welds). ~. 2. Vent piping and waste piping {2-1/2" diameter maximum) above floor may be standard weight galvanized steel pipe. 3. Vent flashing shall be seamless lead, 4 lb. Semco 1100-2 8" skirt, for 1PS steel pipe. 1100-4 8" skirt for cast iron pipe. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 -.Page 2 Ce F® Go Underground chase: 1. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Schedule 40 ~pipe & fittings, · 'solvent weld, ASTM D 2665. Piping shall comply with Section 5202, Chapter 2, Uniform'Building Code. Reclaim water: 1. Flow piping: a. Same as that specified for domestic water. Hydraulic piping: 1. Supply: a. Schedule 80 black steel pipe,ASTM A120-82 with threaded forged steel fittings ANSI B16.11, Class 2000. All joints shall be made with teflon tape exclusively. Return: a. Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM A120-82 with threaded malleable iron fittings, ANSI B16.3. All joints shall be made with teflon tape exclusively. Hydraulic piping shall be flushed with solvent and blown out with compressed air until dry. Condensate Drains: 1. Standard weight, galvanized steel, Schedule'40 with galvanized malleable iron'banded.150 lb. fittings. All changes in direction of condensate drain shall be accomplished with plugged tees. Connection to equipment shall be made with an approved flexible hose installed in such a manner thai: it also serves as a trap. Any required venting shall be done down stream from the trap. Compress ed - air: 1. Standard weight, galvanized steel, Schedule 40, with galvanized malleable iron banded 150 lb. fittings. Final connection to apparatus shall be of material and method as recommended by manufacturer and Hanna Industries. Rain water leaders: 1. Above grade: a. From roof drain to floor shall be standard weight Schedule 40 galvanized malleable iron banded 150# fittings. Provide 24" x 24" ~4 lb. lead flashing at each roof drain. 2. Below grade: .a. Shall be coated service weight cast iron "No-Hub" pipe and fittings CS 188. Joints shall be ABI "No-Hub" stainless steel bands, mechanically assembled (no welds). 3. Cast iron "No-Hub" pipe with rivited stainless steel .bands and neoprene gaskets are acceptable throughout system. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 3 2.3 Gas pipin 1. Insid e ® uilding and above grade: a. 2" and smaller: 1) Black steel pipe Schedule 40 with 150 psi threaded bl(~ck malleable fittings. All joints shall be treated with approved type pipe dope. b. 2-1/2" and larger: 1) Same as above except with welded fittings. Outside building and below grade: a. Black steel pipe Schedule 40 with welded fittings and joints. Protect as specified elsewhere in this Section. Gas piping conduit: a. Johns-Manville transite Class 100 pressure pipe, ring-tite fittings, minimum 2" larger than pipe size enclosed. Exposed pipe at fixtures: 1. Chrome plated red bre~ss pipe, iron pipe size, with threaded cast bronze chromium plated couplings and fittings. Any pipe required to extend from finish wall into exposed view within Toilet Rooms shall be chrome plated. VALVES Ae Gate valves: 1. 2-1/2" and smaller: a. Bronze, union bonnet, solid wedge, rising stem, 125 Ibs., swp. Milwaukee 1152 Hammond IB629 Stockham B105 b. The Milwaukee "butterball" butterfly valve may be provided at the Con, tractor's option in lieu of gate valves 2" and s~aller for all services except steam and shall be Model BB-I-iO0 for threaded connections and Model BS-1-.qlSO for sweat connections. The stem material used shall be limited to a maximum of six (6) percent zinc content. 2. 3" and larger: a. Wedge gate, non-rising 125 lbs., swp,.iron body, brass trim, flange~l, 125 lbs., swp. Milwaukee F2882 Hammond IRl138 Stockham G612 Globe valves: 1. Bronze union bonnet, renewable composition disc., 125 lbs. steam w.p. Milwaukee 590 Hammond IB413 Stockham B22 NIAG~RA CAR WASH 8akersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 4 2.4 2.5 Ce Check valves: 1. .2" and smaller: .. a. Swing check, bronze body, brass on bronze disc, Class 125. Milwaukee 509 Hammond IB904 Stockham B-319 e 2-1/2" and larger: a. Swing check, iron body, brass mounted seats, Class 125. Milwaukee F2974 Hammond IRl124 Stockham G931 D® Plug valves (Gas): 1. 2" and smaller: a. Bolted gland, lubricated plug valve, screwed 150 lbs., w.p. steam for~'service specified. Rockwell Nordstrom 114 Walworth 1700 Homestead 601 b. The Milwaukee "butterball" butterfly valve may be provided at the Contractor's option in lieu of plug valves 2" and smaller for gas service and shall be Model BB-I-IO0. 2. 2-1/2" and larger: a. Bolted gland, lubricated plug valve, flanged, 200 lbs., w.p. steam for liquified petroleum gas service. Rockwell Nordstrom 143F Walworth 1797F Homestead 612 PIPING PROTECTIVE WRAP Ae All galvanized or black steel piping buried below grade shall have protective coating of either type listed below: 1. Factory coated with Scotchkote 101 Epoxy Resin as manufactured by 3M Company, or "X-Tru-Coat" as manufactured by Pipe Line Service Corp. Field joints shall be wrapped with Scotchrap #50 or coated with Scotchkote 302 as recommended by manufacturer. 2. In lieu of above, pipe may be machine-wrapped with Scotchrap #51. 50% lapped with joints per above. INSULATION A. General: 1.. All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the Code of Workmanship as published by the International Association of Heat and Frost Insulators and Asbestos Workers. All insulation ~jackets and lapseal adhesives shall be tested as a composite product in accordance with UBC Standard No. 42-1 and shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 5 2.6 2.7 Be Ce Heated water piping (Interior): 1. Shall be insulated with 1" thick Fiberglass ASJ/SSL U.L. rated pipe insulation 1-1/4" diameter pipe, 1-1/2" thick for 1-1/2" diameter pipe and above. All exposed piping shall have six (6) ounce canvas jacket sized in place with two (2) coats of Benjamin-Foster #30-36 Sealfas. Fittings shall be hard molded plastic flush with adjacentl piping canvassed and sized with #30-36 Sealfas or PVC with inserts. Inserts shall be '2" thick fiberglass blanket, 3/4 lb. density. Supply and drain piping at handicap fixtbres: 1. "Handi-cap-wrap" pressure sensitive expanded polyethylene foam tape as manufactured by Cal Western Supply (209) 734-2718. HOSE BIBBS Bo Exterior: 1. Shall be Calco rough brass with loose key and Watts Model No. 8A atmospheric type backflow preventer. Pattern shall be as scheduled on the drawings. Interior: 1. Shall be Chicago chromium plated brass with loose key and Watts Model No. 8AC atmospheric type backflow preventer. Pattern shall be as scheduled on the drawings. CLEANOUTS Ae Style shall be as follows: 1. For Vinyl Tile .............................. #ZN-1400-6 2. For Carpeted Areas .......................... #ZN-1400-14 3. For Finished Concrete Areas ............................ #ZN-1400-2 4. For Unfinished Areas, Paved and Unpaved ............. ................. Grade Cleanouts #ZN-1420-25 5. For Wall Cleanouts (Required'at all Lavatories and Urinals) ................... #ZN-1440-1 2.8 FIXTURE STOPS A. Faucets: 1. As indicated on drawings, B. Grid drain: 1, As indicated on drawings. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 ~ Page 6 2.9 2.10 Ce Waste:' 1. Chrome plated 17 gauge P-trap with cleanout and escutcheon. Supplies: 1. Standard compression stop, straight pattern, loose key, chromium plated with ~.;tuffing box. a. All exposed fixture supplies to lavatories, sinks and water closets; shall be Brass-Craft "Speedway" ~ flexible supplies with metal compression ring connection at all stops or fittings as designated by part number, and shall have a rigid metal to metal connection to fixture valves. 1) For Lavatories and Sinks ............. STR 1715A 2) For Water Closets .................... STR 1712DL AIR CHAMBERS Zurn Z-1700 "Shoktrol" complete with shut-off valve and access panel. Provide where noted on drawings and upstream at every quick-closing manual or solenoid valve. Where a "Shoktrol" is not shown upstream from any fixture provide a vertical 24" long by 1" diameter air ch(~ber at each fixture in both cold and hot water lines. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A® General: 1. Backflow preventers shall be provided on building domestic water service as may be required by the local utility and shall also be provided in all branch lines serving any device requiring chemical, water treatment. Reduced pressure type: 1. Two spring loaded "Y" pattern check valves, differential relief valve mechanism, inlet and outlet shut-off valves, and four i~est Cocks. Approved by AWWA. Febco, Beeco, or equivalent. C. Double check type: 1. Two spring loaded "Y" pattern. check valves, inlet and outlet shut-off valves, and four test cocks. Approved by AWWA. Febco, Beeco, or.equivalent. D. Pressure type vacuum breaker: 1. Spring loaded check valve assembly, air inlet port and poppet, inlet and outlet shut-off valves, and two test cocks..Febco, Beeco, or equivalent. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 7 2.11 STRAINERS Threaded strainers are to be of the gasketed capped cover extra heavy iron body type - sfmilar to Mueller Fig. #11 (for models Mueller Fig. #751). Provide gate valve and pipe nipple with 3/4" hose connection' on each strainer for blow-off.. Strainer screens to be selected for water or steam duty as required, 2.12 FLOOR, CEILING AND WALL PLATES Beaton and Cadwell No. 10, steel flange with locking device and polished chromium plated finish. Provide plates on any finished surface through which pipe passes. 2.13 INSULATING FITT)NGS Ae Epco dielectric unions with Epconite insulating gasket selected for applicable duty. Provide wherever pipes of different metals are joined. 2.14 PIPE MARKERS One inch (1''~) high minimum, black painted, stenciled letters, located every 6'-0". Markers shall indicate piping service such as domestic cold water supply, etc., and shall have directional flow arrow at each location of stenciled letters. Decals pasted, glued, or adhered to piping or insulation are not acceptable unless decal wraps entirely around pipe or insulation such as Seton "Setmark", or equivalent. Decals shall be applied after painting of all piping systems is complete and after prel'iminary acceptance of piping system. Decals shall, comply with ANSI and OSHA specifications with respect to marker size, color, and legend. 2.15 PIPE HANGERS General: 1. Piping shall be seismically braced as required by Title 17, California Administrative Code, and shall be done.so in compliance with the latest edition of the Guidelines For Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems as published by SMACNA. Copies of the above manual shall be maintained at the project site until final acceptance. Steel Pipe: 1. Kin-Line No. 450F. Hanger shall have standard hot-dip galvanized finish witlh integral felt hanger. Semco "Trisolators" or Pipe Shield, Inc., Model FGS may be used as an option and shall be mandatory where piping is NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 8 · supported to structure or ot piping without use of hang~r. C. -Copper tubing: 1. Kin-Line No. 450F through 2". Hanger complete with integral felt isolator. Semco trisolators or Pipe Shields, Inc., Model FGS may be used as an option and shall be mandatOry ~here piping is supported to structure or other piping without use of hanger. De Insulated piping: 1. Kin-Line No. 463 & 466 insulation rings at each hanger. Es Hanger rods: 1. Shall have electro-galvanized finish and shall be of the following minimum dimensions: Through 2" Diameter Pipe ......................... 3/8" Rod 2-1/2" Diameter Pipe & Larger & at all Trapeze Hangers ......................... 1/2" Rod F. Hanger spacing: PIPE MATERIAL SIZE OF PIPE SPAN Cast Iron ALL. Each joint of fitting 5'-0" Maximum Steel Pipe Through 1" 8'-0" 1-I/4" and Larger 10'-0" Copper Tube & Plastic 1/2" 1 .011 3/4" and 1" 8'-0" 1-I/4" and Larger 10'-0" Provide at least one hanger per branch and one hanger within 12" of elbow at riser or drop. Point of support connections: 1. For stationary piping provide Kin-Line No. 510 Series' Rigid Connectors; for all piping subject to movement, all insulated piping and off-level structural conditions, provide Kin-Line No. 520 Series Swivel Connectors. H~ Trapeze hangers: 1. Stationary 'piping may be supported from trapeze type hangers. Trapeze shall be constructed of Kin-Line continuous slot channel. Pipe and tubing shall be NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400- Page 9 atta, to the trapeze with Kin-Line~)o. 412 Universal Pipe Clamps. Copper tubing and cold water shall be isolated with Kin-Line No. 418 Neoprene Isolators. Insulated hot and cold water piping shall utilize thermal hanger shield. Riser clamps: 1. FEE and MASON Fig. 241, install on vertical risers at each floor. 2.16 UNIONS Same material as pipe ~n which they occur. Union in steel pipe shall be ground joint, brass set, galvanized malleable iron. 2.17 SLEEVES Non-rated assemblies: 1. Sleeves for pipe passing through concrete floors shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe of size sufficient to permit the pipes to pass~ through with a minimum clearance of 1/2" between sleeve and pipe. Sleeves shall .have square ends cut flush with surface and 'shall be caulked tight whether pipe is bare or insulated. 2.18 YARD BOXES AND COVERS Brooks Products No. 3T one piece precast concrete with cast iron cover labelled "Sewer", "Gas", "Water" etc., as required. Provide 6" minimum length Orangeburg pipe extension to valves installed deeper than boxes. All yard boxes within 10'-0" of each other shall be installed on concurrent center lines parallel to nearest building or walk edge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Equipment connections: 1. Water and drain connections shall be provided for each piece of equipment as required. Provide a shut-off valve or fixture stop for each water supply to each piece of equipment whether or not furnished in this Specification Section. ~ 2. Provide a backflow preventer at each connection to equipment where required by code whether or not equipment is furnished in this section, other sections, or by Owner. 3. Provide a regulating valve at drinking fountain supplies. Supply stop at wall moun'~-ed electric drinking fountain shall be installed so that valve may be opened or closed NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 10 NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California without ~emoving front panel. Valve and supply piping shall be linstalled so as not to be visible. 4. 'Gas connections shall be provided for all .gas utilizing equipmeht as indicated in the drawings. Provide a gas shut-off valve for each piece of equipment. All connections to roof mounted air conditioning equipment shall be made with approved flexible metal connectors. All gas service drops to equipment connections shall have a capped drip leg extending to and resting on finish floor or deck. 5. Rough-in sheets for all equipment, whether or not furnish~d~by this Specification Section shall be on the job at all times. Any rough-in not complying with manufacturer's recommendations with respect to material and dimension shall Ibe removed and replaced. Before .I rough-in, Contractor shall confirm all mounting heights< with architectural "drawings. Fixtures: 1. Exposed fixtures: a. Pip'lng beyond finished wall' at each fixture shall be chrome plated. 1) Unless otherwise scheduled, all exposed fixture supplies to lavatories, sinks and water closets shall be Brass-Craft "Speedway" flexible supplies with metal compression ring connection at all stops or fittings as designated by part number, and shall have a rigid metal to metal connection to fixture valves. 2. All pipi carrying flush valves, hose bibbs, etc., shall be securely fastened to the building structure at each device to prevent mow~-ment of piping because of manual pressure to 'the valve. 3. Rough-in drawings for all plumbing fixtures s-~all be ifurnish('d and mai n~tai ned on the jobsite at all times. Any rou,l~h-in not complying with manufacturer's recommendations shall be removed and reinstalled. All supplies to individual and/or adjacent fixtures shall be at samelheight and on center line of waste insofar as possible.I 4. Wall hung water closet~, urinals and wall hung lavatories shall hav space between fixture and wall surface caulked with whit mastic and made finger smooth. Provide s rainer, tai)piece, and P-trap at any. fixture provide under anotl~er section of these Specifications or by the Owner during course of construction.when noted on the Drawilngs. 6. Where aerators are scheduled for the various fixtures, provide Chicago "Lam-A-Flo" Laminar flow controls. PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page C. Piping: 1. General length of pipe and each fitting 'shall be carefully examined and all burrs removed before fabrication. 2. ~After general tests, any leaky connections shall be remade with new material. The use of thread cement or caulking to make join, ts tight is not permitted. 3. All ends and openings in all pipe and fittings shall be taped or .plugged immediately after, installation to exclude dirt until fixtures are installed and/or until final connections are made. ~ Ee Unions: 1. A union shall be 'installed on downstream side of a shutoff valve, at all sides of an automatic valve, at equipment connections and elsewhere as indicated on the drawl ngs. Fo Reducers: 1. Pipe size reduction shall be made with eccentric reducing fittings to eliminate air pockets. No bushings shall be used unless specifically authorized. Close nipples shall not be used. Rough-in: 1. Rough-in work shall proceed as rapidly as general construction will permit and shall be completed and tested before any lathing, plastering or any other finished work has started.. Work shall be fitted to the available space and shall be accurately roughed-in. H. Piping expansion and contraction: 1. Water pipe runs, except buried piping, shall be installed so that they may expand .or contract freely without strain to the pipe or equipment. This may be accomplished through the use of swing joints. Spring hangers and expansion loops shall also be utilized. Expansion loops shall be provided where required. Anchors shall be rigid and bolted to the structure and welded to the piping. Refer to the 'drawings. Provide swing joints at point of connection to the equipment. Grouting: 1. All pipes passing through walls below grade shall be' tightly packed with ironized grout, full thickness of intercepted wall. Grouting shall be between pipe exterior and .sleeve. Je Freeze protection: 1. All piping one inch a:nd smaller located outside building above ground and where exposed to freezing conditions shall be neatly wrapped with Armaflex refrigerant insulated tape for freeze protection. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California " PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 13 e 10. 11. a. Instantly coordinate work with of other trades so as to prevent any interference with this installation. Piping shall be run~ in spaces above ceilings, in crawl spaces, under floorS, and within walls wherever possible. In finished rooms, all piping shall be run concealed unless otherwise indici~ted on the drawings. Piping shall be run in alignment with building walls and all turns and bends shall be made wi th standard fittings. Springing or forcing piping into place will not be permitted. Hot and colld water piping shall be installed at 8" apart minimum, where possible. Horizontal piping shall) be supported at intervals with hangers as specified elsewhere within these Specifications. No piping shall be in contact with any part of the building structure, 'including sub-assemblies. I~oles in structural elements to accommodate routing of vertical or horizontal piping shall provide a minimum of 3/16" clearance around piping surface. Piping secured directly to structure sha.ll be provided with Semco "Trisolator" at point of contact, without exception. Pipe runs and connections shall be inst~iled in a manner to insure unrestricted flow, eliminate air pockets and permit complete draina~e of the system. Water piping shall be ~q~raded at 1/10" per foot and valved so as to provide for complete drainage of the systems. Branch water lines shall be taken off mains at top or at 45 degrees from vertical. Piping shall be installed to clear beams, etc., unless sleeving is particularly indicated. Vent pipes through the roof shall extend at least 12" above the roof line and shall be flashed and counterflashed with specified flashing. All vents through roof shall be minimum 10'-0" from any outside air intake. Individual fixture vent piping installed within walls of 4" nominal thickness or less shall be combined only within attic or furred space. Provide cleanouts i~n all soil and drainage leader lines at intervals of fifty (50'.-0") inside and outside build!ngs. All cleanouts shall be extended to finish grade or finish floor with specified fittings. Soil lines shall have a continuous fall of 1/4" per foot inside buildings to the point of connection with the sewer system unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Instruments shall be used in setting line and level. Gas piping shall be run above slab where possible. All gas piping under slab shall be run in vented transite sleeve. Vent to grade outside building. Pipe joints: 1. Pi'pe joints' shall be smooth inside and cut pipe ends shall be thoroughly reamed to remove all burr. Each NIAGARA CAR. WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 12 Sterilization of piping: 1. All water service piping shall be sterilized in accordance with the Standards of the American Water Works Association, Publication 7D., 2-1947, "Procedure For Disinfecting Water Mains". After chlorination, the r. esidual chlorine shall be flushed out until its concentration is less by test that water from the water supply. END OF SECTION 15400 NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California PLUMBING Section 15400 - Page 14 SECTION 15800 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Ae Section 15100, General Mechanical Requirements, shall be considered as part of this; Section. Work included: Provide complete and operative air conditioning systems consisting of, but not necessarily limited to, roof mounted heating-c.~oling units, exhaust fan, supply, return and exhaust ducts, insulal~ion and controls, etc. System balance: 1. General: ~. a. The Contractor shall employ the services of a recognized independent system balancing company acceptable to the Mechanical Engineer and limited to: 1)CIRCO, Inc,. 1814 "I" Street Sacramento,, California 95814 Phone: (916) 442-4522 2) G.J. Yamas Company, Inc. 1685 "E" Street, Suite 107 Fresno, California 93706 Phone: (209) 486-3300 3) National Air Balance Company of San Francisco, Inc. 26203 Production Avenue #4 Hayward, California 94545 Phone: (415) 785-9900 4) Penn Air Control 13233 East Rosecrans Avenue Santa Fe Springs, California 90670 Phone: (213) 802-1702 b. Submit within fifteen (15) days after receipt of contract, submittal data forms of the selected balance company for the testing and balancing of the air conditioning, heating and ventilating systems. c. After development of the balancing procedure to be fol 1 owed for each respective system, a representative of the system balancing' company shall periodically vi sit the jobsite particularly before any insulation 'is applied to ducts or piping, and NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 -' Page 1 e e nfirm the suitability of ducts, piping, accessories, hardware, and access panels installed for balancing. Any noted deficiencies shall be reported to the Contractor and shall be installed or corrected at this time by the Contr.actor. d. Final system testing and balance shall not begin until the system h'as been completed and is in full working order. The Contractor shall p.ut al 1 heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day during the balancing procedure. The balancing company shall be responsible for all adjustments to the heating, cooling and ventilating equipment necessary for the system to operate as specified. Upon completion conduct a running test under substantial load conditions demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative that all equipment and controls are operating as intended and have been proPerly adjusted for these conditions. e. The system balance company shall include an extended warranty of one hundred eighty (I80) days after completion and acceptance of test and balance work, during which time the Engineer at his discretion may request a recheck, or resetting of any outlet, supply air fan, or exhaust fa~n as listed in test report. The system balance company shall provide technicians to assist the Engineer in any test he may require during this period of time. Seasonal re-balance during the first year of operation is part of the scope of this specification. Procedure: a. The testing and balancing of the air system, including all equipment, ducts, piping and 'accessories shall be done in strict compliance with the latest edition of The Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems as published by National Environmental Balancing Bureau. Acceptance of tests:' a. In the event a~ny tests or inspections prove unsatisfactory, such shall be made a matter of record. Acceptance of the system shall be postponed until all defects or improper adjustments have been corrected and the work is again inspected and tests satisfactorily repeated. Data to be furnished: a. At completion of running tests two (2) complete sets of data listed below for all items of equipment shall be furnished for incorporation in Owner's Equipment Manual for the project: 1) Manufacturer's equipment outline drawings. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page 2 2) Manufacturer's performance curves for fans and capacity tables for equipment. 3) Manufacturer's maintenance instruction sheets and parts lists. 4) Operating instructions for the installation'as a whole. 5) Pertinent running test data; such as system test points, test point data, horsepower, RPM, FLA, etc., including i~inal instrument set points an~l adjustments as left. 6) Final shop drawings and control diagrams. The flow quantities shown on the drawings are not to be considered absolute. If changes in flow 'quantities are required to attain comfort conditions in any area, the balancing company shall make the required changes at no extra cost. Temperature control s: 1. General: a. A comple.te system of automatic temperature control s~hall be provided. b. Wall plates for any control located in finished areas shall match finish of light switch plates in that same area. 2. Sequence of operation:' a. Refer to temperature control diagram on the drawings. With initial submittal and on record drawings include narrative of system(s) operation describing start-up, automatic operation, and shut-down. 3. Nameplates: a. Each control device shall be identified by black micarta nameplates with 1/2" white etched letters designating name of control. Controls located within conditioned space'shall have micarta nameplates, in finish as selected by Architect, and labelled with 1/8" white etched letters. 4. Diagrams: a. Provide a complete plastic faced diagram of the installed control system in a.frame rigidly secured on the interior face of temperature control panel door or as directed by the Architect. Diagram shall bear date of the Owner's acceptance of system. 5. Electrical wiring: a. All electric wiring and conduit in connection with the automatic temperature control system shown on the drawings shall be provided under Specification Section 15800. Any wiring not shown on the drawings but required for proper operation of the automatic temperature control system shall be performed under this Section. Fan interlocking is included in the NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page 3 ¸6. (~cope of the Electrical Sp~ification Division 16000. Co6trol panels: a. Surface and/or flush mounted temperature control panels, with continuously hinged and latched door, shall be provided where shown on the drawings. All time clocks, relays, switches, and contactors, shall be mounted in the control panel, as indicated on the control diagrams. Each switch shall be given a black micarta nameplate with 1/2" white engraved letters indicating the piece of equipment it controls. The panel shall be internally wi red to terminal strips by the temperature Control manufacturer. Shop drawings of the panels shall be submitted to the Architect for review before fabrication. ~ Room thermostats: a. Provide manufacturer's standard with locking covers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2~1 MATERIALS Ductwork: 1. General: a. Construction, unless otherwise specified, shall follow recommendations of "Duct Manual and Sheet Metal Construction of Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems" as issued by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., entitled "Low Velocity Systems". 2. All ducts shall be supported, and seismically braced in compliance .with the latest edition of the "Guidelines For Seismic Restraints For Mechanical Systems" as published by SMACNA. 3. Copies of the above referenced manual shall be maintained at the jobsite at all times until final acceptance of the project. 4. Provide access openings into ducts where required for adjustment of dampers or equipment. Each air inlet and outlet shall be flush with finished surface of wall or ceiling and shall be securely attached thereto. Provide plaster grounds at locations of all wall and hard surfaCed ceiling grilles. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page 4 5. Ducts shall be fabricated and supported as follows: Max. Si~e U.S. Joint Centers I6ches Std. Ga. Maximum Hangers to 12 26 13-18 24 19-30 24 31-42 22 8' 1"x16 ga. galv strap-8' o.c. 8' 1"x16 ga. galv strap-8' o.c. 4' 1"x16 ga. galv strap-8' o.c. 1-1/2"x10 ga. galv strap-8' o.c. Ducts above roof shall be supported with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" galvanized steel angle at 6'..0" maximum on center and at heel of all rectangular horizontal elbows. Duct support shall be welded to 6" x 6" x 1/8" steel plate resting on finish roof unless i ndi cated otherwi se. 6. Ells: a. Rectangular ells of ninety degrees with centerline radius less than one-half duct dimension on plane of ell shall be mitered and fitted with AERO/DYNE, "HEP or equivalent, adjustable turning vane of airfoil contour design. Side rails shall be installed so that vane at heel of elbow shall fit snugly thereto without air passing on back side. b. Round ells with centerline radius not less than one and one-half diameter shall be three section, radius not less than diameter shall be f,ive section. 7. Duct joints: a. Rectangul ar: 1) All ducts shall utilize "S and Drive" clips except joints for ducts with any dimension greater than 12" shall be made with government lock. "Ductmate 25/35" factory fabricated duct joint connectors with #440 Butyl Based gasket tape are acceptable alternates to shop fabricated government lock. b. Round: 1) All round ducts shall utilize male-female slip joint with minimum three (3) sheet metal screws. c. Taping: 1) Below roof: All standing seams ai~d transverse joints shall be sealed with canvas. A strip of six ounce canvas sheeting not less than four inches wide shall be pasted around the standing seam and transverse units to make the seam air tight. The canvas strips sh~ll 'be dipped in a diluted solution (four parts adhesive to one part water) of lagging adhesive pasted around the seams or joint and smoothed out with the hand in a neat and workmanlike finish. Duct joints within conditioned spaces may be taped NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page 5 as above or slhall.be caulke'Bm~with finger smooth white mastic. Taping or caulking shall be done before painting. Joints made with Ductmate 25/35 factory fabricated connectors shall not require taping. 2) Above roof: For ducts above roof or exposed to weather apply Hardcast D-5400 tape with RTA-50 adhes i ye. 3) Duct joints utilizing "Ductmate 25/35" connectors shall not require taping. Flexible insulated ducts: a. Shall be J.P. Lamborn Company Type APF-07 or Thermoflex M-RE acoustical low pressure duct consisting of a factory fabricated assembly with coll'ars and an inner semi-porous core and high tensile sp~'ing galvanized steel helix encapsulated with a flame resistant spun-bonded non-woven fabric. The core shall be wrapped with 1,1/2" thick layer of fiberglass insulation and an~external vapor barrier jacket of seamless polyethylene. Duct shall be listed and labeled UL-181 Air Duct; meets NFPA 90A and 9OB; meets FHA-HUD minimum standards and complies with UMC 10-1. b. Hangers shall consist of minimum 3" wide 28 gauge galvanized steel with a 4" minimum width fiberglass liner glued to inside of strap. Hanger strap length shall exceed duct outside diameter and shall be spaced a minimum of 36" on center. Flexible duct shall be installed in compliance with the latest manufacturer's installation instructions.a copy of which shall be at the site during and after installation. c. Connections to round ducts or collars shall' be made with galvanized or stainless steel worm clamps or "Panduit" adjustable clamps listed by UL-181. d. No flexible duct shall be installed in supply air system upstream from any variable air volume terminal device. e. Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, flexible duct shall be limited to that 7 foot portion of the duct system connecting to the supply or return ~ grille. Fire Dampers: a. Moving louver fire damper with fusible link, Air Balance, Inc. (model numbers shown below), Ruskin, Phillips, or equivalent approved and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. Provide.access do'or as furnished by fire damper manufacturer and as required 'by jo.b conditions in compliance with Title 24,. Section M 2201(c). Fire dampers shall be installed in all rated walls and ceilings penetrated NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 r Page 6 by ducts, grilles and diffusers. Fire damper shall have rating equivalent to construction. 10. Branch dampers: a. Outside and ret~rn air connections and all branch takeoffs from main supply air and return air trunk duct to be provided with splitter blade full height of branch take-off and 1" less than branch width. Regulators to'be Young or equal, blades less than 1-1/2 square foot area #403-3/8" rod, greater #900-3/8" rod. Dampers diameters for round ducts to be 1/2" less 'than duct diameter. Dampers located in inaccessible areas shall have extended shafts, with concealed r'egulator in adjacent ceiling or wall. 11. Back-draft dampers: a. .025 aluminum counter-balanced blades with felt strip on mating edges, and machined brass mounted in six gauge steel channel frame, Pacific Model PRO 1100AI or equal. Normally closed back-draft .dampers are required at all roof exhaust fans and all outside air intakes. J m J ] 12. Bellows duct connections: : ~ a. A bellows connection shall be provided at each point where a blower~unit is connected to a duct. This connection shall consist of "Ventglass" manufactured by Vent-Fabrics, Inc. Provide weatherproof flashing at top and sides when located outside. 13. Filters: a. American Air' Filter "AM-AIR" or Fart "30/30" consisting of a~ nominal 2" thick, pleated type, panel filter with an average efficiency of 25% minimum on ASHRAE test Standard 52-76. Initial resistance at 500 feet per minute face velocity shall not exceed 0.30" w.g. Provide 2" throwaway fiberglass at start-up of system and replace with specified filters at acceptance of project. 14. Grilles and diffuser'.G: a. General: 1) All grilles and diffusers shall be of the type, size, and style as shown and scheduled on the drawings. The performance of all diffusers and grilles shall be guaranteed to maintain comfort standards as defined in the latest ASHRAE Guide. Calculations to substantiate performance shall be. attached to submittal and shall include throw, noise level, diffusion pattern adjustability, etc. Return and exhaust grilles shall be furnished to match the supply outlets in appearance so a continuity of design may be maintained. 2) For interior applications finish shall be factory apl~lied baked enamel prime coat except NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page. 7 Ce in suspended ceiling .s where finish shall be baked enamel off-white. Finish for exterior application shall be electroplated zinc. All visible portions of grille or diffuser, including accessor'ies and ducts behind the grille face .shall be flat black finish. 3) Flanges shall be provided with continuous permanently~resilient gasketing. All grilles and diffusers installed in fire r'ated walls and ceilings shall have damper of like rating installed upstream from grille or diffuser. Ceiling diffuser: 1) Shall be of the perforated plate or louver fin type as scheduled and shall have a frame section configuration to match ceili'ng requirements,. Diffusers shall be capable of equally diffusing the air over the 360 degree periphery of the diffuser face. 2) Diffusers 'installed in ceiling ten feet or more in. height shall be provided with an adjustable pattern control device to vary the amount of vertical discharge air from 0 to 10% of specified total. Diffusers located in insulated ceilings shall have outer shell insulated with 1/2" thick 300# fiberglass glued on, 3) Diffusers located in rooms or corridors with surface mounted light fixtures shall be provided with factory fabricated and finished drop collars to match the vertical dimension of the light fixture. Perforated plate type diffusers wi'~-h drop collars shall be modified as required so as to maintain a horizontal discharge air pattern. 4) Diffusers in "lay-in" ceilings shall have face panel the same size of the ceiling module or multiples thereof. Diffuser shell shall be of the size req~,ired to meet the air distribution specifications. Variation in shell size, shape, or air pattern shall not alter the outward appearance of the diffuser. Inactive portions of the face panel shall be blanked off with 1" thick flat black fiberglass. 5) All ceiling diffusers and grilles shall be securely attached to ducts and supported f~om structure. '¥he use of "friction. clips", except for floor grilles, is not acceptable. Wall diffusers: 1) Shall be of the diffusing type to provide .rapid diffusion and a high rate of aspiration. All cores shall be removable and shall have allen NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800.- Page 8 head screws with heads f~'L~tory painted to match grille, .core and frame. Wall grilles: 1) Shall match wall diffusers in frame style, core pattern, and finish. Acces sot i es: 1) Opposed blade dampers shall be furnished with each grille and diffuser. DeflectrOls shall be provided at each rectangular grille branch take-off. Insulation: 1. General: a. Insulation shall be installed in accordance with the Code of Workmanship as published by the International Association of Heat and Frost Insulators and Asbestos Workers. All insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives shall be tested as a composite product in accordance with UBC Standard No. 42-1 and sh~ll have a flame 'spread of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50. 2. Ducts: a. General: 1) Supply, return, exhaust ducts and plena shall be insulated externally and/or lined internally as .specified herein or as indicated on the drawings. b. Ducts in attics: 1) Shall be insulated externally with 2" thick fiberglass 3/4# density. Where rectangular ducts are lined internally, .they shall be wrapped on the exterior with l" thick fiberglass, 3/4# minimum density. c. Exposed ducts: 1) Within conditioned spaces: a) Shal'l not require external insulation unless noted on the drawings. 2) Ducts expo.~ed to weather: a) Shall be lined internally with 1-1/2" thic)~ vinyl faced fiberglass duct liner. Minim,um density shall be 1.5#. Provide minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel weather cove)' for top and sides with panels cross-broken, lapped 6 inches, and secured to duct support. d. Interior duct s~urfaces: 1) Discharge, return, or exhaust duct connections to air conditioning units or fans shall be internally lined for a minimum distanCe of ten lineal feet whether or not indicated on the drawings. Interior duct liner where applied NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page g Ce ee for attenuation pur thickness 3# density. Appl i cat i on: 1) .Duct wrap: 2) only shall be 1" a) Shall be tightly wrapped around ducts to prevent sagging with a longitudinal and transverse lap of at least 6". Laps shall be wired or stapled to eliminate gaps. Insulation shall be secured by wrapping with 18 .gauge galvanized wire 12 o.c., adhesive, or combination of the' two methods when~ required to render a neat workmanlike job. Insulation shall be applied with density identification exposed. Duct liner: a) Shall .be adhered to' clean metal with minimum 100% coverage of adhesive such as 3M Adhesive #38, additionally secured with approved mechanical clips or welded pins. Welded pins and/or clips shall be placed at each end 3" from corner, then spaced every 6" two to three inches from end of duct. Fasteners shall then be applied in the cen~ter of the liner with one fastener every 16" of width or height, two for 16" to 30" or three for 40" of width or height. Vibration isolators: 1. Shall be spring isolators with neoprene base pad, selected for deflection to provide minimum of 95% isolation efficiency. Lowest disturbing frequency shall be basis of design. Calcul,ations and shop drawings of point loadings shall be' submitted for review. 2. Isolators shall be selected for uniform deflection according to weight distribution. Where no vibration isolation is shown'on the plans or specified in these Specifications, it shall be as recommended by the equipment manufacturer for that specific application. All springs shall have width equal to compressed height. All isolators at each piece of equipment shall be equally and concentrically depressed during operation. All isolators shall integrally provide vertical and lateral seismic restraint to meet the minimum requirements of Chapter 23, Section 2312(g) of the Uniform Building Code or Title 21, California Administrative Code. Provide horizontal thrust restraints for air handlers between cabinet fan and coil module where fan pressure exceeds 3" water gauge. ' NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 -. Page 10 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. - General: 1. All equipment shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer. A copy of the manufacturer's installation instructions shall be at the jobsite at all times after the delivery of the equipment and shall be available for reference at any time during the'progress of the instal 1 ati on. 2. All equipment shall be manufactured and installed to comply with the requirements of applicable titles of the California Administrative Code and the Uniform Mechanical Code. 3. All equipment shall have identification tags mechanically secured to the apparatus and shall include the name of the manufacturer, model number, serial number, and specified agency approval stamps or logos. 4. Any required material or labor required to meet the above specified conditions shall be deemed to be within the scope of the contract. Be Air conditioners: 1. Roof top: a. Cooling/heating: 1. Refer to Equipment Schedule on drawings. Ce Fans: 1. 2. 3. Roof exhaust: a. Refer to Equipment Schedule on drawings. Ceiling exhaust: a. Refer to Equipment Schedule on drawings. Cabinet fan: a. Refer to Equipment Schedule on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Ae Ductwork: 1. General: a. Installation shall conform with NFPA 90A and SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. Provide moun.ting and sulpporting of ductwork and accessories including, bult not limited to, structural support, s, hangers, vibration isolators, stands, clamps, and brackets, access doors, and dampers. Use electrical isolation between dissimilar metals. Install ductwork accessories as indicated in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instruCtion. Allow clearance for inspection, repair, replacement, and service. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800- Page 11 e o 0 Be Air tOtness: a. When air distribution systems operated, there shall be no chatter, vibration, or. dust marks. Field changes: a. Those required to suit the sizes of factory fabricated equipment actually furnished, or developed field conditions shall be designed to minimize expansion and contraction. Use gradual transitions in field changes as well as modifications to connecting ducts. Inspection plates and test holes: a. Provide where required in du'ctwork or casings for all balance measurements. Test holes shall be factory fabricated., air tight, and noncorrosive wi th screw cap and gasket. Extend cap through insulation. Deflectors: a. Provide in rectangular elbows, duct mounted supply outlets, take-off or extension collars to supply outlets, and tap-in branch-off connections. Adjust supply outlets to provide air volume and. distribution as indicated or specified. Access doors: a. Provide for automatic dampers, volume dampers, fire dampers, coils, thermostats, temperature controllers, valves, filters, and other concealed apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct systems. Prepared openings: a. Allow one inch clearance b'etween~duct and. opening or one inch clearance between insulation and opening for externally insulated ducts, except at grilles, registers, and diffusers. Closure collars: a. Provide not less than three inches width on each side of walls.or 'Floors where sleeves or prepared openings.are installed. Fit collars snugly around ducts and insulation. Ground smooth edges of collar to preclude tearing or puncturing insulation covering or vapor barrier. Use nails or screws with maximum six inch centers on collars. Air filters: a. Install with sealant and gaskets to prevent by-passing of air. Piping: 1. Location: a. Run in spaces above ceilings, wherever possible. In finished rooms, all piping shall be run concealed unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. NIAGARA CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page 12 2. A1 i gnment: .-a. Run in alignment with building walls and all turns and bends shall be made with standard fittings. Springing or forcing piping into place will not be permitted. Hot and chil.led water piping shall be at 8" apart minimum, where possible. 3. Hangers: a. Support at intervals with hangers as specified elsewhere within these Specifications or as indicated on the Drawings. No piping shall be in contact with an.), part of the building structure including sub-assemblies. 4. System drainage: a. All pipe runs and connections shall be installed in a manner to ensure unrestricted flow, eliminate air pockets and permit complete drainage of the system. b. Provide valves so as to permit complete drainage of the systems. Branch water lines shall be taken off top of main. 5. Obstructions: a. Piping shall be i~nstalled to clear beams, etc., unless sleeving is particularly indica~ted. Constantly coordinate work with that of other trades so as to prevent any interference with this installation. 6. Pipe joints: a. Pipe joints shall be smooth inside and cut pipe ends shall thoroughly reamed to remove all burr. Each length of pipe and each fitting shall be carefully examined and all burrs removed before fabrication. Wrap pipe sections to remove foreign particles. b. After general tests, any leaky connections shall be remade with new material. The use of thread cement or caulking to make joints tight is not permitted. c. All ends and openings in all pipe and fittings shall be taped or plug. ged immediately after installation to exclude dirt until fixtures are installed and/or until final connections are made. 7. Unions: a.' A union shall be installed on downstream side of a shutoff valve, at all sides of an automatic valve, at equipment connections and elsewhere as indicated on the drawings. Provide dielectric unions when joining piping with dissimilar metals. 8. Reducers: a. Pipe size reduction shall be made with eccentric reducing fittings to eliminate .air pockets. No bushings shall be used unless specifically authorized. Close nipples shall not be used. 9. Rough-in: a. Rough-in work shall proceed as rapidly as general construction will permit and shall be completed and NIAGAP~A CAR WASH Bakersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page 13 sted bef.ore any lathing, p~)tering or any other ished work has started. Work~all be fitted to the available space and shall be accurately roughed-in. 10. Piping expansion and contraction: a. All pipe runs shall be installed so that they may expand or contract freely without strain to the pipe support or equipment. 11. Pressure test: .a. Hydrostatically test the piping systems. Conduct tests in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and as follows: Test the piping system after the lines have been cleaned. Test 'r-he piping system at a pressure of 1.5 times system pressure. Before tests, remove or isolate gauges, traps, and other apparatus which may be damaged by test pressure. Install a calibrated test gauge in the system to observe any loss of pressure. Close off system and retain the required test pressure for a minimum of one hour and inspect joints and connections for leakage. b. After all hydraulic piping systems have been installed and tested, flush with solvent and blow out with compressed air until dry. Change system with approved hydraulic fluid. 12. Piping system cleaning: a. After all reclaim water piping systems have been installed, tested and flushed, add one (1) pound of Trisodium Phosphate for each 50 gallons of water in system. Fill, vent and circulate system at normal operating temperatures for eight (8) hours. Drain, flush, clean all strainers and fill with fresh water. Test system and repeat Process as necessary until a pH reading between seven and eight- is obtained. END OF SECTION 158O0 NIAGARA CAR WASH 8akersfield, California HVAC Section 15800 - Page 14 SECTION 16400 ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work included: Provide complete electrical and. telephone service ~ere shown on the Drawings, as specified herein4, and as needed for a complete and proper installation including, but not necessarily limited to: 10. 1. Main switchboard, metering facilities, main switch, motor control center and distribution board as needed;. Feeder system, in conduit to branch circuits panels; Branch circuit panels for power and lighting; Branch circuit wiring, in conduit, for lighting, receptacles, junction boxes, and motors; 5. 'Telephone conduit and terminal boards; 6. Hangers, anchors, sleeves, chases, 'supports for fixtures, and other electrical materials and equipment lin association therewith; 7. Lighting fixtures and lamps; 8. Wiring system, in conduit, for equipment and controls provided under other Sections of these Specifications including, but not necessarily limited to, Plumbing and. Mechanical Sections; 9. Low-voltage and 120-volt control wiring and conduit and equipment as specified on the drawings for car-washing equipment. Other electrical items and services as specified under other Sections required to complete the systems. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.3 ae Be ae Ce D® Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Without additional cost to the Owner,-provide such other labor and materials as are required to complete the work of this Section in accordance with the requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, regardless of whether such materials and associated labor are called for elsewhere .in the Contract Documents. SUBMITTALS Comply with pertinent, provisions of Section 01340. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after'the contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's s~pecifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the. Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. Samples: 1. When so requested by the Architect, promptly provide Samples of items scheduled to be exposed in the final structure. 2. When specifically so requested by the Contractor and approved by the Architect, approved Samples~ will be returned to the Contractor for installation on the Work. Manual: Upon completion of this portion of the Work, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the Architect two copies of an operation and maintenance manual compiled in accordance with the provisions of Section 01730 of these Specifications. Include within each manual: 1. Copy of the approved Record Documents for this portion of the Work; .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-2 Copies of'all circuit directories; Copies of all warranties and guaranties. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. 1.5 WARRANTY A® In addition to standard one year warranty on all labor and materials, provide a two year warranty on ballasts for all fluorescent lighting fixtures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1' GENERAL ae 'ProVide .only materials that are new, of the type and quality specified. Where Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. have established standards for such materials, provide only materials bearing the UL label. Be Temporary Power: 1. In addition to providing temporary pow6r as described in Section 01500 of these Specifications, provide and pay the costs for installing permanent electrical meter or meters as required. 2. When permanent metering is in place and connected, the Owner will pay the costs for electrical power charged against the meter or meters. 2.2 ENTRANCES AND SWITCHBOARD ae Main switchboard: 1. Provide factory assembled, dead front, braced as shown on the Drawings, with equipment' busing connection, current-limiting fuses, circuit breakers, and similar .components as shown on the Drawings or'required for proper completion. 2. At fused main switch and feeder circuit breakers, provide etched plastic nameplates secured by two cadmium plated screws. Main switch: 1. Provide quick-make, quick-~reak, fused type, rated 240 V ac for 120/208 V systems. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-3 2.3 2.4 Ce A® ao Provide one of ti~e following: a. General Electric: "QMR". b. Westinghouse: "FDP". c. ITE: "Vacu-Break". d. Square D:. "AV". Provide .current-limiting fuses: 1. For above 600 am]ps, provide Class L "Hi-Cap" manufactured by Bussman, or equal manufactured by Chase-Shawmut. At main switch, provide a micarta nameplate with white lettering on a ired background, reading WARNING, REPLACE ONLY WITH CURRENT-LIMITING FUSES AS ORIGINALLY INSTALI~D. GROUNDING SYSTEM Ground .all equipment, including switchboards, conduit systems, moro:Ts, and other apparatus, by conduit or conductor to cold water main and to independent concrete-encased grounding electrode as shown on the Drawings, using ground clamps manufactured by Burn~{ or T&B, and approvedby the Architect. Use ground rods if wa~=er mains or piping are not metallic, or if isola~=ion couplings have been used. 1. Locate ground rods in planters or similar areas which will receive water regularly, and drive to a depth of at least 8'-0". 2. Make' meg ground tests to measure ground resistance, and provide not more than 5 ohms resistance, adding ground rods as required to achieve that lew~l. 3. Make ground rods accessible for inspection. Provide insulated ground wires for all receptacles. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Identification: 1. Identify all panelboards, cabinets, safety switches, and other apparatus used for operation and control of circuits, appliances, and equipment. 2. Provide plastic laminate nameplates, black face with white (:ore letters, showing proper and complete identification. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-4 Branch circuit panels: 1. Provide branch, circuit panels for lighting and single-phase loads, using copper busing with "Quicklag" circuit breakers and main lugs only. 2. Provide one of the following: a. General Electric: "NLABB". b. Westinghouse: "NQB". c. ITE: "NLAB" with box-type breaker. d. Square D: "NQOB". Wiring devices: 1. Provide duplex receptacles of 3-pole grounding type with the third pole U-shaped and grounded to the conduit, system, and one of the following: a. Bryan, Hubbell, Arrow-Hart: No. 5262 .b. General Electric: No. 4050 or 4060 c. 'Sierra: No. 1402 2. Provide tumbler switches of commercial- industrial type, 20 amp, 120/277 V ac, and one of the following: Single Two Three Four pole: pole: way: way: a. Bryant: 4901 4902 4903 4904 b: Hubbell: 1221 1222 1223 1224 c: Arrow-Hart: 1991 1992 1993 1994 d. Sierra: 5021 5022 5023 5024 e. General Electric: 5951 f. P&S: 20AC1 5952' 5953 5954 20AC2 20AC3 20AC4 Ail switches and receptacles have ivory finish. For flush-mounted switches, provide ivory plastic cover plates and, where grouped, set in gangs with one cover plate. De Raceways: 1. Provide rigid galvanized or sherardized steel conduit, or electrical metallic tubing, with compression or' tap-on type fittings, for all conduit concealed in the walls or above the ceilings. a. Indenter fittings are not acceptable. b. Where conduit is installed underground or in the floor slab, provide PVC conduit'. 2. Where electrical metallic tubing is used, comply with pertinent requirements.of the National Electrical Code. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-5 Outlets, junction boxes, and switch boxes: a. Provide standard one-piece units, galvanized or sherardized, of shape and size best suited to that particular location, of sufficient size to contain enclosed wires without crowding. b. Provide deep boxes with 1" and larger conduit. c. For lighting outlets, provide standard 4" octagon or square units, with 3/8" malleable iron fixture studs and box hangersWhere required. d. For switches and receptacles, provide standard gang switch boxes with stainless steel covers; except for exposed work provide pressed steel boxes with galvanized or cadmium.plated steel covers. (1) prOVide boxes 4" square by 1-1/2" deep, except for boxes at ends of run where containing a single device. (2) These may be No. 180 handy boxes if permitted by the governing code. e. For telephone outlets, provide 4" square boxes with single device cover and one- hole bakelite telephone outlet. For pull boxes, provide galvanized code-gage sheet steel units with screwed-on covers, of size and shape required to accommodate wires without crowding, and to suit the location. Provide sleeves and chases where conduits pass through floors and walls. Conductors: 1. For line voltages, e provide 600 V insUlated copper wire and cable, NEC standard, of types specified below for difference applications, with UL label, and color coded as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. With conductors No. 4 and larger, provide insulating bushings or insulating sleeves. ~ For wire and c~)le No. 1 and larger, provide THNN or THW. a. Wires smaller than No. I may be TW. b. Color code all wires. Where branch circuit wiring is installed in wiring channels of continuous row-mounted fixtures, provide UL type THHN or other approved 90 degree C wires, rated at 600 V .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-6 2.5 2.6 ae Be ae Be Co e 7, For wire No. l0 and smaller, provide solid wire; for wire larger than No. 10, provide stranded wire. For wire in conduits subjected to direct sunlight, provide THWN or THHN. Use only copper wires and cables. LIGHTING FIXTURES Provide fixtures of the types shown on the Drawings, and with the following accessories as applicable. 1. Recessed fixtures: a. Provide units having an attached pull box, and with UL label. b. Provide local label in addition if so .required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction ..... "' _ 2. Fluorescent fixtureS: '~ a. Provide ballasts thermally protected against overheating by built-in thermal protectors sensitive to ballast winding temperature and current. b. Provide.protector preventing winding temperature from exceeding 120 degrees C. allowing winding temperatures to reach 105 degrees C under normal operating conditions at 40 degrees C ambient and, after opening, not reclosing above 80 degrees C. Where fixture substitutes are proposed, submit a Sample fixture'with the materials list required to be submitted under Article 1.3 above. TELEPHONE Provide conduits, service entrance equipment, outlets, terminal boards, and other items shown on the Drawings or required for a complete, approved, and operating telephone and intercom service, except for such items and equipment as are furnished.by the serving telephone company. Provide access pull boxes so that no conduit run is longer than 100 feet, or contains more than two 90 degrees elbows. Provide pull wires in all telephone conduits. .01 .ELECTRICAL 16400-7 2.7 2.8 ae Be A® SAFETY SWITCHES / Provide safety switches of heavy duty type, horsepower rated, quick-make and quick-break design, externally operated with provision for padlocking, fusible or non-fusible.as shown on the Drawings. Provide enclosures clearly marked for maximum voltage, current, and. horsepower rating, and: 1. Indoor: NEMA type 1. 2. Outdoor: 'NEMA type 3R, raintight. OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not'specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of tire Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions arecorrected. 3.2 PREPARATION ae' Coordinate: 1. Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the 'work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. 2. Coordinate the. installation of electrical items with the schedule for work of other trades to pre~nt unnecessary delays in the total Work. 3. Where lighting fixtures and other electrical items are sho%~ in conflict with locations of structural men, ers and mechanical or other equipment, provide required supports and wiring to clear the encroachment. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-8' 3.3 3.4 De ae Data indicated on the Drawings and in these Specifications are als exact as'could be secured, but their absolute accuracy is not warranted. The exact locations, distances, levels, and other conditions will be governed by actual construction and the Drawings and Specifications should be used only for guidance in such regard. Where cutlets are not specifically located on the Drawings, locate as determined in the field by the Architect. Where outlets are installed without such specific direction, relocate as directed by the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. Verify. all measurements at the building. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the Drawings and actual measurements at the site of construction. Branch circuit wiring and arrangement of home runs have been designed for maximum economy consistent with adequate sizing for voltage drops and other considerations. Install the wiring with circuits arranged exactly as shown on the Drawings, except as otherwise approw~d in advance by the Architect. The Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic, but are required to be followed as closely as actual construction and work'of other trades will permit. Where deviations are required to conform with actual construction and the work of other trades, make such deviations without additional cost to the Owner. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING Perform trenching and backfilling associated with the work of this Section in strict accordance with the provisions of Section 0220 of these Specifications. 'INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS Where' conduit is installed concealed in walls or above the ceiling, provide rigid galvanized conduit or electrical metallic tubing with compression type fittings. 1. Provide ground wire of proper size. 2. Use nylon (rather than steel) fish tape. · 01 ELECTRICAL 16400-'9 3.5 C® De ao Be Co Use flexible conduit only for short motor connections, or wherE: subject to vibration. Provide necessary sleeves and chases where conduits pass through floors and walls, and provide other necessary openings and spaces, arranging for in proper time to prevent unnecessary cutting in connection with the Work. Perform cutting and patching in accordance with the provisions for the original Work. Where conduit is exposed, run parallel to or at right angle with lines of the building. 1. Make bends with standard conduit elbows or conduit bent to not less than the same radius. 2. Make bends free from dents and flattening. Securely and rigidly support conduits throughout the Work. Where conduits pierce the roof, provide 24 gage galvanized iron roof jacks and flashing collar brazed onto the conduits and covering the top of the roof jacks. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES Install lighting fixtures complete and ready for service in accordance with the Lighting Fixture Schedule shown on the Drawings. Wire fixtures with fixture wiring of at least 50 degrees C rating. Where fixtures are mounted in continuous rows, provide conductors in wiring channels of the same size as the circuit wires supplying the row of fixtures. Use only bonderized, galvanized, or sherardized steel for fixture installation for protection against rust and corrosion, and install fluorescent fixtures straight and true with reference to walls. Install all lighting fixtures, including those mounted in continuous rows, so that the weight of .the fixture is supported, either directly or indirectly, by a sound and safe structural member of the building, using adequate number and type of fastenings to assure safe installation. 1. Screwed fastenings, and toggle bolts through ceiling material or wall paneling, are not acceptable. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-10 3.6 3.7 Do not support from sub-purlins of panelized roof systems. INSTALLATION OF PO~R EQUIPMENT Provide power and control wiring and safety switches as shown on the Drawings. Connections to miscellaneous building equipment: 1. Wire to, and connect to, all items of building equipment not specifically described but to which electrical power is required. 2. Coordinate as necessary with other trades and suppliers to w~rify types; numbers, and locations of e~ipment. INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS Unless otherwise shown on the'Drawings, use No. 12' type TW conductors for all branch circuits, protected by 20 amp circuit breakers. Where so indicated on the Dra~ings, use larger wires to limit voltage drops. The number of wires in a conduit run is' indicated on the Drawings by cross lines on the conduit runs. 1. Where wire size is not shown, install No. 12 conductors. 2. Where conduit s~ize is not shown, install 1/2,, conduit. 3. Provide code-sized conduit for number and size wires shown or required, unless a larger size conduit is sho~n on the Drawings. Use identified (white)'neutrals and color-coded Phase wires for all branch circuit wiring. 1. Make splices electrically and mechanically secure with pressure-type connectors. a. For wires size 6 AWG and smaller, provide "Scotchlock,' connectors. b. For wire size 4 AWG and larger, provide Burndy "Versitaps" and heavy-duty connectors, or T&B "Lock Tit." connectors.. 2. Insulate splices with a minimum of two half- lapped layers of Scotch Branch No. 33 vinyl- plastic electrical tape where insulation is required. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-11 3.8 3.9 De E® ae Be Ce ae Be Ce Tape all joints with rubber tape 1-1/2 times the thickness of the conductor insulation, then cover with the friction tape or the vinyl-plastic electrical tape specified above The Drawings indicate the general direction of home runs. Continue all such home runs to the panel as through the route~ where shown completely. INSTALLATION OF PANELS Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, install panels with the top of the trim 6'-3" above the finished floor. Mount a typewritten directory behind glass or plastic on the'inside of each panel door and, on the directory, shown the circuit numb. er and complete description of all outlets on each circuit. Provide three 1" conduits only, stubbed out of the top of each flush-mounted panel .and terminated in accessible ceiling space, with each conduit tagged with panel description. TESTING AND INSPECTION provide personnel and equipment, make required tests, and secure requiredapprovals from the Architect and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Make written notice to the Architect adequately in advance of each of the fo%lowing stages of construction: 1. In the underground condition prior to placing concrete floor slab, when all associated electrical work is in place; 2. When all rough-in is complete, but not covered; 3. At Completion of the work of this Section. When material and/or workmanship is found to not comply with the specified requirements, within three days after receipt of notice of such non- compliance remove the noncomplying items from the job site and replace them with items complying with the specified requirements, all at no additional cost to the Owner. .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-12 3'.10 C® In the Architects's presence: 1. Test all parts of the electrical system and prove that all such items provided under this Section function electrically in the required manner. 2. .Immediately submit to the Architect a report of maximum and. minimum voltages, and a copy of the recording volt-meter chart. 3. Also measure voltages between phases and between phase wires and neutrals, and report these voltages to the Architect. PROJECT COMPLETION Upon completion of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean all exposed portions of the electrical installation, removing all traces of soil, labels, grease, Oil, .and other foreign material, and using only the type cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the item being cleaned. Thoroughly indoctrinate the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel in the'contents of the operations and maintenance manual required to be submitted under Article 1.3 of this Section of these Specifications. On the first day the facility is in operation, for al least eight hours at a time directed by the Architect, provide a qualified foreman and crew to perform such electrical work as may be required by the Architect. END O]? SECTION .01 ELECTRICAL 16400-13 NUMBER C2 TANKS AT THE SITE: ~ EMERGENCY CONTACT PERSON(PRIMARY): NAME: ENV. SENSITIVITY ' PHONE NUMBER: EMERGENCY CONTACT PERSON(SECONDARY): NAME: PHONE NUMBER: TANK OWNER INFORMATION: NAME: · ADDRESS: PHONE NO.: TANK CONTENTS: TANK ~ MANUFACTURER YEAR INSTALLED CAPACITY CONTENTS i I TANK CONSTRUCTION: TANK ~ TYPE(dH, sw, sec.cont.) MATERIAL INT. LINING; CORROSION PROT. LEAK DETECTION: TANKS: VISUAL GROUNDWATER MONITORING WELLS VADOSE ZONE MONITORING WELLS U-TUBES WITH LINERS U-TUBES WITHOUT LINERS VAPOR DETECTOR LIQUID SENSORS CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS PRESSURE SENSORS IN ANNULAR SPACE LIOUID RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS IN U-TUBES, MONITORING WELLS, OR ANNULAR ...................... NONE ................... ~NKNOWN .............................. OTHER ............................................................................................ : .............. PI. PING INFORMATION: TANK ~ SYSTEM TYPE I CONSTRUCTION I (SUC,PRES.,GRAV.) (SW,DW,LINED TR) MATERIAL LEAK DETECTION: PIPING: /~ FLOW RESTRICTING LEAK DETECTORS FOR PRESSURIZED PIPING MONITORING SUMP WITH RACEWAY SEALED CONCRETE RACEWAY HALFCUT COMPATIBLE PIPE RACEWAY SYNTHETIC LINER RACEWAY NONE UNKNOWN OTHER ., I Number of Tanks ~ Lt~ ~y Tan~ ID N~b~r Of Tanks Contractor Number of Tanks hlSt By' T~nk ID OWNgR/OPE]~TOR DATE ~. '~:~ '~ [2]Monitoring Well · ' FILE CONTENTS INVENTORY [2]Permit to Operate [ -- Date ~'onstruction Permit ~-- /~5~Q~/~).~ Date [~Permit to abandon~ "- N°. of-Tanks Date OAmended Permit Cond~'tions AAp rmit Application Form, . l~ Tank Sheets ~.~//- plication to Abandon ~=~----~anks(s) ' Date ~.. [-] Annual Report Forms [']Copy of Written Contract Between Owner & Operator ~Inspection Reports ~, Da te ' '" ' z' ~ Date ~te ~'Unauthorized.Release Reports " ~Abandonment/Closure Reports ' ' .." OSampling/Lab Reports ~MVF Compliance Check (New Constructi6n CheckliSt) .. ... -:.. ~S~ Compliance Check (New Co~struction Checklist) : '- ' ..-.:'.>. ~MVF Plan Check (New Construction) .' ~S~ Plan Check (New Construction) :. - '' · ' ...: ~MVF Plan Check (Existing Facility) " . ~S~ .Plan Check (Existing Facility) ':~- ...-..<.'..'.",:- ~'Incomplete Application" Form . ... ..'~...' .~..:... ~Permit Application Checklist . . '-'.' .'::"..:: .:....... :..-.'~'. ~Tightness Test Results Da~e ~ .- " .:. ~te -.. ~, ... "" ' · Da te -..' - '- ' .." Constru6=ion D~('a/Permics .: .". .'. .~:~.:... .~- · ' [2]Plot Plan Featuring All Environmentally Sensitive'Data ':'.':. : .> ""- ~.':'...... ~Half sheet showing date received and tally of '~nspect~on time,'etc 2700 M STREET MAILING ADDRESS 1415 TRUXTUN AVENUE · BAKERSFIELD, CA 93301 (805) 861-3636 PEIA'4IT TO coNsTRUCT UNDERGROUND STORAGE FACILITY COUNTY HEALTH DEi .,RTl[ ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DIVI .ON HEALTH OFFICER Leon M Hebertson, M.D. DIRECTOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH Vernon S. Reichard PERMIT NUMBER #160040B FACILITY NAME/ADDRESS: Nlagara Car Wash H & 23rd Street Bakersfield, CA OWNER(S) NAME/ADDRESS: Frank Hobln 1701Stlne Road Bakersfield, CA 93309 CONTRACTOR: Cai-Valley Equipment Co. 3500 Gilmore Bakersfield, CA 93308 License #447797 Phone # (8051 327-9341 XXI NEW BUSINESS I__1 CHANGE OWNERSHIP I__1 RENEWAL [ [. MODIFICATION PERMIT EXPIiRES APPROVAL DATE APPROVED BY July 13, 1989 3uly 13, 1988 Bill Scheide ................... POST ON PREMISES. ..................... CONDITIONS AS FOLLOWS: .All Construction to be as per facility pla-ns approved by this department and verified by inspection by Permitting Authority. Ail equipment and materials in this construction must be installed in accordance with all manufacturers' specifications. Permittee must contact Permitting Authority for on-site inspection(s) with 48-hour advance notice. Backfill material for piping and tanks to be as per manufacturers' specifications. Float vent valves are required on vent/vapor lines of underground tanks to prevent overfilllngs. Ail underground metal connections (e.g. piping, fittings fill pipes) to tank(s) must be electrically isolated, and wrapped to a minimum 20 mil thickness with corrosion-preventive, gasoline-resistant tape or otherwise protected from corrosion. DISTRICT OFFICES Delano · Lamont · Lake Isabella · Motave · Ridgecrest · Shafter · Taft .~'.PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT UNDERGROUND 'ISTORAGE FACILITY PERMIT NUMBER 160040B ADDENDUM 7. Spark testing (35,000 volts) re\qulred at site prior to installation of tanks(s) must be certified by the manufacturer, and a copy of test certification supplied to the Permitting Authority. 8. Construction inspection record card Is Included with permlt given to Permittee. This card must be posted at jobslte prior to initial Inspection. Permtttee must contact Pemlttlng Authority and arrange for each group of required inspections numbered as per instructions on card. Generally, inspections will be made of: a. Tank and backfill b. Piplng system with secondary containment c. Overfill protection and leak detection/monitoring d. Any other Inspection deemed necessary by Permitting Authority 9, The following equipment and materials mUst be identified by manufacturer and model prior to their installation: Tank annulus vacuum gauge(s)' 10; The vacuum gauge for each tank must have a secured access point for periodic leak monitoring and for vacuum system maintenance. II. No product shall be stored in tank(s) until approval is granted by the Permitting Authority. 12. Liner shall be installed by a tra~Lned exper'tenced liner contractor and installation at site approved by the Permitting Authority. 13. Monitoring requirements for this :facility will be described on final "Permit to Operate." ACCEPTED BY ~ Faclllt¥ Name Inspector Date FINAL INSPE~TION CRKCKLIST N 1. All new and existing tanks located on plot plan? 2. Does tank product correspond to product labels on plot plan? 3. ~ there ~t~nodifications identified which were not depicted on the plot plans? If '~' describe~; Yes No Are sonitoring wells secure and free of water and product in sump7 5. Is piping system pressure, suction or gravity? Are Red Jacket subpumps and all lir, le leak. detector · accessible? y-~ .~ ~ ~ Yes No Overfill containment box as speclflied on application? If "No", what type and model number: a) Is fill box tightly sealed around fill tube? b) Is access over water tight? c) Is product present in fill box? Identify type of monitoring: ,~/~//~/ a) Are manual monitoring instruments, product and ~ water finding' paste on premises? b) Is the fluid level in Owens-Corning liquid level monitoring reservoir and alarm panel in proper operating condition? c) Does the annular space or secondary containment liner leak detection system have self diagnostic capabilities? If "Yes", is it functional If "No", how is it tested .for proper operating condition7 Notes on any abnormal- conditions: I.r~ / . , .. KERN COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT ENWIRON~ENTAL HEALTH f~SION HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES SEL'TION ;" · INSPECTION RECORD · ' 'J ~' ~''' ~' POST· CARD AT JOBSITE 1700 FLOWER STREET BAKERSFIELD, CA 93305 PHONE (805) 861-3636 ADDRESS H~ ~A ~ ~', ' ADDRESS I~l 5~;~ P.ONE NO. I ~O~- ~I- INSTRUCTIONS: Please call for an {Inspector only when each group of inspections with the same number' are ready. They will uun in consecutive order beginning with number 1. .DO NOT cover work fo~ any numbered g~oup until all items that group are signed =.off by .the Perm2tt~ng Authority. Following these lnstrutions will 'reduce. the number of ~equired inspection visits and therefore .prevent assessment of additional fees. - TANKS & BACKFILL - INSPECTION DATE INSPECTOR {'Backfill of Tank(s) I Spark Test Certification Cathodic Protection of Tank(s) '- PIPING SYSTEM - ~Piping ~-~ w/Collection Sump ~.Corrosion Protection of Piping, Joints, Fill P~pe/o-Z~8K Electrical Isolation of Piping From Tank(s) Cathodic Protection System-Piping - SECONDARY CONTAINMENT, OVERFILL PROTECTION. LEAK DETECTION - Liner Installation - Tank(s) ~Liner Installation - Piping /~-~-~ Z~~d~.' Vault With Product Compatible Sealer ~ . ~Level Gauges or sensors, Floa~ V~pt-Valve~ ~!Product Compatible Fill Box(es) '~-/~.-~"~ Product Line Leak Detector(s) Leak Detector(s) for Annular Space-D.W. Tank(s) ~MonitocinK Well(s)/Sump(s) Leak Detection Device(s) For Vadose/Oroundwater - FINAL - ~)~onitoring Wells, Caps & Locks ~'-/~-~ Fill Box Lock Monitoring Requi~em,ents ....... /, LICENSE · 4:d-77¢7 PU # ' _..~7" ~-~4-/ 1988 ENVIRONMENTAL HF_ALTH ,, Facility: Jlpment to be installed: Tank(s)7~ Ft. of ~ Approved Standard Compliance Ch ~"-]Suctlon CT J~Pressurtzed [-]Gravity, Proof of Contractor's License - License Type of License Proof of Contractor's~ #orker's Compensation Insurance Primary Containment Fiberglass (FRP) Fiberglass-clad steel Uncoated steel [-]Other: Comment: Piping Nake& Model Make & Node Nake& Nodel Nake& Nodel Additional: Inspection: Secondary Contalnnent of Tank(s) /~ ~Double-walled task(s) Nake& Nodel,,,,.5~/ ~o~. ~]Synthetlc liner Nake& Nodel Ltned concrete vault(s) Sealer used Other Type .Nake& Nodel Comment: Additional:' Inspection: Secondary Containment Volume at Least IOOX of Primary Tank Additional: Inspection: Secondary Containment Volume for More Than One Tank Contains 150~ of 'Volume of Largest Primary Containment or 10~ of Aggregate Primary Volume, #hlchever is 6reater Comment: Additional Inspection: " 1 Req'd Approved Secondary Containment Hour Rainfall Total Open to Rainfall Must Accommodate Volume Comment: 24 Additional: , Inspection: Secondary Conta~nm~i~t is Product Comment: Product-Compatible Documentation Additional: Inspection: Annular Space Liqu.id is Compatible with Product Product Annular liquid Comment: Additional: Inspection: Primary Containment of Piping OCopted steel piping Size & Make ~]Un~oated steel piping Size [']Other Comment: Additional: Inspection: Secondary Containment of Piping [-]Double-walled pipe Size & ~Synthettc liner In trench Size & ~]Other Additional: Make Make Inspection: Corrosion Protection Tank(s) Piping & f~_JLttln~s /~ [~Electrlcal Isolation Comment: Additional:' Inspection: Manufactured.r-Approved Backfill for Tanks a Piping Type ~/~///~ ,~i ~/cf~/' COmment: - 2 - Req'd ./ Approved ,/ Additional: Inspection: Tank(s) Located no Closer, than 10 Additional: Feet to Building(s) Inspection: Complete Monitoring System Monitoring device within secondary contatnnent: [']Liquid level indicator(s) ~]Llquid used ~]Theraal conductivity sensor(s) DPressure sensorCs_) . ~Vacuue gauge ~Sump(s) 6as or vapor detector(s) Manual inspection & saspllng Visual inspection Other Comnent: ,/~.~'~uj~'"/-~lz~/~le~ Additional: Inspection: Other Monitoring [~Pertodlc tightness testing Method Pressure-reductng line leak detector(s) Other Cosnent: Additional: Inspection: Overfill Protection ~Tape float gauge(s) Float vent valve(s) ,~:~/'~./* Capacitance sensor(s) ~]High level slam(s) [-]Autonatlc shut-off control(s) ~Fill box(es) with 1 ft. 3 voluee ~/~ /~/~ ~]Operator controls with visual level nonltortng Other Consent: - 3 - Req ' d / Approved Additional: Inspection: NonltorJng Requireaents Additional Coeeents Inspection: Inspector - 4 - Extra Inspecttons/Retnspectlons/Consultations Comment: .: .Tile Utilized . COllent: Tile Utilized Purpose: COllent: Time Utilized Date: COllent: Tl.e Utilized Invoice Date: Total Time: Inspector Date: - 5 - · , ' , STATE OF CALIFORNIA ,: - ~--~ r- :: "~ i " ; DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS ...... U~ .... C~3J~ilRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOAF ~ ~- I EXPIRES ON " CHANGE OF BUSINESS I ~ ~ '~ I~Y ~ y~ ' ADDRESS MUST BE REPOR~D TO I I ' ~ ~E REGISTER WITHIN ~ DAYS, II 10 . ''. . CAL VALLEY EQUIPMENT CO C61 : -:~ ' :,'~:;~,. · . 3500 6[LHORE AVENUE 2700 M Street Bakersfield, California Mailing Address: 1415 Truxtun Avenue Bakersfield, California 93301 (805) 861-3636 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DIVISION RECEtVED JUN ;[ 1] HEALTH OFFICER Leon M Hebertson, M,D, DIRECTOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH Vernon S, Reichard Date June 17~ 1988 To: Permit Applicant Cai-Valley Co. 3500 Gilmore Avenue Bakersfield, CA 93308 Attn: Mike ]Lane This department has reviewed the application and plans submitted for the underground storage facility located at "H" and 23rd Street, Bakersfield. Based on this review, your application has been denied for the reasons listed on the attached Permit Application Checklist. We are returning a copy of the original permit application and plans. After making required corrections and/or modifications, the application may be resubmitted for review. If you have any questions rega:~ding our requirements please call Bill Scheide at (805) 861-3636. DISTRICT OFFICES Delano · Lamont · Lake helle · Mojave · Ridgecrest · Shafter · Taft Permit App_licat. io.n C. hecklist Facility Name /~/;Z~.~;~ Facility Address Applicatioj~/Category: Standard Design (Secondary Containment) Motor Vehicle Fuel Exemption Design (Non-Secondary Containment) Appr~e.d ~ permit Application Form Properly Completed - . Deficiencies: Io /-~.~ Z~,'~ ICTF~/~TC~'-//~;C $~'~t 3 Copies of Plot.Plan Depicting: Property lines Area encompassed by'minimum 100 foot radius around tank(s) and piping Ail tank(s) i'dentified by a number and product to be stored Adequate scale (minimum 1"=1~'0" in detail) /~/// ~cr~DT~/l'=?_z2, ~ North arrow All structures within 50 foot radius of tank(s) and piPing Location and labelk, ng.of all. produ, ct piping and dispenser islands ?dg/;J, Environmental s~ns'i't'iVfty".da'ta' fn'cl'udi'i~g: *Depth to first groundwater at site *Any domestic or agricultural water well within 100 feet of tank(s) and piping * Any surface water in unlined conveyance within 100 feet of tank(s) and piping *All utility lines within 25'feet of tank(s) and piping (telephone, electrical, water, sewage, gas, leach lines, seepage pits, drainage systems) *Asterisked items: appropriate documentation if permittee seeks a motor vehicle fuel exempt'fon from Secondary containment C~mments: Approved 3-Copies ~of Construction Drawings Depicting: Side View of Tank InSt'a][iation with Backfill, Raceway(s), Sec. ondary Containment and/or Leak Monitoring System in Place Top view of Tank Installation with Raceway(s), Secondary Containment and/or Lea~ Monitorinq Svstem in Place ~5~4~ A Materials 5ist (indicating those used in the construction): Backfill Tank(s) Product ~iPing Raceway(s) ~ealer (s) Secondary Containment _ '' ' , "' , ,O~,ui~ie ~,~11 ~ ,.',. k'. ,:5' h ~ ~ ~ - Leak Detector (s) '~;~ ~&n/¢o~;~ Overfill Protection Gas or Vapor Detector(s) Sump(s) ~onit'oring Well(s) ,wl ,;,% ,.,,.,4 Documentation of Product Performance Reviewed By /?:! .~%~~_ Date SITE INSPECTION: Approved Comments: Disapproved Inspector Date ~PLI~TION F~ PE~IT '~ OPE~TE " ~~S SUBSTANCES S~E FACILI~ T~ of Application (ch~k): ~Ne~ FaCility ~ification of Facility ~isti~ Facility As Emergency 24-Hour Contact (name, area cod,e, phone): Days (~n~ &z!-799H ... Facility Nan~ Nia§a~aCar Wash --l~c~. ~f' Tanks ~ " 7~qoe of Business ('check): riTC~aso'line St~l~J'on ~C~cher "(deSCribe) Carwash Is Tank(s) Located on an Agricultural FatTy? r'lyes ~No Is Tank(s) Used Primarily for AgriCultural Purposes? C]Yes )[~No Facility Address H & 2~rd Street~ Bakers.field' CA Nearest Cross St. 2~th Street T R " SEC" {R~'~i Locations ~ly) C~er Frank HobJn O~ntact Perso~l Frank Hobin ;~k~ess 1701 StiHe ~p.a.d, ,8. a~ersf'iefd, c~'ip ~309 Tele~ho~ (805) 831-7998 O~erato~ same Conta~ Per~ same ~d~ess same Zip Telephona same Water to Facility Provided by California ~ater Depth tO' Groundwater 110' Soil C~aracteristics' at Pacility S.andy L~m Basis for Soil ~ and Groundwater Depth Det~minati'o'ns K. ern Cou. nt¥ Wat.er..Agency Ce Contractor C~l-Valley Equipment Co. C~ Contractor's License No. 447797 Address 3500 Gilmore' Ave.: Bakersfield~C~t~ 93308 Telephor~ "/~q.5') 327-93~1 Proposed Sta'rt'i'ng Date 6-1-88 .... ' ]Propos~cl' Ccmpl~tion Date 1-1-89 Worker's Ca~pensati~ Certification t ~51970-87 [nsurerState 'F~nd · D. If. ~is Permit Is For Modification O[ An E¢isting Facility, Briefly D ascribe Moclificatior~ Es Proposed Tank(s) Store (check all that apply): Tank ! Waste Produc[ Motor Vehicle Unleaded Fue! 0 0 tx1 0 C] 0 O 0 Regular Pramium Diesel Waste Chemical Coupositlon of Naterials Stored (mt ~e~essary for ~otor vehicle fuels) Tank ! Chemical1 Stored (non-c~mercial nameL CAS ! (if kno~) C~m, i~al P, reviouslY Stored (if ~lfferent) Transfer of O~nership Date of ~-~ns'fer Previous Facility Name I, modify or terminate the Pr~ious Owner accept fully all ~bl£gations of Permit No. issued to · I urulerstam~ that the PeImitting Authority may review arxJ · transfer of ~le permit to Operate this ~l~dergro~d storage facility upon receiving this completed form,. 1~ais form has been cempleted under penalty of true and correct. perjury and to the best of my knowledge ts 1t, PUt'MA L ~u. ded (FILL OUT SF, I'ARh.. FOR EACil T~K) Fait EACll SE~'I'[O~, CllECK ALL APPROPRIATE BOXE~ 1. T. ank i._~s: ["] VaUlted 2. Tank Muter'ia/ 1-] Non-VauiteCl [~ Double-Wall Single-Wall 3. Primary Containment Date Installed Thickness (Inches) Capacity (Gallons) ¼" 12m A. Tank Secondary ~utainmenL ~ Uouble-Wall ['l Synthetic Liner 1~] Lined Vault ~] None [] Other (describe): Material Thickness (Inches) 5.'Tank Interior LininK [] Rubber [] Alkyd ~]Epoxy ~]Phenolic ~ Glass ~ Other (describe): 6. Tank Corrosion Protection Carbon Steel [] Stainless Steel ['l Polyvlnyl Chloride ~ ~lberglass-Clad Steel Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic [] Concrete 1-1 Aluminum [~ Bronze ['lUnknown Other (describe): Doublewall vacuum monitor ~'Rosier BrotHers) Manufacturer Mosier ['1 Unknown Manufacturer: Capacity (Gals.) Clay [~ Unlined [] Uuknow~ [] Galva~dzed ~l Fiberglass-Clad [] Polyethylene Wrap [~] Vinyl Wrapping [] Tar or Asphalt [~ Unknown .[] None J-I Other (describe): Cathodic Protection: ~] None [] Impressed Current System '1-] Sacrificial Anode Syste~ [] Uescribe System & Equipment: Leak Detecti.,oQ, Monitoring, mud Interception a. Tauk: [] Visual (vaulted tanks only) [] Groundwater Monitoring Well{s) [] Vadose Zone Monitoring Well{s) U-Tube Without Liner [] U-Tube with Compatible Liner Blrecting Flow To Monitoring Wellis)~ [] Vapor Detector *F'] Liquid Level Sensor ~ ~ Conductivity Sensor* ~~Sensor In Annular Space Of Oouble Wall Tank ~ vacuum ~ Liquid Retrieval & Inspection From U-Tube, Monitoring Well Or Annular Space ~ Daily Gauging &inventovy Reconciliation ~ Periodic Tightness Testing ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other b. Piping: ~ Flow-Restricting Leak Detectorts) For Pressurized Piping' ~ Monitoring Sump With Raceway ~ Sealed Concrete Raceway ~ Half-Cut Compatible Pipe Raceway ~Synthetic Liner Raceway ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other *Describe Make & Model: Red Jacke~ PL~ [] Yes [] Unknown 8. Tank Tightness Has This Tank Been Tightness Tested? Date Of Last Tightness Test ,Test Name 9. Tank Repair Tank Repaired? ~] Yes [-] No Dateis) Of Repairis) I--I No [] Unknown Results Of Test Testing Company ID. over£ill Protection [] Operator Fills, Controls, & Visually Monitors Level ~] Tape Float Gauge r~l Float Vent Valves ~] Auto Shut-Off Controls [-] Capacitauce Sensor [~ Sealed Fill Box [] None r'] Unknown [~] Otl~er: List Make & Model For Above Devices Emco Wheaton float vent valves #A79-001 ~mco,Wheaton AIOO3 overfill box 11. Piping a. Underground Piping: ~ Yes r'] No [] Bnknown Material fiberslnss Thickness (inci~es) Diamete:r --~ 'Manufacturer A.O. Smith ~ Pressure {-]Suction ~] Gravity A~proximate Length Of Pipe Run lO0' b. Uuderarouud Piping Corrosion Protection: [] ~alvauized [] Fiberglass-Clad [] Impressed Current [-] Sacrificial Anode [] I'olyethyle,e Wrap [] RlecLrical Isolation ['] Vinyl Wrap [~Tar or Asphalt ~] Unknow,~ [] None ~ Other (describe): Fihercln~ c. Underarou,d Piping, Secondary Containment: [~ l),)ublt~-Wa)] .~ Synthetic l, iuer gv~t~m r'l ~-~ r'~ ,,.., 11. Unleaded (FILL O__Ujlj ~I']I'ARh., FOR/4 FOR EACil TANK) 1. Tank is: .~ Vaulted ~ Non-VauLted ~ Double-Wall ~ 2. Tank Material Carbon Steel ~ Stainless Steel ~ Polyvlnyl Chloride ~ Fiberglass-Clad Scee Fiberglass-~el~forced Plastic [~ Concrete ~ Alumlnua ~ Bronze Other (describe): Doublewa~l*vacuum monitor ~osJer Brothers) 3. Primarv Containment Uote Installed Thickness (Inches) Capaclty (Gallons) Nmmfuc~urer ~" 12m Hosier 4. Tuna Secondary Cqiltainment ~ Double-Wall ~ Synthetic Liner [~ Lined Vault ~ None ~ U~o~n ~ OChe~ (describe): Neoufac~urer: Haterial Thickness (Inches) Capacity (Gals.) 5. Tank ln~e~io~ Llnin~ ~ Rubber ~ Alkyd ~ Epox~ ~ Phenolic ~ Bl~ss ~ CI~ ~ g~lined ~ Unknow~ ~ Other (describe): 6. Tank Corrosion Protection ~ Galvanized ~ FiberfflaSs-Clad ]~ Polyethylene ~rap ~ Vln~l ~rapping ~ Tar or Asphal~ ~ Unknown ~ None ~ Other (describe): Cathodic Pro~ection: ~ None ~ impressed Current S~stem '~ Sacrificial Anode ~ Describe System & Equipment: 7. Leak Detection, Honitoring, and Interception a. Taltk: ~ Visual {vaulted ~anks onll) ~ Groundwater Nonttoring ~e~l(s) ~ Vadose Zone ~onitoring ~el]{s) ~ U-Tube ~ithout Liner ~ U-Tube with Compatible Liner Directing Flow To ~onitorlng ~ Vapor Detector *~ Liquid Level Sensor* ~ ConductivttV Sensor* ~ ~ Sensor In Annular Space Of Double ~all Tank * vacuum ~ Liquid Retrieval & Inspection lrom U-Tube, Honitoring ~ell 0r Annular Space .~ Oail~ Gauging A Inventory Reconciliation ~ Periodic Tightness Testing ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other b. Piping: ~ Flo~-gestricting Leak Detector(s) For Pressurized Piping* ~ ~onitoring Sump ~ith Racewa~ ~ Sealed Concrete Race~ay ~ ~alf-Cut Compatible Pipe Raceway ~ Synthetic Liner Raceway ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other · Describe ~ake & ~odel:. Red 3acket 8. Tank Tightness Has This Tank Been Tightness Tested? Date Of Last Tightness Test Test Name 9. Tank Repair Tank Repaired? [] Yes ~] No Uateis) Of Repair(s) l)escribe Repairs Yes [-] Unknown [] No I'] Unknown Results Of Test Testing Company 10. Overfill Protection [] Operator Fills. controls, & Visually Monitors Level [-] Tape Float Gauge [] Float Vent Valves [] Auto Shut-Off Controls [] Capacitance Sensor ~ Sealed ~111 Box [:] None [-] Unknown ~ Uther: List Make & Model For Above Devices Emro ~heaton float vent valves t/A79-001 ~mco Wheat0n A]003 overfill box 11. Piping a. Underground Piping: ~ Yes ~ No ~ B~nown M~ertal flberolass Thickness (inches) Diameter ~ Manufacturer A.0. ~mi~h ~ Pressure ~ Suction ~ Gravity A~proxlmate Length Of Pipe Run 100' b. Underground Piping Corrosion Protection: ~ 6uJvauized ~ Fiberglass-Clad ~ Impressed Current ~ Sacrificial Anode ~ I'oiyeti~yleue Wrap ~ Electrical Isolation ~ Vinyl Wrap ~Tar or Asphalt ~ Ilnkuowu ~ None ~ Otlter {describe): Fiheroln~ c. U.derground Piping, Secondary Containment: FUR ~A~;~['S~C'I'IUN, CllECK ALL AI~PRUPIIIATE BOXES 1. Ta~k is: El Vaulted El. Non-Vaulted ~] Double-Nail [] SL~gle-~11 2, Tank M~Le~;ial Carbou Steel ~ Stainless Steel ~ Polyvla~J ChJo~'ide ~ ~lbecglass-Clad Stee Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic ~ Concrete ~ Aluminum ..~ Bronze ~ Unknown Other {describe): Doublewall vacuum monitor ~osier BrotHers) 3. Primary Containment Date l~t~talled Thicknes~ ([u~lm~) Cagmcity ~" 12m Ho~ier ~. :l:~nk Secondary Cqntain~ent ' ' ~ Double-Wall ~ Symthetic Liner ~ Lined Vault ~ No~e ~ U~o~a ~ Other (describe): Nanufac~urer: M~terial Thicknee~s (tnclms) Capacity (Gals.) 5. 'Tank Interior ~ Rubbe~ ~ Alkyd ~ Epoxy ~ Phenolic ~ Glass ~ Clay ~ Unlined ~ Unknot, ~ Other (describe): 6. Tal~k Corrosion P~otection ~ Galvunized ~ Fiberglass-Clud ~'Polyethylene ~ap ~ VAnyl Mrapping ~ Tar or Asphalt ~ Uaknowu ~ None ~ Other (describe): Cathodic Protection: ~ Noim *~ Impressed Current $~stem '~ Sacrificial Anode S~tu~ ~ Describe System & gquipmeltt: . , ~. Lc~k OetectJ. ul),, Monitoring, ~ ~terceutiun a. Tank: ~ Visual tvaulted tanks only) ~ Gro~d~ate~ Noaltoclng ~ell~s) ~ Vadose Zone Monitoring Well(s) ~' U-Tube ~lthout Liner ~ U-Tube with Compatible :Limer Directing ~1o~ To Hom[~oring Well(s)' ~ Vupor Detector *~ biquid Level Sensor* ~ Conductlvl~ Sensor* ~~ Sensor [u Annular Space Of Double Wall Tank* vacuum ~ Liquid Retrieval & Ii~spectlo:~ Fros U-Tube, Monitoring ~ell Or Annular Space ~ Daily Gauging & Inventory Reconciliation ~ Periodic Tightness Testing ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Othe:t' b. Piping: ~ Flow-Restricting beak Detector(s) For Pressurized Plp~ng* ~ Monitoring Sump Nith Racewa~ ~ Sealed Concrete Race~a~ ~ Half-Cut Compatible Plpe Race~a~ ~ S~nLhet~c Llner Race~a~ ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Othec *Describe Make & Model:. Red O~cke~ PLD . 8. Tank Tight,mss Has This Tank Been Tightness Tested? ~ Yes ~ No ~ Unknown Date Of Last Tightness Test , Results Of Test' Test Name Testing Company 9. TRmk Reps,ir T~nk Repaired? ~ Yes ~ No ~ Daters) Of Repair{s) 10, Uve~fill Protection ~ Opez'utur Fills, Controls, & Visually Honitor~ Level ~ Tape Float .Gauge ~ Float Vent Valves ~ Auto Shut-Off Controls ~ Cupacita~ce Sensor ~ Sealed ~ill Box ~ None ~ Unknown ~ uther: List Make & ~odel Eot Above Devlces Emro Wheatom float vent 'valves #A79-001 ~mco ~heaton AlO0~ overfill box a. Underground Piping: ~ Yes ~ No ~ U~no~n Nmterlal fiberglass ' Th i ckness* ( inches ) Diameter ~ ~anufacturer ~. O. Smi th ~ Pressure ~ Sucti~u ~ Gravity Approximate Length Of Pipe Run ~00' b U,det'~rou~d Piping Corrosion Prot~ection: ~ ~lJva.iz~d ~ Fiberglass-Clad ~ [mp~e8sed Current ~ S~cr~icl~l Anode ~ I'uJyethyleue ~rap ~ Rlect~ica~ isolation ~ Vinyl ~rap ~Tar.or Asphalt Under,Pound Pil)inE. Secondary Containment: 2700 M Street Bakersfield, Calilornia Mailing Address: 1415 Truxtun Avenue Bakersfield, California 93301 (805) 861-3636 KERN COUNTY HEALTH DE~ ' RT~!NT ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DIVISION HEALTH OFFICER Leon M Hebertson, M.D. DIRECTOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH Vernon S. Reichard To: Permit Applicant Date June 17~ 1988 Cai-Valley Co. 3500 Gilmore Avenue Bakersfield[, CA 93308 --- Attn: Mike Lane This department has reviewed the application and plans submitted' for the underground' storage facility located at "H" and 23rd Street, Bakersfield. Based on this review, your application has been denied for the reasons listed on the attached Permit Application Checklist. We are returning a copy of the original permit application and plans. After making required corrections and/or modifications, the application may be resubmitted for review. If you have any questions regarding our requirements please call Bill Scheide at (805) 861-3636. DISTRICT OFFICES Delano · Lamont · La~<~ !)ella · Mojave · Ridgecrest · Shafter · Tal=t Permit Application Checklist Application/Category: %/ Standard Design (Secondary Containment) Motor Vehicle Fuel Exemption Design (Non-Secondary Containment) Approved Permit Application Form ]?roperly Completed Def,~cl.encles: /o /'~.~ Z~t,/' ~~&/j~¢ $,~ 3 Copies of Plot Plan Depicting: Property lines Area encompassed 'by minimum 100 'foot radius aro'und tank(s) and piping All tank(s) iden~i'fie~~ by a number and product to b~ stored Adequate scale (minimum 1"=16'0" in detail) /~.,// occ~.D~-/~'=Zo' r North arrow ' All structures within 50 foot radius of tank(s) and pi~ng Location and labeling of all. product piping and dispenser · . t.~.,.~t '. islands /fn~Y'C /nPD · Environmental sensitivity data includ'ing: *Depth to first groundwater at site *Any domestic or agricultural water well within,100 feet of tank(s) and piping *Any surface water in unlined conveyance within 100 feet of tank(s) and piping *All utility lines within 25 feet of tank(s) and piping (telephone, electrical, water, sewage, gas, leach lines, seepage pits, drainage systems) *Asterisked items: appropriate documentation if permittee seeks a motor vehicle fuel exe~pt£6n from secondary containment Comments: Appro.ved _3 Copie~ ...... of Construction Drawings. Depictin.,~:- Side View of Tank Installation with Backfflll, Raceway(s), . Sec. ondary Containment and/or Leak Monitoring System in .Place TOp View of Tan~ InStallation With Raceway(s), Second.ry. Containment and/or Leak Monitorin~ System in Place A ~a~erials Lis~ (indicating ~hose used in ~he construction): Backfill Tank(s) product Pi~ing Raceway(s) Sealer'(s) Secondary Containment Le'a'k Detector ('s) /Z/~/~' Overfill Protectio'n .... Gas or Vapor Detector(s) Sump(s) Monitoring Well(s) Additional: Documentation of Product Performance Reviewed By _~_~~_~_~ Date SITE INSPECTION: Comments: Approved Disapproved Inspector Date App[ic,'tion Date __. sfi/, CA 9~05 ( APPLICATION FOR PERMIT 'FO OPERATE UNDERGROUND · ' H~RDOUS SUBSTANCES S~E FACILI~ T~ of Applicati'on (check): ~Ne~ Facility ~ification of Facility ~i'sti~ Facility ~ansfer of ~ership ~ergency 24-~ur Contact (n~e, area c~e, ~one): ~ (805) ~Z~_7QQ~ Nights ==m= -- " Facility Na~ NiagagaCar Wash --~. of T~ks ] ~ of B~iness (check): .~'~li'ne S~ti%Jn ~er (de~ri~) Carwash Is Tank(s) ~cat~ on ~ ~ricultural Fa~? ~Y~ ~ Is Tank(s) Us~ Pri~rily for ~ricultural [~r~ses? ~Yes ~ Facility Add~e~ H & 25rd Street, Bakersfield, CA Nearest Cro~ St. 2~th Street T R '' 'SEC (R~a]. ~atlOns ~ly) ~er ~rank Hobin Con.ct ~r~ ~rank Hobin ~dress 1701 5tine Roadt 8akersfieldt,CZJLp 9~]09 ~le~e ("805~ 8~1-7998 O~rator same Con.ct ~r~ same ~dress same Zip -- Tele~one same Water to Facility Provided by 'California Water Depth to' Groundwater 110' Soil Characteristics' at Facility Sandy Loam Basis for Soil ~ and Groundwater Depth ~terminations K.e~'iC°untY 'Water AgenCy Contractor Ca~,~Valle¥ ,Equipment Co. CA Contractor's License No'. 447797 Address 3500 Gilmore' Ave.~ Bakersf~'eldtCZiP 93308 Telep~l~e (805) 327-9341- Proposed star~i'~ Date 6-1-88 Proposed C~pletion l~ste 12~-8~' Worker's C~pensatio~ C~rtift6ati~ J 45'1970-87 Insure~State Fund D. If This Permit Is For Modification Of An Existing Facility, Briefly Describe Modificatioas Proposed Tank(s) Store (check all that apply): Tank J Waste product Motor Vehicle ~-ue1 ,, 2 [] O' IZ) 3-- [] [] [] [] [] [] [] ri Unleaded Regular Premium Diesel Waste Chemical Composition of Materials Stored (~t necessary for motor vehicle fuels) Tank ~ Chemical Stored (nc~%-co~m~ercial ~e) C~ ~ (if kno~) Chemical Previously Stored (if different) Ge Transfer of Ownership Date of ~-~nsfer Previous Factlity Name I, modify or terminate the Prt~ious Owner accept fully all obligat'fons of Permit No. issued to · I understand that the Permitting Authority may review and transfer of ~he Permit to Operate this ~gderground storage facility upon receiving this completed foe. This form has been completed under penalty of true and correct. perjury and to the best of my knowledge is Title ,~'¢LJ~ EC~ -Date ~'- H. i..T~,nk i__~s: [] Vaulied [] Non-Vaulted ~ Double-Wail [] Single-Wall P. Tank MateriaJ ~ Carbon Steel [] Stainless Steel ~ Pol~ui~l' Chloride ~ Fibe~lass-glad Steel ~ FibeFzlass-Reinforced Plastic [] Concrete ~ Aluminum ~ B~onze ~ Unknown ~ Othe~ (describe): Doublewall vacuum monitor ~os~er Brothers) ' 8. Primary Containment - Date Installed Thickness (Inches) capacity (Gallons) ~anufacture~ ~ 12m Mosier 4. Tank Seconda]-~ Containment ~ Double-Wall ~ Synthetic Llner [] Llned Vault ~ None ~ Un~own ~. Other (describe): ~anufacturer: ~aterial Thickuess (inches) Capacity (Gals.) 5. 'Tank In~erior Lining ~ 'Rubbe~ ~ Alkyd ~ fgoxy ~ Ph~noIic ~ glas~ ~ Clay ~ Unlined ~ UnknowJJ ~ Other (describe): 6. Tank Corrosion Pro~ection - ~ 6aLvanized ~ Fiberglass-Clad ~] Polyethylene W~ap ~ Vlnll ~rapping ~ Tar o~ Asphalt ~ Unknown ~ None ~ Other (describe): Cathodic Protection: ~ None .~ Impressed Current System ~ Sacrificial Anode System ~ Describe Syste~ ~ gquip~enL: ?. Leak De,oct.ion, HoniLoring, and Interception a. Tank: ~ Visual (vaulted tanks only) ~ Groundwater ~onitoring ~eil(s) ~ Vadose Zone ~onitoring ~ell(s) ~ g-Tube ~ithout Liner ~ U-Tube ~i~h Compatible Liner I)irecting FIo~ To ~onitoriag ~ell(s)* ~ Vapor Detector *~ ~iquid hew~l Sensor* ~ Conductivit~ Sensor* ~~ Sensor In Annular Space Of Double ~all Tank* vacuum ~ Liquid Retrieval & Insgection F~om U-Tube, ~anito~ing ~elI Or Annular Space ~ [)aily gauging ~ Inventory ~econciliation ~ ~e~iodic Tightness Testing ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other b. Piping: ~ Flo~-Res~ricting ~eak Detector(s) Fo~ P~es~urized Piping* ~ ~onitoring Sump ~ith Race~ay ~ Sealed Concrete Race,ay ~'Half-Cu~ Compatible Pipe Raceway ~ S~athetic Liner Raceway ~ None [] Unknown [] Other *Describe Make & Model: Red Jacket P. LD 8. Tank 'rightness Has This 'rank Been Tightness Tested9 [] Yes Date Of Last Tightness Test Test Name 9. Tank Repair Tank Repaired? [] Yes [] No [] Unknown Date(s) Of Repair(s) Describe Repairs [] No [] Unknown Results Of Test Testing Company lO. Overfill ProLection [] Operator Fills, Controls, & Visually Monitors Level [~ Tape' Float Gauge [] Float Vent Valves [-] Auto Shut-Off Controls [] Capacitance Sensor [~ Sealed Fill Box ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Uther: List ~ake · ~odel Fo~ Above Devices. 5mco Wheaton float vent valves #A79-001 ~mco Wheaton A100~ overfill box 11. Piping a. Underground Piping: ~ Yes ~] No ~ Unknown Material fiberglass . Thickness (inches) Diameter Manufacturer A.,O. Smith ~ Pressure ~ Suction ~ Gravity Approximate Length Of Pipe Run 100' b. Underground Piping Corrosion Protection: ~ Galvanized ~ Fiberglass-Clad ~ Impressed Current ~ Sacrificial Anode ~ Polyethylene Wrap ~ Electrical Isolation ~ Vinyl Wrap ~ Tar or Asphalt ~ Unknow,~ ~ None ~ Otiler (describe): Fibergl~ c. Underground Pil)ing, Secondary Containment: [~J l)(nd)'lu-Wall ~ Synthetic Liner System ~ None' ~ Unknown [~ Other (describe): 'K_ -~?'A~ [ F 1 LL OUT SErA E FOR EACII 'rANK) t;ll SECTION, CII, ECK ALL API)ROPRIATE BOXES 1. Tan___~k _is: ['] Vau'lted [] Non-Vaulted ~ Oouble-Waii [] Single-Wail ?. Tank Material [] Ca,'bun Steel [] Stainiess Stmel ~ Pol~v~n~l Chloride ~ FtberMlass-Clad'SteeJ Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic ~ Con~rete ~ Aluminum ~ Bronze ~ Unknown Other (desoribe): Dooblewall vacuom monitor ~osJer Bro[h~rs) ~. Primary Containment Date Installed Thickness ~Inches) C~pacit~ ~Gallons) Manufacturer x" 12m Mosier 4. Tank Secondary Containment ~ Double-Wall ~ Synthetic Liner ~[ Lined Vault ~ None ~ On~own ~ Other (describe): M~nufacturer: Material Thickness {inches) Capacity (Gals.) 5. 'Tank lnterior Lining ~ ~Rubber ~ Alkyd ~ fpox~ ~ Phenolic ~ Glass ~ Clay ~ Unlined ~ Unknown ~ Othe~ (describe): 6. Tank Corrosion Protection ~ Galvanized ~ Fiberglass-Clad. ~] Polyethylene ~rap ~ Vinyl ~rapping ~ Tar De Asphalt ~ Unknown ~ None ~ Other (describe): Cathodic Protection: ~ None ~ l~pressed Current S~stem ~ Sacrificial Anode S~stem ~ Describe System & Equipment:~ 7. Leak Detection, Monitoring, and Intercuption a. Tank: ~ Visual (vaulted tanks only) ~ .Groundwater Monitoring ~ell(s) ~ Vadose Zone MonitorJn~ ~ell(s) ~ U-Tube ~ithout Liner ~ U-Tube with Compatible Liner Oirecting Flow To Monitoring ~ell(s)* ~ Vapor Detector *~ Liquid Level Sensor* ~ Conduc~ivit~ Sensor* ~~ Sensor In Annular Space Of Double Wall Tank* vacuum ~ Liquid Retrieval & Inspection From U-Tube, Monitoring ~ell Or Annular Space ~ [)ally Gauging & inventory Reconciliation ~ Periodic Tightness Testing ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other b. PipinR: ~ Flow-Restricting Leak Detector{s) For Pressurized Piping* ~ Monitoring Sump ~ith Raceway ~ Sealed Concrete Raceway ~ Half-Cut Compatible Pipe Raceway ~ Synthetic Liner Raceway ~ None [] Unknown [] Otl~er *Describe Make & Model: Red Jacket PLD. 8. Tan.k. Tightness llas This Tank Been Tightness Tested? [~ Yes Date Of Last Tightness Test 'rest Name 9. Tank Repair Tank Repair'ed? [~] Yes ~ No ~ Unkuown Date(s} Of Repair(s) Describe Repairs No [] Unknown Results Of Test Test'ing Company it}. Overfill Protection CJ Operator Fills, Controls, & Visua]lly Monitors Level [] Tape Float Gauge FX] Float Vent Valves ~ Auto Shut-Off Controls ~ Capacitance Sensor ~ Sealed Fill Box ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other: .List Make & Model For Above Devices Emco ~heaton float vent valves #A79-001 ~mco ~heaton A1003 ov~fil~ 11. P~p~n~ a. Underground Piping: ~ Yes [~ No ~ Unknown Material Thickness (inches) Diameter Manufacturer A,O, Smith ,, ~ Pressure, ~ Suction ~ Gravity Approximate Length Of Pipe Run 3RO' h, UnderEround Piping Corrosion Protection: ~ Ualvanized ~ Fiberglass-Clad ~ Impressed Current ~ Sacrificial Anode ~ I'olyethylene Wrap ~ Electrical Isolation ~ Vinyl Wrap ~Tar or Asphalt C] Unknow. ~ None ~ Other (describe) ,:. Umierground Piping, Secondary Containment: ~-} l),,nble--Wn{] ~ Svn-thetic I. ir,~.r System ~ None ~ Unknown ,{ ~ I}l.{~er [describe): 3 ([:[LL,~OUT ~E['/~ .E FOR F__.ACi[ 'rANK) FUll EAt;li SECTION. UIIECK ALL AI)PRUPR1ATE BOXES il. 1. Tank is: [~] vat'Ired [] Non-Vaulted ~] Double-Wail r'] Single-Wall 2. Tank ~laterial .'. - [~] Carbon Ste'el ~ Stainless Stee]L ~ Polyvinyl Chloride ~ Flberglass-Cl~d Steel ~ Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic J~ Concrete ~ Aluminum ~ Bronze ~ Unknown ~ Other '(describe): Doublewmll vacuum monitor ~osier'Broth~rs) 3. PPimary Containment Date installed Thickness (Inches) Capacity {Gallons) Manufacturer ~ 12m Hos i e r 4. Tank Secondary Containment ~ Double-Wall ~ Synthetic Liner {~ Lined Vault ~ None ~ ' ~ Other (describe): Manufacturer: ~aterial Thickness {Inches) Capacity {Gals.) 5. 'Tank Interior Lini~ ~' Rubber ~ Alkyd ~ Epoxy ~ Phenolic ~ Glass ~ Clay ~ Unlined ~ ~ Other (describe): 6. Tank Corrosion Protection ~ Galvanized ~ Fiberglass-Clad ~ Polyethylene Wrap ~ Vinyl Wrapping ~ Tar or Asphalt ~ Unknomi ~ None ~ Other (describe): Cathodic Protection: ~ None ~ Impressed Current System ~ Sacrificial Anode ~ Describe System & Equipment: 7. Leak Detection. Monitoring, and Interception a. Tank: ~ Visual (vaulted tanks only) ~ Groundwater Monitoring Well(~) ~ Vudose Zone ~onitorinE Well(s) ~ U-Tube Without Liner ~ U-Tube with Compatible Liner Directing Flo~ To Monitoring Well(s)* ~ Vapor Detector *~ Liquid Level Sensor* ~ Conductivity Sensor* ~~ Sensor tn Annular Space Of Double Wall Tank * vacuum ~ Liquid Retrieval & Inspection From U-Tube. Monitoring Well Or Annular Space ~ Daily Gauging & Inventory Reconciliation ~ Periodic Tightness Testin~ ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other b. Piping: ~ Flo~-Restricting Leak Detector(s} For Pressurized Piping* ~ ~onitorlng Sump With ,Raceway ~ Sealed Concrete Raceway ~ Half-Cut Compatible Pipe Raceway ~ Synthetic Liner Raceway ~ None ~ Unknown ~ Other · Describe ~ake & ~odel: Red ~cke~ PLD 8, 'Funk TiKhtness llas This 'rank Been Tightness Tested? Date Of Last Tightness Test Test Name 9. Tank Repair 'rank Repaired? {-'] Yes [] No Date(s) Of Repair(s) Describe Repairs Yes No I-] Unknown Results Of Test Testing Company [] Unknown lO. Overfill ProLection [] Operator Fills. Controls, & Visually Monitors Level [] Tape Float Gauge [] Float Vent Valves [] Auto Shut-Off' Controls [] Capacitance Sensor [~ Sealed Fill Box .~ None [] Unknown [] Other: List. Make & Model For Above Devices' Emco Wheaton Float vent- valves #A79-001 [~mco Wheaton A1005 overfill box 11. a. Underground Piping: ~ Yes J~ No ~ Unknown Material Thickness (inches) Diameter ~anufacturer A,~, Smi[l~ ~ I'ressure ~ Suction ~ Grnvity Approxin~ate Length Of Pipe Run h. U~ulcrl{roulid Pipillg Corrosion Protection: ~ t;aJvanized ~ Fiberglass-Clad ~ Impressed Current ~ Sacrificial Anode ~ I'olyethylene WI'iII) ~ ElecLc.Lcal Isolation ~ Vinyl Wrap ~ Tar or ~ tlnkuown ~ None ~ Other (describe): ,'. [Jllt~t't'~'.l'OttlH{ l'i])in~, S~COllt[nl'y Coni:ainment: (-J I)()l)l)Ju .Wall ~ Syuthetic Liner System ~ None ~ UIikllowll Renfro. Russell & Associates, Inc. Architecture · Engineer!ng * Intedor Design/Space Planning TRANSMITTAL TO: A'I-rN: PROJECT: Kern County Health Department Environmental Health 2700 "M" Street Bakersfield, California 93301 Brenda Knight NIAGARA CARWASH - 23rd & "H" STREETS DATE: May 17, 1988 WE ARE FORWARDING HEREWITH THE FOLLOWING: X Prints Preliminary Drawings Schematics Working Drawings' Specifications Estimate Samples Shop Drawings Copies Other THESE ARE FOR: X Your use X Your approval X Your review X As requested 2 - Complete sets of Construction Documents including Specifications (Set numbers 16 Your comment Other & 17) REMARKS: '" ' ......... COPIES TO: T~ W. ~ston, ~IA 4800 Stockdale Highway, Suite 304, Bakersfield, California 93309 (805) 327-7075 PROJECT MANUAL including Specifications for Construction of NIAGARA CAR WASH "H" & 23RD STREETS BAKERSFIELD, CALIFORNIA Prepared by RENFRO-RUSSELLAND ASSOCIATES, INC. Architects and Planners 4800 Stockdale Hwy., Suite 304 Bakersfield, California 93309 Architect's Project Number 87-2319 Date of Issue: May 11, 1988 COVER PAGE 00001-1 Owner: Architects: Soils Engineer: Civil Engineer: Structural Engineer: Mechanical Engineer: Electrical Engineer: Car Wash Systems: PROJECT DIRECTORY Niagara Car Wash 1701 Stine Road Bakersfield, CA 93309 (805) ;831-7998 Attn: Frank Hobin Renfro-Russell & Associates, Inc. 4800 Stockdale Hwy., Suite 304 Bakersfield, California 93309 (805) 327-7075 Attn: Tommy W. Preston, AIA Moore & Taber 5620 District Boulevard, Bakersfield, California (805) 833-1743 Attn: David Pearson Suite 103 93313 Alta Engineering Hughes Surveying 218 South #H# Street Bakersfield, California (805) 834-1492 Attn: Wiley D. Hughes 93304 Hillman, Biddison & Loevenguth 1541 Wilshire Boulevard,' Suite 508 Los Angeles, California 90017 (213) 413-5313 Attn: Minoru Ikeda John Frank Mitchell, Inc. 4644 West Jennifer, Suite 107 Fresno, California 93722 (209) 275-3399 Attn: Frank Mitchell Eugene Wu 337 N.. Blackstone Avenue Fresno, California 93701 (209) 264-4681 Attn: Eugene Wu Hanna Car Wash Systems 3210 Valhalla Drive Burbank, California 91505 (818) 845-1711 Attn: Andy Murillo TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS: Cover Page Directory Table of Contents Sub-Contractor List General Conditions AIA Supplementary Conditions Agreement for Construction Performance Bond Labor and Materials Bond Guarantee Pages I only · i only I - i - 2 i - 2 I - 2 I - 2 i only DIVISION i -GENERAL REQUIREME}~.rS: 01010 01045 01153 01340 01410 01500 01640 01700 01710 01720 01730 Special InstruCtions Cutting & Patching Change Order Procedure Submittals and S~bstitutions Testing Laborato:~y Services Temporary Facili~=ies and Controls Product Handling Contract Closeou~ Cleaning Project Record Documents Operation and Maintenance Data I - 3 i - 3 i - 4 i - 4 1 - 6 i - 3 I - 2 i - 3 I - 4 I - 5 1 - 3 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK: 02010 02220 02281 02441 02490 02513 02515 Subsurface Investigation Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Termite Control Irrigation Syst~ Trees, Plants and Ground Cover Asphaltic Concrete Paving Portland Cement Concrete Paving I only i - 9 i - 3 i - 7 1 - 6 1 - 5 1 - 5 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE: · 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1 - 9 1 DIVISION 4 -'MASONRY: 04220 Concrete Unit'.Masonry 1 - 6 DIVISION 5 - METALS: 05120 Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 1-4 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS:: .06100 06151 06200 06240 06400 Rough Carpentry Prefabricated Wood Chord Joists Finish Carpentry Laminated PlastJ.c Architectural Woodwork i - 3 i -'3 i - 2 1 - 6 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOIST~E PROTECTION: 07210 07511 07511-A1 07600 07830 07850 07920 Building Insulation Bituminous Roofing Certificate of Maintenance Agreement Flashing and Sheet Metal Roof Hatches Prefinished Panels Sealants and Calking i - 2 i - 7 i only i - 4 i - 2 i - 3 i - 6 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS: 08100 08211 08341 08410 08710 08800 Metal Doors and Frames Flush Wood Doors Overhead Coiling Grilles Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts Finish Hardware Glazing ~ I - 4 I - 4 i - 3 i - 4 i - 9 i - 5 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES: 09210 09260 09310 09510 09513 09665 09680 09900 09990 Gypsum Plaster Gypsum Wallboard System Ceramic Tile Suspended Ceilings Metal Ceiling Systems Resiliant Sheet Flooring Carpeting Painting Material Color Selections 1 - 5 i - 6 I - 5 I - 3 i - 4 I -4 I - 4 I - 12 i - 2 2 DIVISION 10 --'SPECIALTIES: 10162 10400 10800 10900 Metal Toilet Partitions Identifying Devices Toilet Room Accessories Miscellaneous i - 3 i - 3 i - 3 i - 3 DIVISION 11 - NOT USED DIVISION 12 - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - NOT USED DIVISION 14 - NOT USED DMSION 15 - MECHANICAL: 15100 15400 15800 General Mechanical Requirements Plumbing Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning i - 12 i - 14 I - 14 DIVISION 16 - ET.RCTRICAL 16400 Electrical i - 13 TO: e 00430 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING hereinafter called "Owner" Pursuant to bidding, requirements for the Work titled: NIAGARA CARWASH, "H" & 23rd Streets for portions of the Work equaling or exceeding 1/2 of 1% of the total proposed Contract Sum the undersigned proposes to use the following subcontractors. Except as otherwise approved by the Owner, the undersigned proposes to perform all other portions of the Work with his own forces. Portion of the Work: Subcontractor name and address: .01 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00430-1 USE ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF REQUIRED PROVIDE SIGNATURE IDENTICAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE BID FORM BIDDER: by END OF SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING · 01 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00430-2 NIAGRA CARI~ASH 2301 !t STREET ! 60040C · Complete items 1, 2, and 3. Also complete item 4 if Restricted Delivery is desired. · Print your name and address on the reverse so that we can return the card to you. · Attach this card to the back of the mailplece, or on the froE~ If space permits. 1. A~ti¢le Addressed to: [] Agent ;1( [] Addressee ~. ~ecelved by (Printed Name) ~ C. Date of Delivery [:% Is delivery address different from item 17 [] Yes If YES, enter delivery address below: [] No NIAGRA CAR WASH 2301 H STREET " .] 3. Service Type BAKERSFIELD CA 93301 | ~Certified Mail ~-- - / I"1 Registered .................. J [ [] Insured Mall I4. Restricted Delivery? (Extra Fee) [] Express Mail [] Return Receipt for Merchandise [] C.O.D. [] Yes 2. Article Number (Transfer from service /abel) 7002 3150 0004 9985 4438 PS Form 3811, August 2001 Domestic Return Receipt 102595-02-M-1546 | ©FF C AL USE I~tage Certified Fee Retum Reclept ~ee (Endorsement Requl ~rr~ Rest~cted Delivery Fee (Endorsement Required) Total Postage 8"--~- Postmark Here NIAGRA CAR WASH 2301 H STREET BAKERSFIELD CA 93301 D September 8, 2003 FIRE CHIEF R, ON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 UH" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 · FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · ENV'.RONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Che,~ter Ave. Bakersfield, ICA 93301 VOICE (661) 32~-3979 FAX (661) 326:0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Avi~. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326:0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagra Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 CERTIFIED MAIL REMINDER NOTICE Re: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirements December 31, 2003 Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner/Operator: A review of our files indiicate that you have been receiving quarterly reminders from April of 2002 to December 2002. Our files further sl~ow that since January of this year you have been receiving monthly reminders. The purpose of this letter is to remind you of the necessary retrofit of your fueling system. Current code requires that you install under dispenser containment pans prior to December 31, 2003. You will not be allowed to pump fuel after December 31, 2003 unless you. have completed the upgrade requirements. Contractors are already scheduling 8-10 weeks in advance. I urge you to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326-3190. Sincere/~ yours, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental ,Services SBU/db FACILITY NAME CITY OF BAKERSFIELD FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES UNIFIED PROGRAM INSPECTION CItECKLIST 1715 Chester Ave., 3ra Floor, Bakcrsticld, CA 93301 INSPECTION DATE Section 2: Underground Storage 'ranks Program Routine '~ Combined [~ Joint Agency [~ Multi-Agency_ ~ Complaint Type of Tank fia)lT-d~6 Number of Tanks ~ Type of Monitoring 3Tro Type of Piping /,{fy' Re-inspect/on OPERATION C V COMMENTS Proper tank data on file ~ / Proper owner/operator data on file ~ / Permit tees current Certification of Financial Responsibility Monitoring record adequate and current Maintenance records adequate and current Failure to correct prior UST violations Has there been an unauthorized release? Yes No Section 3: Aboveground Storage Tanks Progran~t TANK SIZE(S) AGGREGATE CAPACITY Type of Tank Number of Tanks OPERATION Y N COMMENTS SPCC available SPCC on file with OES Adequate secondary protection Proper tank placarding/labeling Is tank used to dispense MVF? If yes, Does tank have overfill/overspill protection'? C=C°mpliance fi V=Violation Y=Yes Inspector: ..& ~ Office of Environmental Services (661) 326-3979 N=NO While - Env. Svcs. F'ink - Business Copy UNIFIED PROGRAM INSPECTION CHi=CK:LIST SECTION 1 Business Plan and inventory Program B~kers~eld Fire Dept. Enironment~l Serv/ces 1715 Chester Ave Bakersfield, CA 93301 Tel: (661)326-3979 tFACILITY NAME I INSPECTION DATE '} INSPECTION TIME ..... ............................................. : ......................... ...... t .......................... ADDRESS tPHO E o. / No. of Employees ..... _~.~o~ "~._"_s~ ...... . ................................................................. ~:_~_~r .... 1 .... /~). FACILITYCONT~'CT IBusiness ID Number · ' ~ 15-021- / Section 1: Business Plan and Inven~r~ Program Routine '~ Combined ~ Joint Agency l'! Multi-Agency /~ Complaint ~ Re-inspection t( C=C°mpliance ~1 OPERATION ~, V=Violation APPROPRIATE PERMIT ON HAND BUSINESS PLAN CONTACT INFORMATION ACCU~TE CORRECT OCCUPANCY VERIFICATION OF INVENTORY MATERIALS VERIFICATION OF QUANTITIES VERIFICATION OF LOCATION PROPER SEGREGATION OF MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF ABATEMENT SUPPLIES AND PR~EDURES EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ADEQUATE F~a Pao~acr~o~ ANY HAZARDOUS WASTE ON SITE?: 'I~-YES ~ No ....... Inspect-or ............. ~adge N--~ .', ..................... ~y White - Environmental Sewices Yellow - Station Copy Pink~Business Copy ©~FF~C~AL USE. I~1 Postmmk ~ Retum Reclept Fee E~ (Endorsement Required) Here Restricted Delivery Fee (Endorsement Required) ITl Total Post~ge & Fees ~ July 8, 2003 CERTIFIED MAIL F;RE CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 21,~ "H" Street BakerSfield, CA 93301 VOICE~ (661) 326-3941 I FAX !i661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagra Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 REMINDER NOTICE Re: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirements December 31, 2003 Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner/Operator: A review of our files indicate that you have been receiving quarterly reminders from April of 2002 to December 2002. Our files further show that since January of this year you have been receiving monthly reminders. The purpose of this letter is to remind you of the necessary retrofit of your fueling system. Current code requires that you install under dispenser containment pans prior to December 31, 2003. You will not be allowed to pump fuel after December 31, 2003 unless you have completed the upgrade requirements. Contractors are already scheduling 8-10 weeks in advance..I urge you to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Should you have any questions, please feel free to call me at (661) 326-3190. Sincerely, Ralph Huey Director of Prey .~,~ tion Services By: Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SU:db D June 5, 2003 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 REMINDER NOTICE FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · ENV~RONM~.NTAJ. SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirements December 3 I, 2003 Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: A review of our files indicate that you have been receiving quarterly reminder notices since April of 2002. Effective January 2003, you can expect them monthly. The purpose of this letter is to remind you of the necessary retrofit of · your fueling system. Current code requires that you install dispenser pans prior to December 31, 2003. You will not be allowed to remain open after December 31, 2003 unless you have completed the upgrade requirement. Contractors are already scheduling work 6-8 weeks out. I urge you to start planning to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Services Office of Environmental Services SBU/rs D May 7, 2003 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1949 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · ENVIRONMENT/U. SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield. CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 REMINDER NOTICE RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirements December 31, 2003 Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: A Review of our files indicate that you have been receiving quarterly reminder notices since April of 2002. Effective January 2003, you can expect them monthly. The purpose of this letter is to remind you of the necessary retrofit of your fueling system. Current code requires that you install dispenser pans prior to December 31, 2003. You will not be allowed to remain open after December 31, 2003 unless you have completed the upgrade requirement. Contractors are already scheduling work 6-8 weeks out. I urge you to start planning to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc D April 10, 2003 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93,301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · ENVlRON~IENTN. SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBUC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Av~, Bakersfield, CA ~1 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 REMINDER NOTICE RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirements December 31, 2003 Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: A Review of our files indicate that you have been receiving quarterly reminder notices since Agril of 2002. Effective January 2003, you can expect them monthly. The purpose of this letter/is to remind you of the necessary retrofit of your fueling system. Cunent code requires that you install dispenser pans prior to December 31., 2003. You will not be allowed to remain open after December 31, 2003 unless you have completed the upgrade requirement. Contractors are already scheduling work 6-8 weeks out. I urge you to start planning to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc D March 5, 2003 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFE'I~ SEFRICES. ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakemfleld, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 REMINDER NOTICE RE: Deadline for Dislx:nser Pan Requirements December 31, 2003 Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: A Review of our files indicate that you have been receiving quarterly reminder notices since April of 2002. Effective January 2003, you can expect them monthly. The purpose of this letter iis to remind you of the necessary retrofit of your fueling system. Cunent code requires that you install dispenser pans prior to December 31[, 2003. You will not be allowed to remain open after December 31, 2003 unless you have completed the upgrade requirement. Contractors are already scheduling work 6-8 weeks out. I urge you to start planning to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental ~.,erv~ces SBU/dc February 3, 2003 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES * ENVIRONI~J/TAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield. CA 9~.'.~1 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Avb. Bakersfield, CA 93,.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 REMINDER NOTICE RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirements December 31, 2003 Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: A Review of our files indicate that you have been receiv!?g quarterly reminder notices since April of 2002. Effective January 2003, you can expect them monthly. The purpose of this letter is to remind you of the necessary retrofit of your fueling system. Current code requires that you install dispenser pans prior to December 31, 2003. You will not be allowed to remain open after December 31, 2003 unless you have completed the upgrade requirement. Contractors are already scheduling work 6-8 weeks out. I urge you to start planning to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc January 22, 2003 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFEW SERVICES · ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester A~;e. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA ~1 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-O576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagara car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 RE: Upgrade Certificate & Fill Tags Dear Owner/Operator: Effective January 1, 2003 Assembly Bill 2481 went into effect. This Bill deletes the requirement for an upgrade certificate of compliance (the blue sticker in your window) and the blue fill tag on your fill. You may, if you wish, have them posted or remove them. Fuel vendors have been notified of this change and will not deny fuel delivery for missing tags or certificates. Should you have any questions, please feel free to call me at 661- 326-3190. Sincerelyv/~~' xq Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc January 13, 2003 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 'H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1949 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · EIWIRONM~d~AL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Av~e. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-469Z FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirements December 31, 2003 REMINDER NOTICE Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: A review of our files indicates that you have been receiving quarterly reminder notices since April of 2002. The purpose of this letter is to remind you of the necessary retrofit of your fueling system. Current code requires that you install dispenser pans prior to December 31, 2003. I urge you to start planning to retrofit your facility as soon as possible. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661- 326-3190. Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc · : n~c ~o o~ os:o~a~ /%., ~, ~,~ / TO: ~'1 CCTT ~ CC: 8056870B83 p.1 FROM: r-,~.-~,,-ot.,_,~.., :., ~.. Coa~ Ta. nk Testing F'.,_.,_"" Box 2!55 20 O~ 09:0~a CCTT 80568?0883 Central Coast Tank Testing POST OFFICE BOX 2155 SANTA BARBARA, CA 93120 TEL 805.966.9915 FAX 805.687.0883 SB 989 TEST PROCEDURES The test procedures will follow one of three groups: 1) Manufacturer's, 2) Industry Standard or Code, and 3) Other engineered or third party evaluated standard or protocol. The logical hierarchy to which procedure used depends on whether it is a new installation site or existing site. With new installation sites the manufacturer's testing procedures applies unless the regulating agency allows any other procedure. With existing sites any procedure applies depending up on site evaluation at time of testing. Annular Testing Method The equipment to be used is NIST calibrated test gauges, Venturi vacuum pump, and/or UST 2001 acoustical ullage testing system. Manufacturer's test procedures Joor Plasteei Tanks Test Procedure. Summarized. Application is for PLASTEEL ELUTRON (jacketed) and PLASTEEL COMPOSITE. Assemble proper test apparatus.. Slowly apply vacuum to 10"Hg. After establishing a stable vacuum with no decrease for an hour, maintain and observe vacuum for an additional hour. If no loss is observed after this second hour test is complete. Declare pass. If loss is observed call manufacturer. Xerxes Test Procedure. Summarized. Check annular for vapor or liquid. If vapors/liquid are found, investigate the source and determine whether tank is leaking. [f tank is found to be leaking do not continue and contact manufacture, r. If no vapor or liquid is present gradually apply vacuum to 10"Hg and wait for stabilization. After wait reestablish vacuum to 10'Hg and start test. Test duration depends on size (less than 20K Iht, larger than 20k 2hrs.) If vacuum after test duration is above 8'Hg. and annular is dry declare pass. If less than 8"Hg repeat observations, test from 10e'Hg up to three more thnes. Declare fail if readings are still below 8'Hg and then call manufacturer. Containment Solutions Test Procedure. Summarized risc 09cOla CCTT 80568?0883 po5 The test procedure requires that a vacuum be established and held for a certain period of time depending on tank size. The test protocol includes an initial hold time with a maximum loss of 2"Hg. If the vacuum loss in this initial time is greater than 2"Hg, the vacuum is then observed for a longer period of time with a maximum loss of 4"Hg. This continuation is some times required for the. influences of temperature change and other variables.. Hold Time Tank Capacity Initial Hold Time 2"Hg drop Total Hold 4" Hg drop* Up to 15,000 gallons 45 minutes 1 3/4hrs 15,000 to 20000..gallons 1 3/4hrs 4 hours 20,000 to 30,000 gallons 2 3/4. hfs 6 1/4hfs 30,0{)0 to 50,000 gallons 4 3/4.hrs 10 3/4hfs *Total Hold time includes initial time Modern Weld Test Procedure. Summarized. Adopted the Steel Tank Institute Recommended Practice for Interstitial Tightness Testing of Steel Underground Secondary Containment Storage Tanks RP012.01 Considers the influence of groundwater on the outer wall and uses the NFPA 30 as it's primary basis. 1. Determine tank capacity and style of tank annular. (Type l, Type Il, or Jacketed). 2. Determine ground water influence. 3.Determine condition of annular. If liquid is found in the annular, further investigate and do not test. Identify if the liquid is water or product. 4. Check gauges and all test apparatus. Assemble apparatus to tank. 5. Slowly pull vacuum to 7"Hg or groundwater compensated vacuum. Allow for stabilization. 6. After stabilization observe .reading for one hour. If reading at the end of one hour is within l"Hg of 7"Hg (tanks not exposed to groundwater) or predetermined vacuum for tanks eXlX}sed to ground water then declare pass. Industry Standard or Code Applies to any annular (steel or fiberglass tar, ks - any design type.). NFPA30 Section 2.4.2.3 states "... The interstitial space (annulus) of such tanks shall be tested either hydrostatically or with ai:r pressure at 3-5 psig (gauger pressure of 20.6 to 34.5 kPa), by vacuum at 5.3 inches Hg (17.9kPa), or in accordance with the tank's listing or manufacturer's instruction. The pressure or vacuum shall be held for not less than one hour or for duration specified in the listing procedure for the tank. Care should be taken to ensure that the interstitial space is not over pressured or subject to excessive vacuum." 2 Dec 20 O~ 09:0la CCTT 80568?0883 Applies to any steel tank - design type. Steel Tank Institute Recommend~ Practice for Interstitial Tightness Testing of Steel Underground Secondary Containment Storage Tanks RP012.01 Considers the influence of groundwater on the outer wall and uses the NFP^ 30 as it's primary basis. 1. Determine tank capacity and style of tank annular. (Type l, Type II, or Jacketed). 2. Determine ground water influence. 3.Determine condition of annular. If liquid is found in the annular, further investigate and do not test. Identify if the liquid is water or product. 4. Check gauges and all test apparatus. Assemble apparatus to tank. 5. Slowly pull vacuum to 7"Hg or groundwater compensated vacuum. Allow for stabilization. 6. After stabilization observe reading for one hour. If reading at the end of one hour is within l"Hg of 7"Hg (tanks not exposed to groundwater) or predetermined vacuum for tanks exposed to ground water then declare pass. Southern California CUPA established testing guidelines. Refer to your own copy. General Test Procedure 1) Secure Work Area using caution tap(,', cones, or barricades, 2) Site preparation which includes gathering and verifying tank information such as product levels, water presences, burial depths, annular conditions, last delivery, and groundwater influence. Start the job/test log. 3) I~RTANT. Calculate all external and internal pressures applied to the secondary and primary portions of the tank. Equipment set up and verification of operation and safety to all equipment including seal off equipment and apparatus. 4) Pull a low rate of flow vacuum establishing manufacturer's recommended test vacuum. Allow for any necessary stabilization time per manufacturer's specifications or procedures 5) After any required stabilization time, proceed with the test. Note time and initial vacuum read. Observe incremental readings, 6) Obtain a final test vacuum reading. I)eclare Pass or Fail. Finished. 7) Release the vacuum slowly allowing ample time to establish stabilization. Disconnect vacuum lines. Remove test apparatus. 8) Restore the monitoring sensors and verify functional operation noting this in the test log. Other engineered or third party evaluatedl standard or protocol The testing method to be used to evaluate the annular portion of a tank is the UST 2001U (pressure and vacuum res0. The test equipment has been third party certified and listed 3 2O 02 09:0la CCTT 805G870883 as an approved method of leak detection in the State's Local Guidance Letters (LG-113). The method is a non-volumetric, qualitativ,~ tighmess test method. An acoustical signal to noise ratio preprogrammed into the computer, not adjustable by the operator is used to declare the space tight or not fight; pass or 'fail. The UST2001U is a computerized sonic te~,,'t system. Utilizing a sonic microphone and proprietary software, the 2001U digitally converts, processes, and analyzes sonic signals in order to identify leaks. A microphone is lowered into the empty space through the riser and all openings are sealed off. The microphone is linked to an amplifier that relays the signal to a computer equipped with a high .~;peed analog to digital converter. The operator verifies equipment operation and obtains a background signal prior to applying pressure or vacuum. One pound of negative pressure (vacuum) is applied. The operator obtains a test signal. A computer analysis of these two signals is performed. A leak produces an identifiable noise signature. If this noise signal is out of range a not tight or fail condition exists. A "not tight" declaration occurs when a substantial increase in the acoustic noise signal) is above the background signal (when the tank is under pressure or vacuum vs. when the umk not under pressure or vacuum). The advantage of this test method is only having to apply one psi (approx 2inHg) of vacuum to the annular. The chance of over evacuation of the annular is minimized; the need to stabilize the gauge readings after inducing additional stress is minimized or eliminated by comparing acoustical signals. The following annular test procedure is identical to test equipment manufacturer's ullage procedure except for the incremental stepping up of the vacuum pressure and 2.00psi vacuum final test (2x required) General Test Procedure 1) Secure work area using caution tape, cones, or barricades, Site preparation which includes gathering and verifying tank information such as product levels, water presences, burial depths, annular conditions, last delivery, and groundwater influence. Start the job/test log. 2) IMPORTANT. Calculate all external and internal pressures applied to the secondary and primary portions of the tank. Do not exceed 5psi net stress at bottom of either the secondary tank or the primary tank. 3) Equipment set up and verification of operation and safety to all equipment including seal off equipment and apparatus. 4) Obtain background signal in each tank prior to the inducement of vacuum. 5) Pull a Iow rate of vacuum establishing 0.25psi to 0.50psi of vacuum. Run a test signal on ali tanks. Analyze. If this initial "holding" vacuum produces a "not tight" condition, Check all seal offs and record gauge reading. Reestablish vacuum and rerun test signal. Analy~. ff the same results occur stop test. 6) Incrementally proceed by 0.50psi of vacuum to 2.00psi of vacuum or calculated vacuum, which ever is less, following the logic in step g6 4 20 O~ 09:01a CCTT 8056870883 p.8 7) Obtain a final test signal. Finished. 8) Release the vacuum slowly allowing ample time to establish stabilization. Disconnect vacuum lines. Remove te,'st apparatus. 9) Restore the monitoring sensors and verify functional operation noting this in the test log. 10) Restore Site. Line Testing Method The equipment to be used is NIST calibrated test gauges. The secondary piping system installed on most locations will be "open loop" or gravity drain systems The following is a summary of' manufacturer's testing procedures (pneumatic).. Manufacturer's summarized test procedures Smith Fiberglass Installation: Secondary containment piping, 3" and 4" will be tested by installing an in line tee with a test gauge at a termination fitting or test boot. Care will be taken not to over tighten and damaged the secondary piping fitting boot or pipe. Pressurize the lines not to exceed 10psig and hold pressure throughout installation in order to monitor for possible damage during construction and backfilling. Note: Accepted practice has been to demonstrate integrity of this secondary line by holding 5psig for one hour with no apparent loss of pressure. In Service: Summarized from Smith fiberglass technical bulletin dated 6/2012001. Technical bulletin for "In Service" Secondary Containment UL Piping Systems for open loop systems states: "testing[ 3" and 4" open Ioop systems with air to the equivalent static head pressure listed in Table 1. The test pressure should be left on the system for a minimum of one hour. The test pressure should not exceed the pressure ratings on any component in the piping system." Table I Test Pressure For Open Loop System Feet of Head 4' 2.0 6' 2.5 8' 3.0 10' 4.0 12' 5.0 Test Pressure (psig) 1.0 Feet of Head is equal to High Point in System to Low Point in System Ameron Installation: Allow for stabilization a few minutes. Check test equipment and fittings. Do not exceed 10psig. Hold pressure for lhour with no apparent loss. Environ Installation: Allow for stabilization using an inert gas. Pressurize line to 3psig- 5psig and monitor for one hour. Dec 20 02 08:02a CCTT 8056870883 Advanced Polymer Technology Installation: Assemble testing apparatus. Establish 10psig and allow for stabilization for a few minutes. Check test equipment and fittings for leakage. Each piping run should hold pressure: for a minimum of I/2 hour with no significant loss of pressure. Total Containment Omniflex Test at 5 psig (maximum of 10pJsg). Piping Jackets Specifically recommends hydrostatic testing but does have an air testing procedure. As stated above. HydrOstatic testing. Summarized. Termination boots secured at tank ends. Water flooded from the terminations at dispenser ends., ensuring no entrapl~d vapor. Observe established level for one hour. If the drop of level does not exceed 2" declare pass. Line Testing Procedure Manufacturer's summarized test procedures Smith Fiberglass Installation: Secondary containment piping, 3" and 4" will be tested by installing an in line tee with a test gauge at a termination fitting or test boot. Care will be taken not to over tighten and damaged the secondary piping fitting boot or pipe. Pressurize the hines not to exceed 10psig and hold pressure throughout installation in order to monitor for possible damage during construction and backfilling. Note: Accepted practice has been to demonstrate integrity of this secondary line by holding Spsig for one hour with no apparent loss of pressure. In Service: Summarized from Smith :fiberglass technical bulletin dated 6/20/2001. Technical bulletin for "In Service" Secondary Containment UL Piping Systems for open loop systems states: "testing 3" and 4" open loop systems with air to the equivalent static head pressure listed in Table 1, The test pressure should be left on the system for a minimum of one ,hour. The test pressure should not e,xceed the pressure ratings on any component in the piping system." Table 1 Test Pressure For Open Loop System Feet of Head Test Pressure (psig) 2' !.0 4' 2.0 6' 2.5 8' 3.0 10' 4.0 12' 5.0 6 20 02 08:02a CCTT 8056870883 p. lO Feet of Head is equal to High Point i:n System to Low Point in System Ameron Installation: Allow for stabilization a few minutes. Check test equipment and fittings. Do not exceed lOpsig. Hold pressure for lhour with no apparent loss. Environ. Installation: Allow for stabilization using an inert gas. Pressurize line to 3psig- 5psig and monitor for one hour. Advanced Polymer TechnologY Installation: Assemble testing apparatus. Establish 10psig and allow for stabilization for a few minutes. Check test equipment and fittings for leakage. Each piping run should hold pressure for a minimum of 1/2 hour with no significant loss of pressure. Sump and UDC and Overspill Testing Methods. Equipment to be used: The level measurement capability of UST 2000P-2001 or the Homer EzyChek testing methods. Sump Testing Or UDC testing Manufacturer's specifications will be followed on new installations unless allowed differently by the local agency. All sump or uric manufacturer's test pro~edure~ Summarized. Modern Weld/Western Fiberglass New Installation: Test all penetrations. Establish a level above the highest penetration with no significant loss APT/Environ Installation: Test all penetrations. Establish a level above the highest penetration with no significant loss. Ail other manufactUrer's: Applying the same principles as above. Existing Sites: All manufacturer's Deducting from the State SB 989 Testing form, if the monitoring system is wired/programmed with fail safe and provides for turbine or pump shutdown then the portion to be tested is 2" above the highest product line penetration. All rinseate or test fluid will barreled and properly labeled for transportation or pick up at a later date. 7 DEC 02 09:00a CCTT 80568?0883 13 2002 9:39 BKSFLD FIRE CITY OF BAKERSFIELD ~-~--~ OFFICE OF :ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester.Ave., Bakersfield, CA (661) 326-3979 TO PERFORM A TANK TIGHTNESS TEST/ SECONDARY CONTAINMENT TESTINGfrRACER TESTING OPHRATORS NAME OWNERS NAME NUIVIRER OF TANKS TO BE TF_,STI~___~__ IS PIPING GOING TO BE TP. STF~ TANK # VOLUM~ CONTENTS Central Coa~st Tank Testing TANK'IF. STING COMPANY_ ~ Post omce Box 215s ~. Sama Bart)ara, CA 93120 MAILING ADDRESS 13 0;~ 17_:34p CCTT 80568'70883 nEC 13 200;' 9:35 BKSFLn FIRE PR~'¥EftTIOrt (661)852-;~17 CII~/' OF BAKERSFIE~LD OFFICE OF FA~IVIRONMF~NTAL SERVICF~ 1715 Chester A,~e., Bakersfield, CA (661) 326-3979 APPLICATION TO PERFORM FUEL MONITORING CERTIFICATION NAM~ OF MONITOR MANUFACTURER ~_~ ~) DOtiS FACII/rY HAVE DISPENSHR PANS? YES NO TANK # VOLUME CONTHNTS Central Coast Tank Testing ~~--~'~ Post Office Box 2155 ~~ Santa Barbara, CA 93120 NAMEOFTF. ST~OCOMPANY_ P, ~v'~.~ o~ co~cro~s uc~ss #,, ct t - i ~ ~,~, Nm~ & ~'HONE h~mgR OF co~rrAc~ P]mSON ~C.-~' G~.~', DATE&T[ME~T]STOBECO~TDUCT'E~ !"~![[ 10'2--- APPROVED BY DA],~ 02 08:33a CCTT 8056870883 MONITORING SYSTEM CERTIFICATION Fo~' ~1. By Ail .h~c~m P/ifh~n :he ~ of Cd~a~ n AnfmJm' Spare or Vimlt ,~m'. Jdodol; Sen.mot(s). Model: Fill Sump Scnsol(s). Model; CI Med.du~ Line ~ Defector. Model: 0 ~tf~-ook Un~ L~k Dc~mm~. Model: Q Teat O~rfJfl / H~h=L~'~J .~nmr Model: 00thcr (sjm:ify uaoimc~t t~_.and modd in Scc~n E ou P~ 2~ Bldg. No.: City: ~g~~t~ Zip: ~ Contact ~ No.: ([~i )~ .- El~ ~ ~ D~. Modd: MOde, i: Mo4d: Model: Medrol: and mt~ iA T--t: m: q.I 0 m-Trot Ga~bg l~c. Modd: Mad~l: Modcl: MOdel: Model: Modal: Modd: DiWeuer ~. t 0 Dispcn~r C~nmcm ~g~Slmr Coau~;n~cw ~ [] DJ~.:nscr Ce.tahncf~ ScuMr(s). b-Tank C--._~g Probc. 0 Sh.r vdv~s). Modal: Idodd: Piping Sump; T~ue.h S~soe(s). Model: ~i Stop ~$~ T~n/~ ~. modcl in Model: Difpenser ID: L.~ Modch Oifpr. ascr Cosubun~ Sfms~(O. Model; Obpemef Ilk Modd: 0 l:~pcns= Conulnm~ s-e~is). .... Medea: ~ec 13 O~ 08:33a CCTT 8056870883 p.G ~. ~eFtifiC~tiou - I f:f.~i~ first the eqnipmmt ideutibd Ja tl~s doemnmt ~as bup~mlaervfced in accordance whit ttm mmmrtfmrem' g~ddineL Attadml to thb Cer~a~tf~m b idbrmab Ce~..~ daddim)~ ~ is eorv~t fLud m Plot Iqon abowing the byout e~ m~ equi~m~._ _ ros~,~L I hm~ =bo ~;s eop.y ~,ebp t-eq~ (~If~ mil ~= q~e/jr): ~~up f'J Abm hbtory report SiteAddrc~. ~,smot'Te.s~ia~cing: I~ /qt. Menitorin~ Sysmu Cer~cnfioa D- R~suits of Testing/Servicing SoBw~m V~,~.io. * In SoCI/OO E br.k)w, d~sr.r~be bow and when Ibm defiebnclm wer~ or w;dl be Page 2 ;Jr3 ~1 0'~ 08c 34a CCTT 80568?0883 p. '7 lo-Tank Caugiag / $1R Equipment: 13 Check dfis box ifb-~ Corn ~ ~ fo~g c~: ° Ia t~e Seceioa H, below, deserJbe how and wbcn tlw..se def*~bmcies wcr~ or will be eorrected. G. Linc Leak Oe~ectors (LLD): [3 Check t~lS box ;ifLLOs arc not in.sxalled. Cam 4me t~e folb .w~_ dmeUist: ~ ~A (~ ~1~ ap~ly) Simura~ iuk ~: ~ 3 g.p.~; ~ 0.1 ~p.h; ~ 0.2 ~p~ ~ Y~ ~ ~* W~ aH LL~ ~ ~~ ud ~n~,,wi~ ~ ~;m=~? = , 0 NIA In l'be Section H, t~low, dcsen'be how ami wbem ~ese de~cieneifn~ were or will be .borre,~._~. Comments: PaRe 3 of 3; o3mt 11 02 01:44p CC ~4 8056870883 p.2 CITY' OF BAKERSFIELD OFFICE OF E~W/RONMENTAL SERVICF_~ 1715 Ches~ Ave,. Bakersfield, CA (661) 326-3979 ( ,' APPLICATION TO PERFORM: A TANK TIGWI3qF_.SS TEST , , ~, :,....~,,.':~'-, OPERATORS N~ ~0 .... - N ~ ::5 e": :-~ ....~.., ~,,.. ' IS PIP]I~G GOING TO BE ~,~ CONTENTS · Complete items 1, 2, and 3. Also complete item 4 if Restricted Delivery is desired. · Print your name and address on the reverse so that we can return the card to you. · Attach this card to the back of the mailpiece, or on the front if space permits. 1. Article Addressed to: JULIO SICAL NIAGARA CAR WASH #1 2301 H STREET BAKERSFIELD CA 93301 IIignature ~ [] Agent [),~s del~ a~dress d~erent from item 17 D Yes ' If YES, enter delive~ address below: ~ No 3. Service Type [] Certified Mail [] Express Mail [] Registered [] Return Receipt for Memhandise [] Insured Mail [] C.O.D. 4. Restricted Delivery? (Extra Fee) [] Yes 7002 0860 0000 1641 5219 PS Form ~81 1, August 2001 DomeStic~Ret~,rn ~ Pos~ge $ ~ Ce~ifled Fee ~ ~m~ Return R~ipt F~ Hem ~ ~om~ent R~ui~ ~ Restri~ ~live~ F~ ~ ~t R~uir~ ~ To~I P~ ...... ~ [~;;i:~; NIAGARA CAR WASH ~1 ......... [~i~'~; BA~RSF~LD CA 93301 102595-02-M-0835 December 2, 2002 Julio Sical Niagara Car Wash #1 2301 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 CERTIFIED MAIL FIRE CHIEF RON F ~,AZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFE'Ft' SER~ICES · ENVIRONMENTAL SERVtCE$ 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Av~. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-469'Z FAX (661) 399-5763 NOTICE OF VIOLATION & SCHEDULE FOR COMPLIANCE RE: Failure to Submit/Perform Annual Maintenance on Leak Detection System Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: Our records indicate that your annual maintenance certification on your leak detection system was past due on September 20, 2002. You are currently in violation of Section 2641(J) of the California Code of Regulations. "Equipment and devices used to monitor underground storage tanks shall be installed, calibrated, operated and maintained in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, including routine maintenance and service checks at least once per calendar year for operability and running condition." You are hereby notified that you have thirty (30) days, January 3, 2003 to either perform or submit your annual certification to this office. Failure to comply will result in revocation of your permit to operate your underground storage system. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326-3190. Sincerely, Ralph Huey Director of Prevention Services by: Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services cc: Walter H. Porr Jr., Assistant City Attorney · Complete items 1, 2, and 3. Also complete item 4 if Restricted Delivery is desired. · Pdnt your name and address on the reverse so that we can return the card to you. · Attach this card to the back of the mailpiece, or on the front if space permits. 1. Article Addressed to: NIAGARA CAR WASH 2301 H STREET BAKERSFIELD CA 93301 2. Article Number (Transfer from service label) I Signature D. Is oe~ive~ addm~ different from item 1 If YES, enter delive~ address ~low: ~ No Fl. Service Type [] Certified Mail [] Express Mail [] Registered [] Return Receipt for Merchandise [] insured Mail [] C.O.D. '. 4. Restricted Delivery? (Extra Fee) [] Yes PS Form 3811, August 2001 Domestic Return Receipt ~ Postage $ r-1 r-~ ~ Certified Fee Postmark r--i Return Receipt Fee Here rt (E~doreement Required) =0 Restri~ted Delivery Fee I-1 (Endorsement Required) I'~ Tf~ "~ ~ s~ NIAGARA CAR WASH r~[.... 2301 H STREET ................. !!!BAKERSFIELD CA 93301 102595-02-M-0835 L D December 1, 2002 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 'H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · ENI~IONME~TAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Av~. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 CERTIFIED MAIL FINAL REMINDER NOTICE JANUARY 1, 2003 DEADLINE Dear Tank Owner/Operator: You will be receiving this letter on or about December 1, 2002. One month from today, January 1, 2003, your current underground storage tank(s) will become illegal to operate. Current law would require that your permit be revoked for failure to perform the necessary Secondary Containment testing. In reviewing your file, I see that you have received "Reminder Notices" since April of this year. This is your last chance to comply with code requirements for Secondary Containment testing prior to January 1, 2003. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661- 326-3190. Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc n Complete items 1,2, and 3. Also complete ISignature ~. [] Agent X ' [] Addressee D. Is delivery address different from item 17' l-I ~'es 1. Article Addressed to: If YES, enter delivery address below: [] No item 4 if Restricted Delivery is desired. · Print your name and address on the reverse so that we can return the card to you. · Attaqh this card to. the back of the mailpiece, or on the front if space permits. NIAGARA CARWASH 2301H STREET BAKERSFIELD CA 93301 3. Service Type [~[ Certified Mail [] Express Mail [] Registered [] Return Receipt for Merchandise [] Insured Mail [] C.O.D. 4. Restricted Delivery? (Extra Fee) [] Yes 7002 0860 0000 1641 6841 PS Form 381 1, August 2001 Domestic Return Receipt rm Postage $ i-1 r-'} Certified Fee E:J Return Receipt Fee Postmark _n (Endomement Required) Here Re.stricted Dellve~j Fee (Enoorsement Required) I'l.J Total Po:Rage & Fees r,-[ ......... NIAG~ CA~ WASR / ~'~*, ;~/,'~:'~/~:J ............................................................................ ............. 2po Icrc,, state, ztp+ ~ ................................................................. · BAI~ERSFIF. Lll CA 93301 102595-02-M-0835 October 31, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 REMINDER NOTICE CERTIFIED MAIL FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · ~N. SERVtCE~ 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield. CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-O576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 RE: Necessary secondary containment testing requirements by December 31, 2002 of underground storage tank (s) located at the above stated address. Dear Tank Owner / Operator, If you are receiving this letter, you have not yet completed the necessary secondary containment testing required for all secondary containment components for your underground storage tank (s). Senate Bill 989 became effective January 1, 2002, section 25284.1 (California Health & Safety Code) of the new law mandates testing of secondary containment components upon !installation and periodically thereafter, to insure that the systems are capable of containing releases from the primary containment until they are detected and removed. Of great concern is the current failure rate of these systems that have been tested to date. Currently the average failure rate is 84%. These have been due to the penetration boots leaking in the turbine sump area. For the last six months, this office has continued to send you monthly reminders of this necessary testing. This is a very specialized test and very few contractors are licensed to perform this test. Contractors conducting this test are scheduling approximately 6-7 weeks out. The purpose of this letter is to advise you that under code, failure to perform this testa by the necessary, deadline~ December 31, 2002~ will result in the revocation of your permit to operate. This office does not want to be forced to take such action, which is why we continue to send monthly reminders. Should you have any questions, please feel free to call me at (661) 326-3190. Sincer~..~ Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services so that we can return the card to you. · Attach this card to the back of the mailpiece, or on the front if space permits. · Complete items 1,2, and 3. Also complete t Signature __ item 4 if Restricted Delivery is desired. I~X ~/)/~!/~'-/'~(~ ~ [] Agent · Print your name and address on the reverse ~ I '~ ~, J~ ,~~/~ [] Addressee ~s"~eli~ry address ~ffer~"~t fro& item 1 ? If YES, enter delivery address below: [] No 1. Article Addressed to: D~AGARA CAR WASH 2301 H STREET BAKERSFIELD CA 93301 3. Service Type ~ Certified Mail [] Express Mail [] Registered [] Return Receipt for Memhandise [] Insured Mail [] C.O.D. 4. Restricted Delivery? (Extra Fee) [] Yes 7'002 0860 0000 164:6 7305 PS Form 3811, August 2001 Domestic Return Receipt 102595-02-M-0835 Postage Certified Fee Return Receipt Fee r-I (E~dorsement Required) Restricted Delivery Fee r-t (Endorsement Required) I'Ll Total Postage & Fees Postmark Here Sen; To , r,-[ NIAGARA CAR ~H / ~i;~;;i,'~/,'i '~/G:~ ............................................................................... ........ ...................................... City, State, ZlP+ 4 301 October 21, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 CERTIFIED MAIL FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAI:ETY SERVICES · ENVIRONMEHT.M. SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 NOTICE OF VIOLATION & SCHEDULE FOR COMPLIANCE RE: Failure to Submit/Perform Annual Maintenance on Leak Detection System Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: Our records indicate that your annual maintenance certification on your leak detection system was past due on September 20, 2002. You are currently in violation of Section 2641(J) of the California Code of Regulations. "Equipment and devices used to monitor underground storage tanks shall be installed, calibrated, operated and maintained in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, including routine maintenance and service checks at least once per calendar year for operability and running condition." You are hereby notified that you have thirty (30) days, November 21, 2002, to either perform or submit your annual certification to this office. Failure to comply will result in revocation of your permit to operate your underground storage system. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326-3190. Sincerely, Ralph Huey Director of Prevention Services Steve Underwood Fire/nspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services cc: Walter H. Porr Jr., Assistant City Attorney FACILITY NAME ADDRESS ~3~( FACILITY CONTACT INSPECTION TIME CITY OF BAKERSFIELD FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES UNIFIED PROGRAM ItNSPECTION CHECKLIST 1715 Chester Ave., yd Floor, Bakersfield, CA 93301 INSPECTION DATE t0- PHONE NO. BUSINESS ID NO. 15-210- NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES Section 1: I~ Routine Business Plan and Inventory Program ~]~ombined [~ Joint Agency [~ Multi-Agency Complaint Re-inspection OPERATION C V COMMENTS Appropriate permit on hand Business plan contact information accurate ~ / Visible address Correct occupancy Verification of inventory materials Verification of quantities Verification of location Proper segregation of material Verification of MSDS availability Verification of Haz Mat training Verification of abatement supplies and procedures Emergency procedures adequate Containers properly labeled Housekeeping Fire Protection Site Diagram Adequate & On Hand C=Compliance V=Violation Any hazardous waste on site?: Explain: Yes [~ No Questions regarding this inspection? Please call us at (661) 3,26-3979 White - Env. Svcs. Yellow - Station Copy Pink - Business Copy ? Bu~ Inspe, aess ~Site/~fspons~ le Party FACILITY NAME CITY OF BAKERSFIELD FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES UNIFIED PROGRAM INSPECTION CHECKLIST 1715 Chester Ave., 3ra Floor, Bakersfield, CA 93301 INSPECTION DATE Section 2: Underground Storage Tanks Program l~l Routine ~ Combined [~1 Joint Agency Type of Tank Type of Monitoring l~ Multi-Agency [~ Complaint Number of Tanks ~ Type of Piping /x t9-(- [] Re-inspection OPERATION C V COMMENTS Proper tank data on file [,/ / Proper owner/operator data on file ~ / / Permit tees current Certification of Financial Responsibility [./ J / Monitoring record adequate and current Maintenance records adequate and current / Failure to correct prior UST violations k,,,/ Has there been an unauthorized release? Yes No Section 3: Aboveground Storage Tanks Program TANK SIZE(S) AGGREGATE CAPACITY Type of Tank Number of Tanks OPERATION Y N COMMENTS SPCC available SPCC on file with OES Adequate secondary protection Proper tank placarding/labeling Is tank used to dispense MVF? If yes, Does tank have overfill/overspill protection? C=Compliance /yV=Violation Y=Yes N=NO Office of Environmental Services (805) 326-3979 White - Env. Svcs. Pink - Business Copy s in e~-s~ S it e-"R'~e sp on sible Party September 30, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 F~RE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERIRCES · ENVIRONMEIJT~. SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Vlctor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirement December 31, 2003 REMINDER NOTICE Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: You will be receiving updates from this office with regard to Senate Bill 989 which went into effect January 1, 2002. This bill requires dispenser pans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 31, 2003 which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your Pemfit to Operate, for failure to comply with the regulations. It is the hope of this office that we do not have to pursue such action, which is why this office plans to update you. I urge you to start planning to retro-fit your facilities. If your facility has been upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326- 3190. Sincer , Steve Un erwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc September 30, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakemfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES. ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-O576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-O576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 REMINDER NOTICE RE: Necessary secondary containment testing requirements by December 31, 2002 of underground storage tank (s) located at the above stated address. Dear Tank Owner / Operator, If you are receiving this letter, you have no~t yet completed the necessary secondary containment testing required for all secondary containment components for your underground storage tank (s). Senate Bill 989 became effective January 1, 2002, section 25284.1 (California Health & Safety Code) of the new law mandates testing of secondary containment components upon installation and periodically thereafter, to insure that the systems are capable of containing releases from the primary containment until they are detected and removed. Of great concern is the current failure rate of these systems that have been tested to date. Currently the average failure rate is 84%. These have been due to the penetration boots leaking in the turbine sump area. For the last five months, this off?ice has continued to send you monthly reminders of this necessary testing. This is a very specialized test and very few contractors are licensed to perform this test. Contractors conducting this test are scheduling approximately 6-7 weeks out. The purpose of this letter is to advise you that under code, failure to perform this test, by the necessary deadline, December 31, 2002, will result in the revocation of your permit to operate. This office does not want to be forced to take such action, which is why we continue to send monthly reminders. Should you have any questions, please feel free to call me at (661) 326-3190. Sinc~//~/~ ' ~/~:~.. ~. ~ Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services · Complete items 1, 2, and 3. Also complete item 4 if Restricted Delivery is desired. · Print your name and address on the reverse so that we can return the card to you. · Attach this card to the back of the mailpiece, or on the front if space permits. 1. Article Addressed to: SA~i si_~a~ NIAGAI~e-: CAR I~ASH 12424 WILSHIRE BLVD I.f~GELE$ ~A 90025 A. Received, by (Please Print Clearly) Date of C. Signature v~add [] Agent X [] Addressee D. Isdeli ressdifferent from item 17 [] Yes If YES, enter delivery address below: [] No 3. Service Type ~-"Certified Mail [] Express Mail [] Registered [] Return Receipt for Memhandise [] Insured Mail [] C.O.D. 4. Restricted Delivery? (Extra Fee) [] Yes 7001 0360 0002 5244 7018 PS Form 3811, July 1999 Domestic Return Receipt 102595-00-M-0952 Postage $ o34 Certified Fee 2.10 Return Receipt Fee 1.50 (Endorsement Required) Restricted Delivery Fee (Endorsement Required) Tot,m Po,tage & Fee, $ 3.94 Here Postmark n.I August 1, 2002 Sam Siam Niagara Car Wash 12424 Wilshire Blvd Los Angeles, CA 90025 CERTIFIED MAIL FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H · Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERVICES · ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield,CA 93,301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Av~. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93...c~1 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Re: Failure to Perform or Submit Three Year Cathodic Protection Certification NOTICE OF VIOLATION &' SCHEDULE FOR COMPLIANCE Dear Customer: According to our records, your three year Cathodic Protection Certification is due on August 7, 2002. Failure to comply is a violation of section 2635 2(a) Failure to Perform/Submit Cathodic Protection Testing results. Section 2635 2(a) is as follows: "Field-installed cathodic protection systems shall be designed and certified as adequate by a corrosion specialist. The` cathodic protection systems shall be tested by a cathodic protection tester within six months of installation and at least every three years thereafter." The cathodic protection is part of your leak detection system and is a condition of your Permit to Operate. Therefore, prior to August 30, 2002, you shall either perform or submit evidence of cathodic protection testing. Failure to comply will result in revocation of your Permit to Operate. Should you h.ave any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326-3190. Sincerely, Ralph E. Huey Director of Prevention Services Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services FIRE WI August R 30, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirement December 3 I, 2003 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Stmet Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 17 ! 5 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield. CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 REMINDER NOTICE Dear Underground Storage T~mk Owner: You will be receiving updates: from this offices with regard to Senate Bill 989 which went into effect January 1, 2002. This bill requires dispenser pans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 31, 2003 which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your Permit to Operate, for failure to comply with the regulations. It is the hope of this office that we do not have to pursue such action, which is why this office plans to update you. I urge you to start planning to retro-fit your facilities. If your facility has been upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661- 326-3190. Sincerely / Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/kr 715 Chester Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93301(661) 326-3979 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS- rANK PAGE 1 9U$[~$3 ~ (~ ea FACILITY NAME (~ C~A · L TANK 0E~CRLOTI¢~I ~ NUMEER OF COM~ARI?.f. AfT$ , 441 TYPE OF TAM( (Check o~ MM m~) EXTERIOR ~AJ~ UNE~ 0 4. ~WJU. L~NAVAUt.*r O 9S. UNKNOY~ 0 & FI~00~,~AT1BLEW/~0~ ~'TNANOL Ow. OTI~R O 3. F~EAGLASS/PLA~mC O e. F"/'COMC'ATIM.EVm00% ~ET)W~OL OM. UNIO4OWN O 4. S~EE~ C~D W~W~).~ O ~ F~) NC)N-CO~K~O~ .w:~m' Om. OT)e~. RBNFORCEDPL~,I'nC(FR~ 1'110. COATED:btu. r'l s. coM:m~ TANK WTF. RX:~ ~ OR ~'I'ING O 3. EPOXY UNiI~ 0 & ~A~t. lql~ 0~. ~(NOWN 4M DATEiNST,Ut~'n li~'~ 0.. OT~n __ 447 SPILL AND 0V~RFILL ~ IN~T~U.EO 4~1 ~ILL P/~TECTION EQUIPMENT: YEAR 44g i (Check all ~t I~. Ak~.M /~/(~ [] 3. FILLTUK~'IUTOFFV)~.~. _.._.--- il/OOU~ WALL TANK ON TANK IMTH ~..ADOeN (CMck one M ~ ~ 1:,. VI~UAL(,~NG~llWALLINVAULTONL~ C] 3. MAHUAL. MONITOnlNG ¥. TANK ~1.O1~111 INFORIL(TION I PIRli4NINT CI. OIUR! IN PLAC8 el?~w, reo OATII LAIT ~ T,M~K FiLLeD WITH iNERT M~? UPCF (7/9g) g:~CU pAFORM~,~wRC, I~8.W~ 0 l ~)I CITY OF 8AKER3FIELD -' OFIqCi~ O~ ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE3~ S Claire' Avl.. ~klilfleld, CA g3301 (N1) 33~1)79 Ill I. &~dRE STEEL I'~ 2. STAINLESS STEEL ~] 3. I:m~ASTIC COIV~ATII~,~ WITH I'"1 4. FIBF. RGLAS~ 1--1 $. STEEL W/COA'nNG C'I 3. ANNU~.~~r(OJ O~) CONVENTg)NA~ SUCTION F'{ S. OA~LYV~JAL~O~PUI4=I~*~PI=I4GI~EGI~rY TEST (O.l G~) SAFE SUCTION [] 7. SEL~ 0 9. 8~N.h'TEGRITYTEST(0.1 PRESSURG~=D Pg~4G (Chedt MI M aI)iIIj~ lo. CO~$ TURB4NE W ~g.N~O~ WITH /dJOI~4.E A}E) VI~UAL /~ AHD [] a. AUTO PUMmSHUTOI~VW'IENAI-E~(XX3J~ ~] O. AUTO I~JMPSHUTOFICFORLEAJ(~ SY~/MFAI. UI~A/OS"T~IIII~44 [] c NO AUTO I~,~IP ~JT OFF EMERGENCY OEIMI~TO~ O~LY (CMM M M ~y) [] s 4. ~ ~U~4m SE,N~O~ V'~I~IO~T AUTO PUlaP ~/4JT OFIr * ~ /4J~) {'-I 15. RESTRICTION [] HL ANNUALINTECd{ITYTEST(0.~ GJ:~) [] 17. D~dLY V1SUAL. CHECK O~N~..~CONTA4NMENT I--) 1. FI.DATMEC~ANI,~aTHATSHUT~OI~'~P. ARVALVE SYSTEM FAI.UI~. AND SYSTEM DI~C:OM~CTtON * AUOI~E AND VtSUN. N.ARM~ I-I 2' Id0NTt~Y02GI~ITEST '1~ z AM4J~~TEST(~ I~i *. [WLYV~U~C~CX CONVEHTtONAL S~TION S~ ~ r.,~ (Chedc M M~ sp~y): I'1 s. ~,~4.Y VtSWd. MONn'O~N~ O~ P~PfN~ ANO PUm,~fNO SYSTEM [-I ~. T~.NNW. ~NTEGmTY TEST (O.~ C, PH) [] ~. mEMe~.~TE,~(O.S so. CONT~UOU$ TURm~E S~aP ~I~OR WITH AUO~LE AM) VISU~. ~ A.ND (d~ck cM) I-! c [] 13. [] sS. Au'r'o~.4A'nC LU~ LEAJ< DGTECTOR (3.0 ~ 'rEST) [] s6. ANNUAL ~NTEC~KY TEST (0.S [] ~7. D.~JLYWSU.~..CHECK DATE INST, M.J, EO 4~ [] 2, COf/TINUOU8 DI~PP.N~.~ PAN ~ · W AND VI~UI~. ALARM~ C~ :3. Cof(rlNuOU$ 04~O~N~E~ PAN ~ ~ AUTO ~HUT OFI= FOR OI~I~N~ER "' AUOI~.E A,NO [] 4. DA~.YVISUAL C~ECK [] s. IX. OWNER/OPERA~'OR SIONATURE __ Pwm~ Numb~ (Fo~ ~d uN one) 473 I F~mdW(FM'M~MuMoMy) 471 474 47{) 42'2 peml~ eqwlKn um(fo(~Mm~) 4'7i ]PCF S :~.CUPAFORM$~I/VRC~'B'WP D 1715 Chester Ave., Bakersfield, CA 9330 [:(661) 326-3979 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK,fi- TANK PAGE 1 f-Ii. ~Ne~wt. PP. AMn' (Spdc~ ~o~. ~o~ AOCM ~s4 o~,) LOCATION WITHIN I-T $. C)4AHG~ OF tMroRJ~TY}N) C~ e. rEA4)C}~U~Y SiTE CLO~RE i~ ~ P~RM~JVT~.Y 0.0~0 ON ~rrE L TANK DE~IPTION 4,32 | TANK MANUFACTURER _ UMdO~ r"1 ~. UNK)K)~ t TANK P~TRI~-BUM TYI~ [] 4. ~NOI.EWAL/.INAVAULT OM. UNKNOWN 0~. OTHER ~ (Ch~U~4M~) i--! Z 3TAN.~I~STEEL FR~ COMPATIBI. E Y61 (X)% t,~ COATED ~icc~ 0 s. (]LA~ LJ~N~ 447 [S~Lt. ANO OV~RFLL OATE I4~T~J. ED 449 Y~.ARIIr~TALLED 4SO TYP~(For)O~M~MM1)y) 4~t ~It.t. PROTECT~NEQUIPMENT:YEA~IN~TAJZFn 0 z ~u.~u~r I-I ,. ex~c,r C] ~. ~U~ (LYIK)MD ~ OM.Y) C~2. AUTOMAT~ TANK f-] ~. CONT~NU(:X~ ATO 8~ENNW. T~M( T~ITJNO V, TANK ~l. OIl,lll~ INIIOIIMATI~I I IIIRMANINT CI,,O~IR~ IN PlAt8 dl aST~ TUO QUANTr~ ~ SUeST MCl ~ 4M rAM( ..l.~o Wn'H ~ MA TU~ ? UPCF (7/991 ~:tCUPAFORM~,e~WRC'B''8'WP0 -. CiTY OF ~KERSFIELD eOFFIC~ OF ENVII~ONMENTAL SERVICE~k IS Ch~W A~I., eaki~lfleld, CA $3301 (641) 3~117g UNO~II()ROUNO m/~NO AaOvEGROuNO m~NG SYSTEM tYPE ~ PRESSURE C:] 2. SUCTION I'"1 3. (:~qAVTTY 454 [] ! PRESSURE [] 2. SUCTION CONSTRUCTION/' (~' SINGLE WALL, C:] 3. LJN~D T/~.NC~~ ~, O~ ~ ~ t. SI~E WAiL ~NUFACTURERI~ 2. ~U~EW~L ~M. U~ ~ 2. ~U~EW~L ~. OTHER ~ ~FA~RE~ MI ~UFAC~RER LEAK DETECTION (CHUM ~IN~L! W4LL I~etN(] 4M PRESSURb?.E0 m~NO (C.h~k M M I.EN(. ~ FNLUI~. AND S'T~M DI~::~ECT~ * ~ MID VI~UN. [] 3. ANI~AL~~(~,I GPH) . [] $. TEST (0.! SAFE SUCTION SYSTEMS (NO VALVES [] 7. SELF MONrrO~ G~AVr~Y i-1 ~. ~w~wrEc4~rrYTEST(0.~ Gert) OI~:~N~ERCONTAINMENT [] 1. FLOATMECHAMSMTHAT~I.RJllOtq~HF.A~VALV~ OATE INSTALLE0 SYSTEM FAI.UI~. J~ID SYS~.M ~C110N ) ~O~LE Nq0 VI~AL ~ I-J 2. MONT~Y02eeHTE3T 'ri 3. CONVENTIONAL SUCTION [] ~. m~.NNW.~NTEC.-~'rY~(0.1~ GRAVffY R. OW (CheGk M M aA~ly~. I-I & I::] ~. lo. CONllNUOUS TUI~INE SUMP SENSOR WITH A4JOIS~ AND VISUAt, ALARM~ ~ (~ed[ eM) [] a. [] .. [] ~z ~~~(~1 ~~~O~YMMM~ ~] 14. ~~~R~~O~~+~~ [] 15. ~o~ L~ LW O ~. ~E~(0.~ ~8 f"l 2. C~qTU,~OqJO~PMSOfOC~*AUI~m.~qOMSU,q.,q.,q~ [] S. 11~NC~/~ [] 3. CONTIMJOU9 DI~eEN~ER PAN ~ WITH AUTO ~,~UT OFF FOR 01SPENSER * AUOIBLE ANO VI~JAL ALARM~ [] & NON~ 4~g 0C OIMIIIIR/OPIIRATOR SIONAI'URIl SIGNATURE OF"~LV~dERK3PE-q. ATOFI~..~ -- ' I 0ATE / ~ JPCF (7199) 410 472 474 I F~ll EIq~ C~ (FO~/OCM eM ~) 47~] $ :~CUPAFORMSLSWRCB'8.WP D · o ect ' 1715 Chester Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 --" ' UNDeRaROUND STOOGe TANKS. TANK PAGE 1 431 (CM~one Mmty) 0 2. I:X~eL~WN.L ~ Tx~( MA~ - prkn~y I~ r'l 4. Sl~a. ct.~w~m (~ ~e,#m ~ I'1 2. [] s. CONCh'rE [] & F~PCOa~w~00~ ~mqW~O~ []~. 0~ [] & ~(::C)M~)A~VW~ ~ [] lO. ~TED ~icr.~ n 9~. UI~(NOWN SPILL ANO OVERFII t ImOTECnON I-I ~. eLA~ U~e 0 ~ U~e~OWN 0 e6. UNI(NOWN 0 ~. OmEA YEARIN~I'AU.ED 4~0 TYPE(F~.k)ca/uM(x~y) 41 OVERFIt.LPROTECTIONEQUIPMENT:YEAR[NST),J[F_n 447 0 e. v,,u~o~zo~ 0~. oma~ C] 1. ALARM __ [] 3. FILL T?dBE SHUT OFF VALV~ __.._--- · ~W~T~ OR?~ ~/~M~ ~ [] 1. ~(~W~INV~T~ [] 2. CONTIN~ O,~TER~TITIAE MONITOt~NG O 3. k(MU~. ~ORJNO V. T~ ~ ~F~ I ~I~ ~RS IN PLACE 4~ TANK ~ WfTN ~ MA~? Or# 0.~ JPCF (7/gg) S:~CUPAFORMS~qWRG~'WPO 111 I - crTY OF ~AKERSFIELD £ i C~IqCE O~ ENVIRONMENTAL ~ERVICES~k SYSTEM ~ ~ ~ESSUR~ ~ 2. ~T~N ~ 3. ~ ~ J~ L ~ESSURE ~ 2. SUCTION ~ ~FA~RER ~ ~FAC~RER I-~ t. BARE STEEL [] 8. FR° COMPATIBLE WI 100% ~ [] 2. STAINLESS STEEL [] ?. GALVANIZED STEEL [] 3. KASTIC COMPA'r~BLE ~ CONTENTS [] e. KEXJELE (H~E) [] ~. OTHER r-] 4. FIMJ~C.,LASS [] g. CATHOOC ~qOTEC*nON [] s. STEEL ~ COA~NG I--] 9~. UNmeOWN [] 2. MONT~LY0.2M'HTEST SY~'rEM FAI,URE. AND SYS'TEM OI~CONNECTION * AUOIBLE ANO Vt~IAL ALARM~ I-! 2. Moem~YO.2(~gll~'r CONVENTIONAL SUCTION SY~ ¥uAS (Chedc M Mt I:::] a. 'm~.NNW. ~NTECam'Y TEST (0.1 C, PH) GRAVTrY FLOW (C:~mc~ M M ~,~;.- [3 .. mee~w..~Eam~TEs'r(o.s C~':,H) so. CO~'INUOU$ ~ SUMP SENSOR wTrH AUD~LE ANO V~UAL ALARM~ AM3 (d~e~ a~e) I'1 & AUTO PUMPS~aJ'rOFF,~.IENALEA~O~CuI~ 1-] ~2. AaS~d.~~(0.1G~) EMERGENCY [:]! 14. CONTINUOUS ~.IMP~F..N~OR WTTHOUTAUTOPUMP.~.IUTOFF*AUOtSLEANOVI.~JAL [] 15. ALrroMAT~C L~NE LEAX DETECTOR (3.0 C.~°H TEST) I"'1 16. ANNUAL~NTEC,~rTY TEST(0.1 [] 17, DAILYVI,.~ C~'fECJ< OATEINSTAL.LE0 4~ Itl 2. CGNTINUC)~OI~.N~APANM/~C~*AUOiS~AHDVISU,~LALA/W~ r-I 3. CONTINUOUS o4ape~ PAN MN~OR WITH AUTO SHUT OFF FO~ 01SPEN~ * AUOiELE ANt) IX. OWNER/OPERATOR SIGNATURE JPCF (7/99) 473 I PIm#App~IWd(/r~bct/I~IOnFY) 471 470 472 $:~CUPAFORMS~.~Ci~B.WPD ~D A~icle 3, Chapter I~, Olvlaic~ 3, 7'Itfe 23, CdI~ Code of Regulations. The ~ ~ to almv1'letltmM , Section 2807 are a.~ follov~: of tt~ cern I m~ifle~ that you arm in compliance witt~ all cor~Yitiorm .I jul-2§-02 l l:IOA WI~I--R CENTER INSURANCE 31~89 3630 P.02 ACORD.... . CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE , pnooues. WILSHIRE CE~ER INS~CE ~lS '~RT~ICA~ IS' I~UED ~ ~:ian~E~'OF INFUSION 800 S.RO~ERTSON BL~ %10 ~LY AND CO~.S NO R~HTS U~N ~E CERTIFICA~ HO~ER. THIS CER~FICATE ~S IJOT ~END, ~END ~ELES CA 90035 ALTER TH~ COVERAGE AFFO~D I;Y THE ~UCI~ LOS mSU. E.S AmO~OmG ::ow. AGE 2301 H STREET B~E~SFIELD CA 93301 ~,~u.~ c. INSUR~ D: COVERAGES ~ ~QUIREME~. TtHM ~ CONDt]K~N ~: ~Y PERTNN, Tt IE INSU~CI N FORDED ~Y AGGREGATE I IMIT~ ~ItOWN MAY HAVI: DEEN REDUCEIJ liY PAID C4.AIM6. TW, E O~ maun~¢E I mucY NU~e~R ~E~ UJ~,L,~ I CAB706831 C;OMMERCIAL GENFRAI. LLa~H.I I Y GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES I~CE,SS UABIUTY RI= TENTION 4602RS240938-0 · PO'UCY~C'llYE POU~ATION I)ATE,I'MM~I:~f~ I DATE~MMIDD/Y~. os/z?/o~ o5/z?/o3 WORKERS GOMPEN~A'rlON ANO EMPLOYER~' UABIUTY OTHER CAB70683 i 05/.l?/0~- 05/17/03 .LCA.a?o$ 83 (~s/17/0,?, ~ 05/:].7/03 OlB$C~PTION OF OPERATIOI~F~/LOCA~I1OMS/~EHICLE~/EXCLUSION5 ADDED OY I:H[X]RSEME~rlsPGCIAL PROVISIONS 1000000 100000, 1000 '1000000 f~OOOb- 5000000 CERTIFICATE HOLDER , ,I ACORO 2~S F/gD ..... i AnD;TIONAL IMSURE0; INSURER LETTER: __ CANCELLATION THEREOF. ~E laaUINQ I~URER Wll L, ~D~ ~ TO MNL ~, . ~ ~I~EN ~ICE ~ T~ C~IFICATE ~ ~ ED ~O T~ .F~, B~ F~ LURE ~ ~ 50 S~ IMPO~ ~ OBUOAT~N OR ~MTY ~ a~ ~ND II~ON~ INSURER, ITS ~E~5 OR The Chief Financial Officer or the owner or operator must sigr~ under penalty of perjury, a letter worded EXACTLY as follows or you may complete this letter by filling in the blanks with appropriate information. LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER I am the Chief Financial Officer Cheaper, Inc. 12424 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90025. This letter is in support of the use of the Underground Storage Tank Cleanup Fund to demonstrate financial responsibility for taking corrective action and/or compensating third parties for t~dily injury and property damage caused by an unauthorized release of petroleum in the amount of at least $ 10,000 per occurrence and $ 10,000 annual aggregate coverage. Underground storage tanks at the following facilities are assured by this letter: _Niagara Car Wash #1, 2301 "H" Street, Bakersfield, CA 93301 Niagara Car Wash #2, 7991 White Lane, Bakersfield, CA 93309 ..Niagara Car Wash #3, 1701 Stine Road, Bakersfield, CA 933{)9 Amount of annual aggregate coverage being assu~:ed by this letter ............................................................. $ Total tangible assets ....................................................$ Total Liabilities ......................................................... $ Tangible net worth (subtract line 3 from line 2. line 4 must be at least 10 times line 1) .............................. $ 10,000.00 19,000,000.00 11,000.000.00 8,000,000.00 I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to the wording specified in subsection 2808. l(d)(1), Chapter 18, Division 3, Title 23 of the California Code of Regulations. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is lame and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. Executed at Bakersfield, California 93309 (Place of Execution) On July 24, 2002 . Sam Siam Ohint Name) Owner/CEO (Title) Cheaper~ Inco DBA "Niagara Car Wash" Emergency Response Pllan Underground Storage Tank Monitoring Program For Store ti 1 1.Clean-up procedures for unauthorized release or a hazardous substance For a Major Gas Spill 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. Turn off the gasoline emergency shutoff switch at the check stand. Survey facility for injuries. Make sure no one is smoking or car engines are operating around the area of the gas spill. Contain the spill with absorbent material to keep spill from spreading (Kitty Litter). Shore up or dam any drains or sewers that the spill may impact. Call the local fire department. 911 Call Cheaper, Inc.'s main office. 310.447.1234 Call the Office of Emergency Services. 800.852.7550 Notify by personal visit any neighboring residence, business, or schools that could be affected by a product spill. For a Minor Gas Spill Contain the spill with absorbent material (Kitty Litter). Dispose of the material in accordance with state and federal laws at proper disposal sites. 2. Proposed method and equipment for disposal of hazardous material Safety equipment and absorbent materials to remove hazardous material shall be used and placed in a proper container. Safety Equipment 1. Safety Goggles 2. Rubber Gloves 3. Face Mask 4. Rubber Boots Absorbent Material 1. Kitty Litter 2. Other Environmental Absorbent Material 3. Location of cleanup equipment Safety material and cleanup material to be kept in the outside storage room. 4. Maintenance schedule for cleanup equipmen~ Cleanup equipment and containers are to be inspected by site manager and assistant manager on a daily basis. 5. Authorization Contact List for Response Plan Sam Siam Company CEO Julio Sical District Manager Ezekiel Trejo Site Manager Ruben HerreraAssistant Manager 310.447.1234 661.343.1706 Cellular 661.827.0442 661.834.6953 Cheaper, Inc. DBA "Niagara Car Wash" Written Monitoring Procedures Underground Storage Tank Monitoring Program For St,~re # 1 1.Frequency of performing monitoring. Tank Daily printouts from Auto Stick Probe.., and Daily Stick Readings to reconcile gasoline inventory. 2.. Monitoring Equipment Auto Stick II 3. Location of monitoring equipment Auto printout monitor located in outside storage room and manual stick to be done at the opening of the tank. ,~. Persons responsible for performance monit.oring and/or maintenance of equipment Ezekiel Trejo Store Manager Ruben Herrera Assistant Manager .5. Report format for monitoring Tank Fuel reconciliation and individual tank reports are done daily. 6. Preventative maintenance schedule for the monitorin1~ eauioment Yearly inspections of monitoring equipment and maiintenance performed by RLW Equipment 7, Employee Training for operations of UST system Department supervisors are shown how to operate tl~te monitoring device and trained to check the pumps and equipment for leaks. 8, Department Supervisors Ezekiel Trejo Site Manager P~uben Herrera Assistant Manager Arturo Reyes Vacuum Supervisor August 30, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 iREMINDER NOTICE FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661 ) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661 ) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 RE: Necessary secondary containment testing requirements by December 31, 2002 of underground storage tank (s) ]located at the above listed address. Dear Tank Owner / Operator, If you are receiving this letter:, you have not yet completed the necessary secondary containment testing required for all secondary containment components for your underground storage tank (s). Senate Bill 989 became effective January 1, 2002, section 25284.1 (California Health & Safety Code) of the new law mandates testing of secondary containment components upon installation and periodically thereafter, to insure that the systems are capable of containing releases from the primary containment until they are detected and removed. Of great concern is the current failure rate of these systems that have been tested to date. Currently the average failure rate is 84%. These have been due to the penetration boots leaking in the turbine sump area. For the last four months, this office has continued to send you monthly reminders of this necessary testing. This is a very specialized test and very few contractors are licensed to perform this test. Contractors conducting this test are scheduling approximately 6-7 weeks out. The purpose of this letter is to advise you that under code, failure to perform this test, by the necessary deadline, December 31, 2002, will result in the revocation of your permit to operate. This office does not want to be forced to take such action, which is why we continue to send monthly reminders. Should you have any questions, please feel free to call me at (661) 326-3190. Sincere~ ~ _ Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services r'YpE OF ACTION r-~ I, NEW SITE PERMIT (Check one dem only) CITY OF BAKERSFIELi, RViCES O'b-FICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL 171:5 Chester Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS - UST FACILITY ~'] 3. RENEWAL PERMIT [] $. CHANGE OF INFORMATION (~oecd~ c~a~ge. [] 4. AMENOEn PERMIT local use only) E] 6. TEMPORARY SITE CLOSURE Pnge ~ at' [] ? PERMANENTLY CLOSED SITE [] 8. TANK REMOVED I. FACILITY I SITE INFORMATION TOTAL NUMBER OF TANKS REMAINING AT S~ , BUSINE.SS NAME (Same a~ FACILITY_,.NAME ~' 0BA- Ooing 8uanms .,~) 3 BUSINESS ~ 1. ~ STAIN ~ 3. F~M ~ 5. ~RC~L ~ 2. DI~I~TOR ~ 4. ~OCE~R ~ 8. O~ER FACILITY ID # : FACILII¥ OWNER TYPE [~ 4. LOCAL AGENCY/DISTRICT' ~ CORPORATION [~ 5. COUNTY AGENCY' [] 2. INDiVIDUAL [] 6. STATE AGENCY' [] 3. PARTNERSHIP [] T. FEOERAL AOENCY' '# ow~r of UST a public agen~c n~me cd ~l~l~sa' of division, section or ofllce vmic~ o0a'ate~ the UST. (This is the conl~ct pemon fa' ~ tank 406. II. PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION '" I NG RSTI PROPERTY ~ CORPORATION 410. [-1 2. INDMDUAL [] 3. PARTNERSHIP [] 4. LOCAL AGENCY I DISTRICT ~ s. COUNTY AGENCY PHONE [] 6. STATE AGENCY [] ?. FEDERAl. AGENCY 412. 413. 416. IlL TANK OWNER INFORMATION [] 6. STATE AGENCY [] ?. FEDERAL AGENCY 'Pt' (TK) HQ IV. BOARD OF EQUAUZATIONUST $'rORAGE FEE Ac. cOllier,NUMBER I 4 [ 4 [ - J I [ ] l_ I { Call(g16)322-9669ifquesl]onsnrlee V. PETROLEUM usT FINANCIAL REsPoNsiBIUTy ? ?: 421. INDICATE MET}tOO(S) E] 1. SELF-INSURED [] 2. GUARANTEE [] :3. INSURANCE [] 4. SURETY ~OND [] S. Le:r~eR OF CREDIT [] ~. EXEMPTION [] 7. STATE FUND ~. STATE FUND & ~FO LETTER [] 9. STATE FUND & CD [] 10. LOCAL GOV"I' MECHANISM [] gg. OTHER: 422. VI. LEGAL NOTIFICATION AND MAILING ADDRE~ Check one Ix~ ID ir~licale whl& addre ll'~uld I~ ~ fa' I~al n~lltcatior~ ~ mailing. Legal notifications ~ maillng~ will be ~t lo the tank ow~a' unless b<~x 1 a' 2 L~ ched~ed. [] 1. FACILITY PROPERTY OWNER [] 3. TANK OWNER 423. VII. APPLICANT 81GNATURE C~ltflc~il¥ that the infon'n~o~:l~cl Nm'~n is ln~e and accurate lo the ~ ol my knowle~le. JSTATE URT FACILITY NUMBER (Fo~/o~a/uae on/y) UPCF (7/99) 428. 1998 UPGRADE CERTIFICATE NUMBER (Forlocel use only) 429. S:\CU PAFORMS~swrcb-a,wpd July 31, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 'H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFETY SERYICE$ · ENV1J:tONIJTaHTN. SERNICE$ 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBUC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-O576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirement December 31, 2003 REMINDER NOTICE Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: You will be receiving updates from this office with regard to Senate Bill 989 which went into effect January 1, 2002. This bill requires dispenser pans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 31, 2003, which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your Permit to Operate, for failure to comply with the regulations. It is the hope of this office that we do not have to purse such action, which is why this office plans to update you. I urge you to stag planning to retro-fit your fiicilities. If your facility has been upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661- 326-3190. Sincerely~ Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SBU/dc ~ ~"~~ S:~ORI~aONDENCEk2{}A02-07)qI~'A_ DLIN.Ej~)R DISPFin'~R PAN Ll~l'Fa:{~ .,r '~'~ B ~E R S F ~L D July 30, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 "H" Street Bakersfield CA 93301 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H' Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES FIRE SAFE'W SERVICES* ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 PUBLIC EDUCATION 1715 Chester Avb. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3696 FAX (661) 326-0576 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399..4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 REMINDER NOTICE RE: Necessary Secondary Containment Testing Requirements by December 31, 2002 of Underground Storage Tank (s) Located at the Above Stated Address. Dear Tank Owner / Operator: If you are receiving this letter, you have not yet completed the necessary secondary containment testing required for all secondary containment components for your underground storage tank (s). Senate Bill 989 became effective January 1, 2002, section 25284.1 (California Health & Safety Code) of the new law mandates testing of secondary containment components upon installation and periodically thereafter, to insure that the systems are capable of containing releases from the primary containment until they are detected and removed. Of great concern is the current failure rate of these systems that have been tested to date. Currently the average failure rate is 84%. These have been due to the penetration boots leaking in the turbine sump area. For the last four months, this office has continued to send you monthly reminders of this necessary testing. This is a very specialized test and very few contractors are licensed to perform this test. Contractors conducting this test are scheduling approximately 6-7 weeks out. The purpose of this letter is to advise you that under code, failure to perform this test, by the necessary dead]line, December 31, 2002, will result in the revocation of your permit to operate. This office does not want to be forced to take such action, which is why we continue to send monthly reminders. Should you have any questions, please feel free to call me at (661) 326-3190. Steve Underwood Fire Inspector Environmental Code Enforcement Officer D FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 July 1, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA, 93301 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirement December 31, 2003 for Site Location at 2301 "H" Street, Bakersfield. REMINDER NOTICE Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner, You will be receiving updates from this office with regard to Senate Bill 989 which went into effect January 1, 2000. This bill requires dispenser pans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 31, 2003, which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your Permit to Opera,re, for failure to comply with the regulations. It is the hope of this office, that we do not have to pursue such action, which is why this office plans to update you. I urge you to start planning to retro-fit your facilities. If your facility has been upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (661)326- 3190. Sincerelv/2 , ~/~ Ste~rw~~ Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Sen,ices D June 30, 2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 REMINDER NOTICE FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 UH" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 RE: Necessary Secondary Containment Testing Requirement by December 3 l, 2002 of Underground Storage, Tank located at 2301 "H" Street. Dear Tank Owner / Operator: The purpose of this letter is to inform you about the new provisions in California Law requiting periodic testing of the secondary containment of underground storage tank systems. Senate Bill 989 became effective January 1, 2002, section 25284.1 (California Health & Safety Code) of the new law mandates testing of secondary containment components upc,n installation and periodically thereafter, to ensure that the systems are capable of containing releases from the primary containment until they are detected and removed. Secondary containment systems installed on or after January 1, 2001 will be tested upon installation, six months after installation, and every 36 months thereafter. Secondary containment systems installed prior to January 1, 2001 will be tested by January 1, 2003 and every 36 months thereafter. REMEMBER! Any component that is "double-wall" in your tank system must be tested. Secondary containment testing shall require a permit issued thru this office and shall be performed by either a licensed tank tester or licensed tank installer. Please be advised that there m'e only a few contractors who specialize and have the proper certifications to perform this necessary testing. For your convenience, I am enclosing a copy of the code for you to refer to. Once again, all testing must be done under a permit issued by this office. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (661)326-3190. Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code 'Enforcement Officer Environmental Services SU/kr D May 30,2002 Niagara Car Wash 2301 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 IH" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirement December 31, 2003 on Underground Storage Tank(s) located at 2301 "H" Street, Bakersfield. Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: You will be receiving updates from this office with regard to Senate Bill 989 which went into effect January 1, 2000. This bill requires dispenser glans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 31, 2003, which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your Permit to Operate, for failure to comply with the regulations. It is the hope of this office, that we do not have to pursue such action, which is why this office plans to update you. I urge you to start planning to retro-fit your facilities. If your facility has been upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (661)326- 3190. Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Selwices SBU/kr D FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 'H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 April 12, 2002 NIAGARA CAR WASH 2301 'H' ST. BAKERSFIELD, CA 93301 Re: Enhanced Leak Detection Requirements REMINDER NOTICE Dear Owner/Operator, The purpose of this letter is to remind you about the new provision in California law requiring periodic testing of the secondary containment of underground storage tanks. Your facility has been identified as not having secondary containment on at least one of your underground storage tank components and as such falls under section 2637.(1) of the California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 3, Chapter 16; As an alternative, the owner or operator may submit a proposal and workplan for enhanced leak detection to the local agency, by July 1, 2002; complete the progrlan of enhanced leak detection by December 31, 2002; and replace the secondary containment system with a system that can be tested in accordance with this section by July 1, 2005. The local agency shall review the proposed program of enhanced leak detection within 45 days of submittal or re-submittal." Please be advised that there are only a few qualified testers available to perform "Enhanced Leak Testing". All testing must be under-permit through this office. For your convenience, Iarn enclosing a copy of the code as a reference. Should you have any additional questions or concerns, please feel free to call me at (661)326-3190. Sincerely, Ralph Huey Director of Prevention Services Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Services SU/kr Enclosures February 11, 2002 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326--3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield CA 93301 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirement December 31, 2003 REMINDER NOTICE Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: You will be receiving updates from this office with regard to Senate Bill 989 which went into effect January 1, 2000. This bill requires dispenser pans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 31, 2003, which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your p,ermit to Operate, for failure to comply With the regulations. It is the hope of this office, that we do not have to pursue such action, which is why this office plums to update you. I urge you to start planning to retro-fit your facilities. If your facility has been upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any quest:ions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326- 3190~ Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Seawices SBU/dm CITY OF BAKERSFIELD FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES UNIFIED PROGRAM INSPECTION CHECKLIST 1715 Chester Ave., 3rd Floor, Bakersfield, CA 93301 FACILITY NAME ~14. an~ta [i&r tOO~N ADDRESS 3,'301 "'{~ ~'---,S~'. FACILITY CONTACT INSPECTION TIME INSPECTION DATE PHONE NO. ,'~rdT. ~,~_~ BUSINESS ID NO. 1:5-210- NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES Section I: Business Plan and Inventory Progra~m Routine ~ Combined ~ Joint Agency ~ Multi-Agency ~ Complaint [~] Re-inspection OPERATION C V COMMENTS Appropriate permit on hand Business plan contact information accurate L," Visible address Correct occupancy Verification of inventory materials Verification of quantities Verification of location Proper segregation of material Verification of MSDS availability / Verification of Haz Mat training Verification of abatement supplies and procedures / Emergency procedures adequate [,/' Containers properly labeled L, / / Housekeeping Fire Protection Site Diagram Adequate & On Hand C=Compliance V=Violation Any hazardo~ waste~ on site?: ~ Yes [~] No Explain: tL]~6_/(,, 0 ~[ Questions reg~ding ~is inspection? Please ~ali us at (bb 1) 326-3979 White - Env. Svcs. Yellow - Station Copy Pink - Business Copy Inspec! CITY OF BAKERSFIELD FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES UNIFIED PROGRA1VII INSPECTION CHECKLIST 1715 Chester Ave., 3rd Floor, Bakersfield, CA 93301 FACILITY NAME Section 2: Underground Storage Tanks Program INSPECTION DATE Routine ~} Combined [] Joint Agency 1~ Multi-Agency [] Complaint Type of Tank ._/)60 F-C..~, Number of Tanks ..~ Type of Monitoring ~ firth> Type of Piping /.,~o"f' OPERATION C V COMMENTS Proper tank data on file ~ / Proper owner/operator data on file {..,, Permit tees current [,, /' Certification of Financial Responsibility Monitoring record adequate and current Maintenance records adequate and current 1/ / Failure to correct prior UST violations Has there been an unauthorized release? Yes No [] Re-inspection Section 3: Aboveground Storage Tanks Program TANK SIZE(S) 'S-00 fal (3~. (~i.~ ~'~ AGGREGATE CAPACITY' Type of Tank (]/- [ q l. Number of Tanks OPERATION Y N COMMENTS SPCC available SPCC on file with OES Adequate secondary protection Proper tank placarding/labeling Is tank used to dispense MVF? If yes, Does tank have overfill/overspill protection? C=ComplianTzV=Violatio~z Y=Yes N=NO Inspector: Ofiqce of En¢ironmental Services (805) 326-3979 White - Env. Svcs. Pink - Business Copy B~sine4s S it e-"R~on sible-P'arty BSSR, Inc. 6630 Rosedalo Hwy., # B., Bakersfield, CA 93308 Phone (661) 588-2777 Fax (661) 588-2786 MONITORING SYSTEM CERTIFICATION- t This form must be used to document testing and ~rvicing of mohitoring equipment. A, separate certification or report, must be_ prepared for each monitoring system control panel by the technician who perform~ the work. AC°Py °f this form must be provided to the tank system ownedoperator. The owner/Operator must subrrdt a copy of thisf°rm to'fire local agency regulating UST systems' within 30 days of test date. A. General Information FaCility c°ntact'Person:: ' ~:: ~ ~_l,,] C i'~CO : Make/Model of Monitoring System: I:tqJTO ~--'r[I/~: 1! . c~.~O B. InventorY °fE%ibment Tested/cer ed'' Check the appropriat~ boxes to indicate specific equipment inSp~ted/servlced: TankID: ,~ tOfO ~-EA.1D~',Ih fi~lel~:Tank Gauging Probe. Model: [] Annular Space or Vault Sensor. Model: [~'Pi-Ping Sump / Tr~ch Sensoffs). M~el: ~ Fill Sump Senso~s). M~el: D Mechanical Line Le~ Detector. Model: D Electronic Line Le~ Detector. Model: [l Tank Overfill / High-Level Sensor. Model: , ,,D Other (specify equipment type and model in Sec.tion E on Page 2). Tank ID: ~'OpC~l'~ ~' I~"Ih-Tank Gauging Probe. Model: [] Annular Space or Vault Sensor. Model: ~"l~ping Sump / Trench Sensor(s). Model: Fl Fill Sump Sensor(s). Model: [] Mechanical Line Leak Detector. Model: [] Electronic Line Leak Detector. Model: [] Tank Overfill / High-Level Sensor. Model: ' [] Other (specify equipment type and model in Section E on Page 2). Dispenser ID: ['" ~ q ~ ~ . [] Dispenser Containment Sensor(s). Model: {~t"Shear Valve(s). [] Dispenser Containment Float(s) and Chain(s). Dispenser ID: I=i Dispenser Containment Sensor(s). Model: [] Shear Valve(s). [] Dispenser Containment Float(s) and Chain(a). Dispenser ID: FI Dispenser Containment Sensor(s). Model: Bldg, No.: city: FS coV, 6t..I zip: Contact Phone No. : ( ~(~:{ !)' '~Tq~ Date ofT~Se~icMg: ~, Tank,m: I~'l~-Tank Gauging Probe. Model: I~C6nular Space or Vault Sensor. Model: ~l~ng Sump / Trench Sensor(s). ,Model: .[] Fill Sump Sensor(s), ..Model: [] Mechanical Line Leak Detector. Model: [] Electronic Line Leak Detector. Model: D Tank Overfill/High-Level Sensor. Model: [] Other (specify equipment type and model.in'Section E on Page 2). Tank ID: ' ' 121 Ih-Tank Gauging Probe. Model: D Annular Space or Vault Sensor. Model: [] Piping Sump / Trench Sensor(s). Model: Gl Fill Sump Sensor(s). Model: [] Mechanical Line Leak Detector. Model: [] Electronic Line Leak Detector. Model: D Tank Overfill / High-Level Sensor. Model: 1-1 Other (specify equipment type and model in Dispenser ID: ~>~t~ ~ ~ ~ El Dispenser Containment Sensor(s). Model: CI, a3ffear Valve(s). 13 Dispenser Containment Float(s) and Chain(s). Dispenser ID: Gl Dispenser Containment Sensor(s). Gl Shear Valve(s). -I Dispenser Containment Float(s) ~d Dispenser ID: CI Dispenser Containment Sensor(s). Model: Model: Chain(s). , Section E on Page,2). lq Shear Valve(s). 121 Shear Valve(s). []Dispenser Containment Flogt(s) and C-'ha(n(s). [] Dispenser Containment Float(s) and Chain(s). *If the facility contains more tanks or dispensers, copy this form. Include :information for every tank and dispenser at the facility. C, Certification - I certify that the equipment identified in this document was inspected/serviced in accordance with the manufacturers' guidelines. Attached to this Certification is information (e.g. manufacturers' checklists) neces,vary to verify that this information is correct and a Plot Plan showing the layout of monitoring equipment. For any equipment capable of generatiag such reports, I have also attacl}....~ a copy of the report;, (check a//that a. pply): [2 S sys_Lt ,em s_et2uPn [2 Alarm history report Teclmician Name (print): '? II'~'L C~.I~_~L.LO-~ Signature: d,~__~_0_~ Certification No.: License. No.: ,~"~ o~3 Testing Company Name: _~ %'~ ~-~ tf~C- Phone'No.:( Site Address: (>~ ~(~) .~ O~'~ It3 L~' I4~ox[ ~1: ~ Date of Testing/Servicing:. Monitoring System Certification Page 1 of 3 03101 ~.~ Results of Te~tlng~Servlclng Software Version Installed:' Complete the foiiowin_g~hec _lOist~:'=.~.= ~es ' ~ No* Is the auch'ole alarm operationalV Gl,~es ~1 No* 'Is the vi.~Ual alarm operational? t~At'e3 ~1 No* .. ] Were aii'.sensors viSU.a!ly in~ecte....d, fi:nC6OnSl!y tested, and confirmed operational? [~t'es ~ No* Were all sensors installed at lowest point of secondary containment and positioned so that other equipment will not interfere with their proper operation? Ilk/Yes [l No* If alarms are relayed to a remote monit°~g station, is all ;conm'maications equipment (e.g. modem) ~ ;N/A operational? [l}~i~s . ~ No* For"~r_~.s,.~ed p~iog syste~,'d~ ~he ttu-bine, automatically shut down if the piping secondary Containm~F I~l N/A monitoring system detects a leak, fails to opera~, or is eloarically disconneCted? If yes: which sensors initiate positive shut-down? (Check ail that apply) ~],ti~mpfrrench.Sensors; ~l Dispenser Containment Sensors. Did you co~.~ positive shnt-do _.wn due to leak,,L_~nd sens~ failure/disconneCtion? II],~es; ~ No. liF"~s El No* For tank. systems that utilize the rrionitoring ,,~ystem as the primary tank overfill warning device (Lc. no ~ N/A mechanical overfill prevent/on valve is installed.), is the overfill warning alarm visible and audible at the tank f'dl point(s} .and operating prOperly? If so, at what percent of tank .capacity does the al, arm trigger? Yes* I~' No' Was any monitoring equipment rePlac~xt? If yes, identify speCific sensors, probes, or other equipmentrephced .and. list the manufacturer name and. model.., for aH .repla~ment parts in Seotion. E, below. . . Yes* t~' No Was liquid found inside any seCondary contahmaent systems desigaexl as dry systems? {Check all ~ Product; I~! Water. If yes~ describe causes in SeCtion E~ below. ... I~f'~Y~s '~ No* Was monitoring system .~et-up reviewed to ens.,ur,~ proper settings? Attach sc/up reports, if applicable i~'Y'~s ~ No* Is a. ll monitqrin§ ext.uiPment operational.pcr man.ufacturer's spe. cifioations? * In Section E below, describe how and when these deficiencies were or will be corrected. E. Comments: Page 2 of 3 03/01 % E. Ih-Tank Gauging / SIR Equip it: Check this box if tank gauging is used only for inventory control. Check this box if no tank ~'auging or SIR equipment is installed. ~;p~,~ ..... ~¢d to p¢ffc.~ I¢~ det~tion mo~tofing. Complete the f~]~'~g ehee?2~f: ' m~pezt~ for proof ~n~ ~d terra,on, ~el~ ~s~g f~r ~o~d fault? No* No* 12 'NO* Were all tank gauging probes visually inspected fbr d .amage and residue buildup? Was accuracy of system product level readings tested? Was accuracy of system Water level readings tested? Were all probes r~insta~ed, prop~fiy? No*": G. Line Leak De~ectors (LLD): ra Cheek this box ff LLDs are not installed. (Cl;~ck a~ tb~t apply} $~W,d l-~,~ak rate: 51 3 g.p.k; 0 0.! g.P& Was ~e tes~g appgat~ ~-operly For mee~eal LLDs, do~ ~e LLD ms~iet product flow if it de~ a le~? Fo~ elee~o~e L~s, does ~e ~b~e auto~fieally shut offff~e LLD d=~ a Fo~ elee~e LLDs, do~ ~ ~ auto~fieaiiy shut off ff ~y ~on of ~e ~o~to~g system is ~sabled or ~sco~ec~d? '~or clec~o~c ~Ds, d~s ~e ~b~e autom,a~c~y shut o~ ~l~c~o~ or ~ a ~t? ~or cl~o~c LL~, ~w ~ ac~ssibl~ ~ co~uu~o~ been v~u~y ~pcc~? Were aH ite~.on ~ equipment ~ac~cr's ra~tc~cc chec~ist co. feted? F°r 'e~luipment or annual equipment c~fifieation, was a leak simulated zo veriff2t LLD performance? [I; II. H. Comments: Page 3 of 3 03/ol Monitoring System Certification Site Address: UST Monitoring Site Plan' Date map was drawn:. (~ / &O,/_O I,.,. ,Instruction. s If you already have a diagram that. shows all required information, you may include it, rather than this page, with your Monitoring System Certification. On your site plan, show ~te general layout of tanks and piping. Clearly identify locations of the following equipment, if installed: monitoring system control panels; sensors monitoring tank armuIar spaces, sumps, dispenser pans, spill containers, or other secon&n3t containment areas; mechanical or electronic line leak detectors; and in-tank liquid level probes (if used for leak detection). In the space Provided, note the date this Site Plan was prepared. Page __ of 05~00 B D August 3, 2001 FIRE CHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 'H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagara Car Wash 2301 H Street Bakersfield Ca 93301 RE: Deadline for Dispenser Pan Requirement December 31, 2003 REMINDER NOTICE Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: You will be receiving updates from this office with regard to Senate Bill 989 which went into effect January 1, 2000. This bill requires dispenser pans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 3 l, 2003, which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your Permit to Operate, for failure to comply with the regulations. It is the hope of this office, that we do not have to pursue such action, which is why this office plans to update you. I urge you to start planning to retro-fit your facilities. If your facility has been upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326- 3190. Sincerely, Steve Underwood Fire Inspector/Environmental Code Enforcement Officer Office of Environmental Se~Mces SBU/dm D January 22, 2001 FIRE GHIEF RON FRAZE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 SUPPRESSION SERVICES 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3941 FAX (661) 395-1349 PREVENTION SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3951 FAX (661) 326-0576 ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93301 VOICE (661) 326-3979 FAX (661) 326-0576 TRAINING DIVISION 5642 Victor Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 VOICE (661) 399-4697 FAX (661) 399-5763 Niagara Car Wash 2301 "H" Street Bakesfield Ca 93301 RE: Dispenser Pan Requirement December 31, 2003 Underground Storage Tank Dispenser Pan Update Dear Underground Storage Tank Owner: You will be receiving updates from this office now, and in the furore with regard to the Senate Bill 989, which went into effect January 1, 2000. This bill requires dispenser pans under fuel pump dispensers. On December 3 l, 2003, which is the deadline for compliance, this office will be forced to revoke your p~arnit to operate, effectively shutting down your fueling operation. It is the hope of this office, that we do not have to pursue such action, which is why this office pltms to update you. I urge you.to' start plamning now to retro-fit your facilities. If your facility has upgraded already, please disregard this notice. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 661-326-3190. Sincerely, Steve Underwood, Inspector Office of Environmental Services SBU/dm TYPE OF ACTION (Chec/~ one ~em one/,) , CITY OF BAKERSFIELD 1715 Chester ~ve., Bakersfield, CA 9~01 (661) ~26-~979 UNDERGROUND 5TO.GE T~KS- UST FACILI~ ~ 1. ~ ~ ~ ~ 3. ~ ~ ~ 5. C~ OF I~N (~ ~ ~ ~) I. FACILITY I $r11; INFORMATION 401. ~A~ILITt OWNER TYI:~ I~. I. CORPORATION 'If owner of UST a imbac ~ency:. rmmed supenaser of 1 ' .... ~: ' ".: ....... ' ...... :' .' ........... ', :.=:'~' ."',": '..'. IL PROPERTyOWNIER .. ..: . ..... .'..,.. :..; . .:..:...~":....' ..': .:.-.. ::,':~.. :.. . ...... ..... U~ OR S~ ~ ~ c~a~ ~& .... 413. , ~~N ~ 3, P~IP T~ 0~ ........ 414. I I~ .... ,'m-n,- ......... 4t5. ': ~LI~ ~ ~ ~ 416. I C~ ' 417. STA~ 418. ~ 419. ~,~CORPORATION 0 3. PARTNF_R.,~HIP JSTATE U~T FAClUTY NUMBER (For/m~/u# oNy) 42~. 1~ UPGRADE CERTIFICA'rE NUMBER (F~r/o~a/~ oNy) UPCF (7/99) S:~CU PAFORMS~w~cb-a.wpd Complete the UST - Facility page for all new permits, permit chang~a or any facility information changes. This page must be submitted within 30 days of permit or t'acility information changes, unless approval is required before making any changes. Submit one UST - Facility page per facility, regardless of the number of tanks located at the site. This form is completed by either the permit applicant or the local agency underground tank inspector. As part of the application, the tank owner must submit a scaled facility plot plan to the local agency showing the location of the USTs with respect to buildings and landmarks [23 CCR )2711 (aX8)], a description of the tank and piping leak detection monitoring program [23 CCR )2711 (aX9)], and, for tanks containing petroleum, documentation showing compliance with state financial responsibilil¥ requirements [23 CCR 72711 (aX11)]. Refer to 23 CCR )2711 for state UST information and permit application requirements. (Note: the numbering of the instructions follows the data element numbers that are on the UPCF pages. These data element numbers are used for electronic submission and are the same as the numbering used in 27 CCR, Appendix C, the Business Section of the Unified Program Data Dictionary.) Please number all pages of your submittal. This helps your CUPA or local agency identify whether the'submittal is complete and if any pages are separated. 1. FACILITY ID NUMBER - Leave this blank. This number is assigned by the CUPA. This is the unique number which identifies your facile. 3. BUSINESS NAME - Enter the full legal name of the business. 400. TYPE OF ACTION - Check the reason the page is being completed. CHECK ONE iTEM ONLY. 401. NEAREST CROSS STREET - Enter the name of the cross street nearest to the site of the tank. 402. FACILITY OWNER TYPE - Check the type of business ownemhip. 403. BUSINESS TYPE - Check the type of business. 404. TOTAL NUMBER OF TANKS REMAINING AT SITE - Indicate the number of tanks remaining on the site after the requested action. 405. INDIAN OR TRUST LAND - Check whether or not the facility is; located on an Indian reservation or other trust lands. 406. PUBLIC AGENCY SUPERVISOR NAME - If the facility owner is a public agency, enter the name of the supervisor for the division, section or office which operates the UST. This person m~,'t have access to the tank records. 407. PROPERTY OWNER NAME - Complete items 407- 412 for the property owner, unless all items are 408. PROPERTY OWNER PHONE the same as the Owner Information (items 111-116) on the Business 409. PROPERTY OWNER MAILING OR STREET ADDRESS Owner/Operator Identification page (OES Form 2730). If the same, 410. PROPERTY OWNER CITY wril:e 'SAME AS SITE' in this section. · 411. PROPERTY OWNER STATE 412. PROPERTY OWNER ZIP CODE 413. PROPERTY OWNER TYPE - Check the type of property ownership. 414. TANK OWNER NAME - Complete items 414- 419 for the lank owner,, unless all items are the 415. TANK OWNER PHONE same as the Owner Information (items 111-116) on the Busihess 416. TANK OWNER MAILING OR STREET ADDRESS Owner/Operator Identification page (OES Form 2730). If the same, 417. TANK OWNER CITY write 'SAME AS SITE' in this section. 418. TANK OWNER STATE 419. TANK OWNER ZIP CODE 420. TANK OWNER TYPE - Check the lype of tank ownership. 421. BOE NUMBER - Enter your Board of Equalization (BOE) UST storage fee account number. This fee applies to regulated USTs storing petroleum products. This is required befon~ your permit application can be processed. If you do not have an account number with the BOE or if you have any questions regarding the fee or exemptions, please call the BOE at (916) 322-9669 or write to the BOE at: Board of Equalization, Fuel Taxes Division, P.O. Box 942879, Sacramento, CA 94279-0030. 422. PETROLEUM UST FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY CODE - Ch,~?.k the method(s) used by the owner and/or operator in meeting the Federal and State financial responsibility requiraments. CHECK ALL THAT APPLY. If the method is not listed, check Aothers= and enter the method(s). USTs owned by any Federal or State agency and non-petroleum USTs are exempt from this requirement. 423. LEGAL NOTIFICATION AND MAILING ADDRESS - Indicate the address to which legal notifications and mailings should be sent. . The legal notifications and mailings will be sent to the tank owner unless the facility (box 1) or the property owner (box 2) is checked. SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT - The business owner/operator of the tank facility, or officially designated representative of the owner/operator, shall sign in the space provided. This signature certifies that the signer believes that all the information submitted is accurate and complete. 424. DATE CERTIFIED - Enter the date that the page was signed. 425. APPLICANT PHONE - Enter the phone number of the applicant (person certifying). 426. APPLICANT NAME - Enter the full printed name of the person signing the page. 427. APPLICANT TITLE - Enter the rifle of the person signing the page. 428. STATE U,~T FACILITY NUMBER - Leave this blank. This number is assigned by the CUPA as follows: the number is composed "--o,f the two digit county number, the three digit jurisdiction number, and a six digit facility number. The facility number must be ti'is same as shown in item 1. 429. 1998 UPGRADE CERTIFICATE NUMBER - Leave this blank. This number is assigned by the CUPA. OFF - E OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave., CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY CHEMICAl.. DESCRIPTION (one fonw per material per building or a~) [] NEW [] ADD [] DELETE [] REVISE 200 Page ~ ol __ BUSINESS ~E (~e ~ FACIL~ ~ ~ D~ - ~ng ~n~ ~) 3 CHERYL LO~TION ~---- - / ti J ~ t_ ~, / / _ _. ~lJ ~E~L LO~TION FACILI~ ID g ~ ~ [ 1 ~ ~ (op~naO ' ~ j GRID g (oo~naO ~ ~E SECRET FIRE CODE HAZARD CLASSES (C,~mpte~e if requested by local fire c~ TYPE [] p PURE ~ m MIXTURE I-1 w WAST~ 211 PHYSICAL STATE [] $ SOUD ~-LIOUID [] g GAS 214 ~--~Yes J--]No 206 ff Subjec~ to EPCRA. r~ to instructions 201 210 RADIOACTIVE []Yes ~ 212 ICURIES 213 215 L GESTCONT^,NER O'Oo FED CATEGORIES [] [] 1 FIRE 2 REACTIVE 3, PRESSURE .RELEASE (~:~,,L4 ACt.rtE HEALTH '~5 CHRONIC HEALTH 216 ANNUAL WASTE 217 I MAXIMUM 21S I AVERAGE 219 I STATE WASTE CODE 220 AMOUNT DAILY AMOUNT DAILY AMOUNT ~ * If EHS. amount mu~t be iff lbs. STORAGE CONTAINER [] a ABOVEGROUNO TANK [] · PLASTIC/NONMETALLIC DRUM [] i FIBER DRUM [] m CLASS BOTTLE [] q RAIL CAR 223 (Check all that apply) ,~c UNDER~OUND TANK I--] f CAN [] j BAG [] n PLASTIC BO3'I'I..E [] ¢ OTHER TANK INSIDE BUILDING [] g ~Y [] k BOX [] 0 TOTE BIN · [] d STEEL DRUM [] h SILO [] I CYLINDER [-1 [~ TANK WAC-ON STORAGE PRESSURE [] a AMBIENT [] aa ABOVE AMBIENT [] ba BELOW AMBIENT 224 STORAGE TEMPERATURE 2 I [] aAMBIENT r'l aa AaOVEAMBIENT [] ba 8ELOWAMBiENT j~ 242 PRINT NAME & TrTLE OF AUTHORIZED COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE [] c CRYOGENIC 225 241 UPCF (7/99) S:~CUPAFORMS\OES2731.T¥4.wpd F~ CITY OF BAKERSFIELD ~ OF OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave., CA, 93301 (661) 326-3979 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY CHEMICAl. DESCRIPTION (one form per mate~fsi per Ou/ktieg or ama) NEW f-I ADD [-I DELETE r-~ REVISE 200 Page __ o~ ~ TYPE [] p PURE ,~ m MIXTURE [] w WASTE 211 PHYSICAL STATE [] s SOUD I~-.LIOUID [] g GAS 214 EHS° [] Yes [] NO 208 ~0 RADIOACTIVE []Yes ~ 212 {CURIES 213 LARGEST CONTAINER /~'t 215 FED HAZARD CATEGORIES (Check ail that apply) [] I FIRE [] 2 REACTIVE [] 3 PRESSURE RELEASE ~.~ ACUTE HEALTH 5 CHRONIC HEALTH 216 AMOUNT DALLY ,AMOUNT DALLY AMOUNT UNITS' [] d CU FT [-1 I~ LB~ [] th TONS 2:21 D ~ *If EHS. ar~3uc, t must he in STORAGE CONTAINER [] a ABOVEGROUND TANK r-] e PLASTIC/NONMETALLIC DRUIVl [] I FIBER DRUM [] m GLASS BOTTLE [] q RAIL CAR 223 (Check alt ~hat appb/) :~ UNDERGROUND TANK [] f CAN [] j BAG [] n PLASTIC BOTTLE [] r OTHER '[~ c TANK INSIDE BUILDING [] g CARBOY [] k BOX [] o TOTE BIN [] d STEEL DRUM [] h SILO [] I CYLINDER r"] p TANK WAGON STORAGE PRESSURE [] a AMBIENT [] aa ABOVE AMBIENT [] ba BELOW AMBIENT 224 STORAGE TEMPERATURE ~ PRINT NAME & TITLE OF AUTHORIZED ( IMPANY REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE DATE 246 ,/,/o, , UPCF (7/gg) S:\CUPAFORMS\OES2731 .TV4.w13d OFF~ CITY OF BAKERSFIELD~I~ OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1715 Chester Ave., CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY CHEMICAL DESCRIPTION (one fom~ per material per bu~k~g or area) [] NEW [] ADO [] DELETE l'--I REVISE 200 Page BUSINESS NAME (Same aa FACILITY P,~,,~ ¥~ or DBA - Doing BusJne~ As) C EMICALI.OCATION "7 /~!/ , / ~i _ /' ~ L..- /~, I/ -- _, 2011 CHEMICAL LOCATION - "": ~;;':'*~'~:*~i' ;~'~:."-¢%6:~':' ~' ~ ~:.5" ':~ ~ '~..:,~.:>'~.**,.;':II/CHEMIC :INFO TION "!c,~:,:-;.:.-;*w.,.,':,-Ts...~.:~/x:::,:~.:' .:.2 ;: ' ' ;:' :'. ,' 205 TRADE SECRET 207 COMMO. NAME &r¢~o[1'~¢/ FIRE CODE HAZARD CLA,..C~ES (complee if req. msted by Iix:al tim TYPE [] p PURE :~m MIXllJRE [] w WASTE 211 PHYSICAL STATE [] s SOUD I~IQUID [] g GAS 214 FED HAZARD CATEGORIES r"] 1 FIRE (Chec~ a~l mat ar)p,'y) I-]2 FtEAC'nVE ot [:::]Yes []No 206 If Subject to EPCRA. re/e~ to instructions EHS' [] yes [] No 208 2'10 RADIOACTIVe_. ['"]Yes ~ 212 ICURIES LARGEST CONT*,.ER /~ eot [] 3 PRESSURE RI:LEASE (.,r~4 ACUTE HF_.al,.m '~'5 CHRONIC HF~TH 213 215 216 ANNUAL WA~TEAMOUNT 217 I DAILyMAXIMUMAMoUNT 218 J DAILyAVERAG~AMOUNT 219 r STATE WASTE COOE UNITS* '~[[~ GAL [] cf CUFT E] . L,BS [].TONS 2:21J DAYS O?..~ ~ * ff EH$. am(x~t must be Iff Ib=s. :~ .. STORAGE CONTAINER [] a ABOVEGROUND TNqK [:] · Pt.A.STIC,,/NONMETALLIC DRUIvl [] i FIBER DRUM [] m GLASS BOI-FLE [] q RAIL CAR 223 (Cileck all that apply) :'~ UNDERGROUND TANK [] f CAN [] j BAG [] n PLASTIC BOTTLE [] r OTHER [] c TANK INSIDE BUILDING [] g ~Y [] k BOX [] o TOTE BIN [] d STEEL DRUM [] h SILO [] I CYLINDER [] g TANK STORAGE PRESSURE [] a AMI~IENT [] aa ABOVEAIV~IENT [] ba BELOWAM~IENT 224 i STORAGE · AMBIENT [] aa ABOVE AMBIENT [] be BELOW AMBIENT [] c CRYOGENIC 225 ! PRINT NAME & TITLE OF AUTHORIZED COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE DATE UPCF (7/99) S:\CUPAFORMS~OES2731 .TV4.uCx:I CITY OF BAKERSFIELD OFFI OF ENVIRONMENTAL S V'ICES 1715 Chester Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS - TANK PAGE I TYPE OF ACTION Check one ,tern NEW SITE PERMIT [] 4.. AMENDED PERMIT for ~ use only) ~-1 3. RENEWAL ~] ~. CHANG~ OF INFORMATION) BUSINESS NAME (~gt'te LOCATION WITHIN ~T~ Page -- of [] 8. TEMPORARY SITE CLOSURE [] ?. PERMANENTLY CLOSE0 ON SITE (,~eo~y ~nge - for/ocs/use on/y) [] 8. TANK REMOVE0 43~: 43' iTANK ID # iDATE INSTALLEr.} (Y~) I. TANK I)ESCRIP11ON 432 ~ TANK MANUFACTURE~ TANK CAPACITY IN GALLONS 433 I COMPARTMENTALIZED TANK [] Yes [] NO If 'Yes'. complMe one page far eacfl c~'~parimenl. 436 NUblBER OF COMPARTMENTS 434 437 - TAN~ USE 439 ~1. kK)TOR VEHICLE FUEL marked, compleM PeboMum Type) I[-] Z ~ON-~EL PETROU~UM [] 4. H,~.A.'~X:X~$ WASTE (~nofu~. U~O~ 0~. u~ I PETROLEUM TYPE 4443 a. REGULAR UI4.EADED [] ;~. LEADED I-'1 5. JET FUEL ~-] lb. PREMIUMUNL~.ADED [] 3. OlE~EL E:] 6. AVIATION FUEL COW~N NAhf. Otom Hattt~ou~ Mate~M,t tm,entoty t~ge) 441 CA~ # (f~om H~zardou~ Matelfe~ lMna~, pege) 442 T'YP~ OF TANK TANK CGNfTRUCTION q~t. SINGLEW, NJ. r-! 3. SINGI. EWALLWm. I r'~ S. StNGI.EWALLWITHINTERNAt. Bt.ADOERSYSTEU EXTERIOR MEMB~ UNER [] 4. StNG~. WN.I. tN A VAULT TANK MATERIAL - i~flmMy lank t (c~.~ one ~,, •My) [] 2. TANK MATERIAL - I~ ~ C] 1. C] 5. CONCRETE I'] ~. UNKNOWN [] S. FRPCOMPATIBLEWI100~ METHANOL I~J 99. OTHER BARESTEEt. [] 3. FIBERGCASSIPI.A~TIC I'~ S. FRPCOMPATIBLE w1100% METHANOL I-] gS. UNKNOWN STEEL [] 4. STEEL Ct. AD W/FI~.:RC...~ [] g. FRP NON-CORRODIBLE JACKET I-] 99. OTHER REINFORCED Pt. ASI'IC (FRP) [] 10. COATED STEEL TANK INTERIOR LJNIN~ I-] 1. RUBSE~ lINED O 3. EPOXY lINING OR COATING O 2. ALKYO UNtN~ ri 4. PHENOUC UNING C] ~. ~ LJNING li~ g~. UNK/~WN 44~ "~u~ ~. O'mE~ ~ C] DATE INSTALLED 44T O THF.~ CORROSION PROTECTION IF APPLICABLE (Check one/Mm or, h/) ~-I 1. MAI~JF~ CATHOOIO PROTECl~ON 0 2. SAC,~FIOL~ N~OOE O 3. FIBERGU~ REINFORCED C] 4. WPR~tMD CU~J~T DATE INSTALleD 449 (~r ~ uM only) SPILL ANO OVERFILL YEARINSTAU. ED 450 TYPE(Fo~.alu~eo~'y) 451 'Check all rectally) [] I. ~aILL CONTAJNMENT 0 2. ~opTu.~ . ~'~::~.;;~.~:,;T:i,~?~:,?~?~'...'::~"~:~?~,';:':i:~'~ii~.~i:~!ii.~:N~:~:i~A~'i~~~ IF ~tNOl~ WALt. TANK [Ch~k [] 1. VISUAL (EXPO~ PORTION ONLY) ~' 2. AUTOMATIC TANK •AUGUr3 (ATO) [] 3. CONTINUOUS ATQ [] 4. STATISTICAL INVENTORY RECONCILIATION (SIR) + BIENNIAL TANK [] 5. MANUAL TANK GAUGIN~ (MTn3) J'"l ~, VAOOREZ. ONE [] 7. aROUNOWATER O S. TANK TESTING D~. o'men OVERFILL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT: YEAR INSTALLED 452 [] 1. ALARM -- [] 3. FILL TUBE SHUT OFF VALVE ~ O 2. BALL FLOAT__ [] 4. EXEMPT IF DOUBLE WALL. TANK OR TANK WITH BLADOER (CMck o~/lem on/y): 454 r-I 1. VISUAL. (SINGLE WALL IN VAULT ONLY) ~'] 2. CONTINUOUS INTERSTITIAL MONITORING I"'] 3. MANUAL MONITORING V. TANK CLOSURE INFORMATION I PERMANENT CLOSURE IN PLACE ESTIMATED O~TE ~ USF. D Cm/Ivio~AY) 45s e~TIMATEO QUAN'rrI~ OF SUB~TANC~ REMAJNtN~ 4~ TANK FILLED WITH INERT MATERIAL? 45/' r-ly# O N~ UPCF (7/99) S:~,CUPAFORMS~SWRCB'B,wPD rill ltC CITY OF BAKERSFIELD .~, OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES heifer Ave., Bakemfleld, CA 93301 (661) 326-39 U~T · TANK PAGE 2 Page .,, of Vt, PIPING CONSTRUCTION (C.~ ~f mat ~/) ..:" ~:~ ' ABOVEGROUNO PIPING / UNDERGROUND PIPING SYSTEM TYPE ] 1, PRESSURE [] 2. SUCTION [] 3, GRAVITY 458 -/. CONSTRUCTION ~1. SINGLE WALL [] 3. LINED TRENCH [] 99. OTHER 460 MANUFACTURER, 2. DOUBLE WALL [] 95. UNKNOWN MANUFACTURER 461 [] 1. BARE STEEL [] 6. FRP COMPATIBLE WI 100% METHANOL MATERIALS AND [] 2. STAINLESS STEEL [] 7. GALVANIZED STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION [] 3. PLASTIC COMPATIBLE WITH CONTENTS [] 95, UNKNOWN l~4. FIBERGLASS [] 8. FLEXIBLE (HOPE) [] 99. OTHER [] 5. STEEL WI COATING [] 9. CATHODIC PROTECTION 464 [] 1. PRESSURE [] 2. SUCTION [] 3. GRAVITY 459 [] I. SINGLE WALL [] 95. UNKNOWN 462 [] 2. DOUBLE WALL [] 99. OTHER MANUFACTURER 463 [] 1. BARE STEEL [] 2. STAINLESS STEEL J~ 6. FRP COMPATIBLE WI 100% ~L [] 7. GALVANIZED STEEL [] 3. PLASTIC COMPATIBLE WITH CONTENTS [] 8. FLEXIBLE (HDPE) [] 99. OTHER [] 4. FIBERGLASS [] 9. CATHODIC PROTECTION ?'1 S. STEEL w/COATING [] 95. UNKNOWN 465 UNDERGROUND PIPING VIL piiNG LEAK DETECTION (ch~ m? mat ap, o~y) SINGLE WALL PIPING 466 PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all U~at apply): ;]/1. ELECTRONIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR 3.0 GPH TEST wrI'H AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAK. SYSTEM FAILURE. AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION * AUDIBLE AND VISUAL [] 2. MONTHLY 02 C.-PH TEST [] 3. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) CONVENTIONAL SUCTION SYSTEMS: [] 5. DAILY VISUAL MONITORING OF PUMPING SYSTEM + TRIENNIAL PIPING INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) SAFE SUCTION SYSTEMS (NO VALVES IN BELOW GROUND PIPING): [] 7. SELF MONITORING GRAVITY FLOW: [] 9. BIENNIAL INTEGRrrY TEST (0.1 Cd=H) [] 2. CONTINUOUS DISPENSER PAN SENSOR + AUDIBLE AND VISU~AL ALARMS [] 3. CONTINUOUS DISPENSER PAN SENSOR WITH AUTO SHUT OFF FOR DISPENSER + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS SECONDARILY CONTAINED PIPING PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all that apply): 10. CONTINUOUS TURBINE SUMP SENSOR WITH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL Al-ARMS AND (Ched< one) [] a. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF WHEN A LEAK OCCURS [] b. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR ~, SYSTEM FAILURE AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION [] c. NO AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF [] 11. AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3,0 GPH TEST) W~rH FLOW SHUT oFF OR RESTRICTION [] 12. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPI-I) SUCTION/GRAVITY SYSTEM: [] 13. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL .M.ARMS EMERGENCY GENERATOR~ ONLY (Check all that ap~oly) [] 14. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR WITHOUT AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF * AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 15. AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3.0 GPH TEST) WITHOUT FLOW SHLIT OFF OR RESTRICTION [] 16. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) [] 17. DAILY VISUAL CHECK DISPENSER CONTAINMENT [] 1. FLOAT MECHANISM THAT SHUTS OFF SHEAR VALVE DATE INSTALLED 46~ ABOVEGROUND PIPING SINGLE WALL PIPING 467 PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all that apply): I-] 1. ELECTRONIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR 3.0 ~ TEST WITH AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAK, SYSTEM FAILURE, AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 2. MONTHLY 0= Gm TEST ['"] 3. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 Cd=H) [-] 4. DAILY VISUAL CHEC~ CONVENTIONAL SUCTION SYSTEMS (Check all ~at apply): ["! 5. DAILY VISUAL MONITORING OF PIPING AND PUMPING SYSTEM ['1 6. TRIENNIAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) ~AFE SUCTION SYSTEMS (NO VALVES IN BELOW GROUND PIPING): r:] ?. SELF MONITORING G~.VITY FLOW (Check all b3at apply): [:'] 8. DAILY VISUAL MONITORING ' r"] 9. BIENNIAL INTEGRrFYTEST(O.1 GPH) SECONDARILY CONTAINED PIPING PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all that apply): 10. CONTINUOUS TURBINE SUMP SENSOR WITH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS AND (cttec~ one) [] a. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF WHEN A LEAK OCCURS [] b, AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAKS, SYSTEM FAILURE AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION [] c. NO AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF I'] 11. AUTOMA'nC LEAK DETECTOR [::] 12. ANNUAL ~NTEGRn'Y TEST (0.1 GPH) SuC'rlON/GRAVlTY SYSTEM: I'-~ 13. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS EMERGENCY GENERATOR~ ONLY (Check all that apply) r'"l 14. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR WITHOUT AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL I-:l 15. AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3.0 GPH TEST) I~1 16. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) r-] 17. DAILY VISUAL CHECK [] 4. DAILY VISUAL CHECK [] 5. TRENCH LINER / MONITORING [] 6. NONE 469 IX, OWNER/OPERATOR SIGNATURE I certify that the information prowo~KI h~'ein il trtle and accurate to the be~t 0~ my Imovdedge. SIGNATURE OF OWNER/OPERATOR NAME OF OWNER/OPERATOR IPermit Number (Forlocal use only) 473 Pem~lt .approved (Fo(/ocl/(Me on/y) I DATE 470 471 TITLE OF OWNER/OPERATOR 472 474 I Pencil Expiratim Date (Forloc~l use only) 475 UPCF {7/99) S:\CUPAFORMS'~SWRCB-B.WPD CITY OF BAKERSFIELD _ OFFI~ OF ENVIRONMENTAL SE~'ICES 1715 Chester Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS - TANK PAGE 1 TYPE OF ACTION ( Cl~ecn one ,tern only) [] 1. NEW SITE F~RMIT [] 3. RENEWAL PERMIT [-1 4. AMENDED PERMIT 8USINESS NAME (~e M FAC. JLITY NAME ~ DBA - Dong LO~TION ~THIN ~ (~1) [] $. CHANC...~ OF INFORI~AATION) use on/y) ["'J ~. TEMPORARY SITE CLOSURE [] 7. PERMANENTLY CLOSED ON SITE [] 8. TANK REMOVED 43. TANK lO ~1 432 0ATE INST ~ I. TANK DESCRIPTION TANK MANUFACTURER TANK CJd3ACITY IN GALLONS COMPARTMENTALtZED TANK [] Yes [] No ff 'Yes'. comptola one page for eac~ compattt/la11. NUMBER OF COIVPARTMENTS 437 TANK US~ 439 ~1. MOTOR VEHIC/~E FUEL (if marked, colD,ere Peeoleum Ty~e) r-1 2. NON-FUEL PE'mOLEUM [] '~. CHEM~=/U. PROOUCT [] 4. HAZARDOUS WASTE []95. UKrK,N(~I,/N IL TANK C~ PETROt. EUM TYPE 44O [] il). PREMIUM UNLEADED [] 3. DIESEL [] 6. AVIATION FUEL UNLF_.,~:~:D 4. GASONOL ~e. OTHER 441 CAS # (from Hazantou~ Mater. s Irrvenm~/ page) 442 ~1. Sa~3LE WN.L III. TANK CON~UCTiON rn s. s~.EwxLLwrr, l~BcxDoe~sYs~rr~ r-] ~. UN~<NGWN EXTERIOR I~.MB/~E UNER [] 4. SINC-LE WALL IN A VAULT TANg MATER~d. - mtmm'y tank '~l. BARE STEEL (o~c* one n~m On,l) [] Z STNNLESS STEEL [] 3. FIBERC_~ASS I PLAS,;TIC []'.4. STEEL CU~D REINFORCED P%ASTIC (FFU~I TANK MATERLAL - ~ tank [~ 1. ~ ~ (c.~ck one ~e~ o~y) [] 2. STNNLESS STEEL [] s. CONCRETE [] 95. UNKNOWN [] 8. FRP COI~OATIBLE W1100% METHANOL [] 99. OTHER [] 3. FIBERGLASS/PLASTIC [] 8. FRPCOIvlPATIBLEWI100% METHANOL {--195. UNKNOWN [] 4. S'rEEL CLAD W/FI~:.RGLASS [] g. FRP NON-CORRODIBLE JACKET I--] 9g. OTHER REINFORCED Pt.A~IC (FR~ [] 10. COATED STEEL TANK ~NTERtOR UNINO [] 1. RUBBER UtaEO [] 3. EPOXY UNtNG )R COATING 0 2. n~woum~ [] 4. ~ENOucu..~ I-3 5. ~_As8 LINING [] 95. UNKNOWN 44e '~U~ ~. O'mER __ DATE IN~'rAJ. LED 447 OTH~ COR,~OSION PROTECTION IF (C~ecn one ~ o~y) [] 1. MA~JF~ CATHO01C [] 2. SACRIFICLN. ANOOE [] 3. F18F._~ REINI-'(~ ~ [] 4. ~P~SS~D cum~Et,n' [] ~. oTH~ DATE INS'TALLED 449 (For ~ocal use only) SPILL ANO OVERFILL YEAR IN~rALLED 450 TYPE (Fo~ k3,~/use on~) 451 (Check all ~at alAoiy) [] 1. ~P1LL CONTAINMENT [] L VISUAL (B(PO~.D PORTION ONt. Y) v~ 2. AUTOMATIC TANK (:~MJC~NG (ARQ) [] 3. CONTINUOUS ArQ []-4. STATISTIC.~I. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION (SIR) SIENNIAL TAJ~K I'F,.~TIN(3 [] 5. MANUAL TANK GAUGING (MTG) [] e. VAt. SE ZONE [] 7. QROUNOWATER [] 8. TANK TESTING OVERFILL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT: YEAR IN.~rAJ_LED 452 [] 1. ALARM [] 3. FILL TUBE SHUT OFF VALVE _ [] 2. ~ ~GAT [] ~. ~ IF DOUBLE WALL TANK OR TANK WITH 81.ADDER (Check o~e ~em only): 454 [] 1. VISUAL (SINGLE WALL tN VAULT ONLY) [] 2. CONTINUOUS INTERSTITIAL MONITORING [] 3. MANUAL MONITORING V. TANK Cl.O~URE INFORMATION I P[RMANENT CI.O~URE IN PLACE ESTIMATED OATE LAir U~.D (YI~MO/DAY} 43~ E~TIMATED QUANTrI~ OF SUBSTANCE REM/dNIN~ 4~ TANK FILLED WITH INERT MATERIAL? 457 ny# ONo UPCF (7/99) S:\CUPAFORMS~WRCB-8.WPD ~ CITY OF BAKERSFIELD I~I OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 17~J"CheBter Ave.. Bakemfleld, CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 UST. TANK PAGE 2 Vt, PlfllNO CO#STRUCT1ON (c~c* .~ ~'~t.my) ABOVEGROUND PIPING UNOERGROUND PIPING SYSTEM TYPE ~ ! PRESSURE [] 2. SUCTION [] 3. GRAVITY 458 CONSTRUCTIONV t. SINGLE WALL [] 3. LINED TRENCH [] 99. OTHER 460 MANUFACTURER![] 2. DOUBLE WALL [] 9,5. UNKNOWN t MANUFACTURER 461 'r-J I. BARE STEEL [] 8. FRP COMPATIBLE W/100% METHANOL MATERIALScoRROSIoNAND IE] 2. STAINLESS STEEL [] 7'~ GALVANIZED STEEL PROTECTION i [] 3. PLASTIC COMPATIBLE WITH CONTENTS [] 95. UNKNOWN 4. FIBERCA.ASS [] FLEXIBLE [] 99. OTHER 8, (HOPE) : [] 5. STEEL W/COATING E] 9. CATHO01C I::~ROTECTION 464 [] ~. PRESSURE [] 2. SUCTION [] 3. GRAVITY 4S9 ["] 1. SINGLE WALL [] 95. UNKNOWN 462 ['"] 2. DOUBLE WALL [] 99. OTHER MANUFACTURER 463 [] 1. BARE STEEL E~ 2. STAINLESS STEEL [] 6. FRP COMPATIBLE W/100%~L [] 7. GALVANIZED STEEL ['~] 3. PLASTIC COMPATIBLE WITH CONTENTS [] 8. FLEXIBLE (HOPE) E~] 99. OTHER ["~] 4. FIBERGLASS [] g. CATHODIC PROTECTION ["] 5. STEEL W/COATING [] 95. UNKNOWN 465 VII. PIPING LEAK DETECTION (check aa that UNDERGROUND PIPtNG ABOVEGROUND PIPING SINGLE WAL. L PIPING 466 !PRESSURIZEO PIPING (Check a//that apply): .~1. ELECTRONIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR 3.0 C_,.43~ TEST WITH AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEA~ SYSTEM FAILURE. AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 2. MONTHLY 0.2 GPH TEST [] 3. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) CONVENTIONAL SUCTION SYSTEMS: [] 5. DALLY VISUAL MONITORING OF PUMPING SYSTEM + TRIENNIAL PIING INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) SAFE SUCTION SYSTEMS (NO VALVES IN BELOW GROUND PIPING): [] ?. SELF MONITORING : GRAVITY FLOW: [] 9. BIENNIAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 Gl=H) SECONDARILY CONTAINED PIPING PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check a# that apply): 10. CONTINUOUS TURBINE SUMP SENSOR Wl'FH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS AND (Chec~ one) [] a. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF WHEN A LEAK OCCURS [] b. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR L.EAX~, SYSTEM FAJLURE AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION [] c. NO AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF [] 11. AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3.0 C_dPH TEST) VV~'H FLOW SHUT OF~= OR RESTRICTION E] 12. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 SUCTION/GRAVITY SYSTEM: [] 13. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS EMERGENCY G ENERATOR.~ ONLY (Check al ~bat a/N3/y) [] 14. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR W]THOUT AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF +AUOIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 15. AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3.0 GPH TEST) WITH(~I. IT FLOW SHUT OFF OR RESTRICTION [] 16. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) [] 17. OAILY VISUAL CHECK SINGLE WALL PIPING 467 PRESSURIZED PIPING (Chec. k all that apply): r'] 1. ELECTRONIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR 3.0 ~ TEST WITH AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAK. SYSTEM FAILURE. AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION ~' AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS E] z MONTHLY o.z G~H mST E] 3. ANNUAL INTEGRFFY TEST (0.1 GPH) J-] 4. DAILY VISUAL CHECX O:)NVENT1ONAL SUCTION SYSTEMS (Check a# ~het apply): [-] 5. DALLY VISUAL MONITORING OF PIPING AND PUMPING SYSTEM I-] e. TmENN~J. ~NTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GP~) SAFE SUCTION SYSTEMS (NO VALVES IN BELOW GROUND PIPING): J"J ?. SELF MONITORING GI>v&VITY FLOW (Check all ~at apply): I-J 8. DALLY VISUAL MONn'ORING J-'J 9. BIENNIAL INTEGRITY TEST (O.1 SECONDARILY CONTAINED PIPING PRESSURIZED PIPING (check all ~at apply): 10. CONTINUOUS TURBINE SUMP SENSOR WTrH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS AND (ctte¢~ one) [] a. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF WHEN A LEAK OCCURS [] b. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAKS, SYSTEM FAILURE AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION [] c. NO AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF [] 11. AUTOMA'RC LEAK DETECTOR [] 12. ANNUAL ~NTEGRrTY TEST (0.1 GPH) SUCTION~GRAVITY SYSTEM: [] 13. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR + AUDIBI.E AND VISUAL At.ARMS EMERGENCY GENERATOR~ ONLY (CJleck aJ/ that apply) [] 14. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR WTT~I,rT AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL [] 15. AUTOMA~C LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3.0 GPH TEST) [] 16. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) [] 17. OA~LY VISUAL CHECK DISPENSER CONTAINMENT [] 1, FLOAT MECHANISM THAT SHUTS OFF SHEAR VALVE [] 4. DALLY VISUAL CHECK DATE INSTALLED 468 [] 2. CONTINUOUS DISPENSER PAN SENSOR + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 5. TRENCH LINER / MONITORING [] 3. CONTINUOUS DISPENSER PAN SENSOR ~ AUTO SHUT OF:F FOR DISPENSER + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 6, NONE 469 IX. OWNER/OPERATOR SIGNATURE i c,e~tify lhal the in/o*'maUon pro~ded he."ein i~ Irue and accurate to the be~t o~ my Imowledge. 471 DATE I /~{~' 470 TITLE OF OWNER/OPERATOR 472 4741Permit E.xDtraflo~ O~te (For local use ot'dy) 475I UPCF (7/99) S:\CUPAFORMS~SWRCB-B.WP D OF ACTION one ~tem CITY OF BAKERSFIELD OFFIO OF ENVIRONMENTAL SE ICES 1715 Chester Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS- TANK PAGE 1 [~1 1. NEW SITE PERMIT [] 4. AMENDED PERMIT [] :3. RENEWAL PERMIT (Specdy macon, for ~cm use only) BUSINESS NAM~ (Same a~ FACILITY NAME or Ol~A - Doing ~ A~) r'] $. CHANGE OF INFORMATION) [] 8. TEMPORARY SITE CLOSURE [] 7, PERMANENTLY CLOSED ON SITE (S~..,dy ¢ttan~e - fo~k3cal u.~e on/y) [] 8. TANK REMOVED I. TANK 0ESCRIPTION TANK MANUFACTURER 433 TANK CAPACITY tN GALLONS 4,,18 COMPARTMENTALIZED TANK [] Yes [] No If 'Yes'. co~pleia one pa~e for eaffl ~p,3"[me~ll. NUMBER OF COMPARTMFJ~TS . 43~ 437 TAN~ USE 439 ~'"'1. MOTOR VE,HIC1.E FUEL (If tr~. co~o~ P~eole~m T~ ) ~ 2. ~ ~ 3. ~E~ ~ U~ D~. u~ IL TANK CON3ENT~ PETROLEUM 73'PE Pf:~.MRJU UNLEADED [] 3, DIESEL [] 6. AVIATION ~ ~ ~c ~ U~ ~ 4. ~L ~ ~. O~ 'rY]=E OF TANK ~ t. Sli'~__~.EWALI. IlL TANK CONSTRUCTION ~ 3. SINC4.EWALLWrrl4 441 J CAS # (fn:m~ Hazafdo~ Mate~els lnvent~y ~age)~ ~0~ ~ ~ ( ~ ? 5. SINGLE WN.& Wn'*H INTERNAL I~kDOER SYS'FEM 442 · ~& ~ouBLEw~a. EXTERIOR blEMB~MqE UNER [] 4. S~ WALL IN A VAULT TANK MA TEFUAL - (c_~ec~ one ~m omy) [] 2. STA~e. ESS STEEL [] 3. FIB~R~II:~TIC ' g'_l4. STEEL C, LAD W/FIEIERGCASS REINFORCED P~A~mC (FRI~ TANK MATERIAL - ~ ~ [] 1. BARE C.,~ecko~ hemo~/) [] 2. STruCSTEEL [] s. CONCRETE [] 95. UNKNOWN l--] 8. FRP COMPATIBLE W/100% METHANOL ~ 99. OTHER [] 3. FIBER~/Pt.A~'rlC [] 8. FRPCOMPATIBLEW/100% METHANOL []95. UNKNOWN [] 4. STEEL ~ W/Fla~-:RGLASS [] 9. FR~ NON-COR~OOIBLE ~C_,~-'T [] ~9. OT~ER REm~FORCED Pt. AS'nC (FRP) r-] 10. COATED STEEL TANK INFERIOR UNING r'l 1. ~IiF. R ~ [] 3. EPOfl UNIN~ OR COATINO [] [. ~ U~ING [] 95. UNKNOWN 44~ R~[e. U.UNEO El ~. oi~ __ DATE INSTALLED 447 OTHER CORJ~OS~)N [] 1. MANUFACTURED CATHOOIC r-I 3. F~SE. RGLASS REIN~3RCED PtASTIC [] 95. UNKNOWN PROTECTION IF APPUC/~LE PROTEC'nON [] 4. L~W~ESSEO CURREm' [] 9g. OTHE~ C~eck one ~m o~/y) [] 2. SACRIFICIAL ANODE DATE INSTALLED 449 (Forlocalu~oni,/) SPILL ANO OVF~ILL ( C~eck all that ~IN:STNJ. ED 450 TYP~(Fo¢/o,:a/t~e, on~y) 451 [] 1. ~°tLL CONTAINMENT D z ~P ~ :.:? .': .~.:..,.;.~:::..~::,..:, ~:. . ...,,.. ..... % .~.-.: ............ ~-; [] S. M~WUAL TANK G~UGING (MTG) [] 6. VA~)O~ ZONE [] 7. (mOUNOWAT~ [] 8. TANK TESTING 4~3 O~J~FILJ. PROTECTION EQUIPMENT: YF. AR II'~-~TALLED 452 [] 1. A~ ~ [] 3. FILL TUBE SHUT OFFVALVE ~ [] 2. ~ FLOAT__ [] 4. ~ IF DOU~.E WALL TANK OR TANK WITN Bi~ADI:)~R (Check one hem only): 454 [] 1. VISUAL (SINC4.E WALL IN VAULT ONLY) [] 2. CONTINUOUS INTERSTITIAL MONITORING [] 3. MAHUAL MONITORIN(.~ V. TANK CLO~URE INFORMATION I PERMANENT CLO~URE IN PLACE ESTIMATED OATE ~ U~.D (~AY) ~ E~rlMATED QUANTITY OF ~UB.~TANC~ REMAININ~ 4~ TANK FILLED WITH INERT MATERIAL? 457 r-Iy# []No UPCF (7/99) S:\CUPAFORMS~SWRCB-0*WPO · i I~! OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES I :i-;:}!i~i!~)" 1711".rchester Ave., Bakemfl®ld, CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 ~f..~!~=~ ,~ ~ ~ i ii , UBT. TANK PAGE A~OVEGROUND PIPING UNDERGROUND PIPING SYSTEM TYPE .,~ ~,fl. PRESSURE i CONSTRUCTION/ 1. SINGLE WALL [] 3. LINED TRENCH [] 99. OTHER 460 ' MANUFACTURER~[~ 2. DOUBLE WALL E~ 95. UNKNOWN MANUFACTURER 461 [] 2. SUCTION I~, 3. GRAVITY 458 i r-'] ~. BARE STEEL [] 6. FRP COMPATIBLE WI 1(X)% METHANOL MATERIALS AND l~'J 2. STAINLESS STEEL [] 7. GALVANIZED STEEL CORROSION I ~ PROTECTION ! U 3. PLASTIC COMPATIBLE WlTH CONTENTS [] 95. UNKNOWN .,j~ ~j FIBERGLASS [] B. FLEXIBLE (HOPE) [] 99. OTHER STEEL w/COATING [] 9. CATHODIC PROTECTION 464 PRESSURE [] 2. SUCTION [] 3. GRAVITY 459 [] 1. SINGLE WALL [] 95. UNKNOWN 462 [] 2. DOUBLE WALL [] 99. OTHER MANUFACTURER 463 [] 1. BARE STEEL [] 6. FRP COMPATIBLE W/100% METHANOL [] 2, STAINLESS STEEL [] 7, GALVANIZED STEEL ["J 3. PLASTIC COMPATIBLE WITH CONTENTS [] 8. FLEXIBLE (HOPE) [] 99. OTHER ["~ 4. FIBERGLASS [] 9. CATHODIC PROTECTION [--~ 5. STEEL W/COATING [] 95. UNKNOWN 465 · " VIL PIPING LEAK DETIECTION (Che~ e# ff~at,~¢~/) ':":" UNDERGROUND PIPING ABOVEGROUND PIPING SINGLE WALL PIPING 466 PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all ~at apply): 1. ELECTRONIC LINE LEAK OETECTOR 3.0 GPH TEST W~rH AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAK. SYSTEM FAILURE. AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION + AUDffiLE AND VISUAL [] 2. MONTHLY 0.2 CJ>H TEST [] 3. ANNUAL INTE~ITY TEST (0.1 GPH) CONVENTIONAL SUCTION SYSTEMS: [] 5. DAILY VISUAL MONITORING OF PUMPING SYSTEM + TRIENNIAL PIPING INTEGRITY TEST (0. I GPH) SAFE SUCTION SYSTEMS (NO VALVES IN BELOW GROUND PIPING): [] 7. SELF MONITORSNG GRAVITY FLOW: [] 9. BIENNIAL INTEGRrTY TEST (0.1 GPH) SECONDARILY CONTAINED PIPING PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all that apply): 10. CONTINUOUS TURBINE SUMP SENSOR WITH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALA/~4S AND (Chec~ [] a. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF WHEN A LEAK OCCURS [] b. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAKS, SYSTEM FAILURE AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION [] c. NO AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF [] 11. AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3,0 GPH TEST) WITH FLOW SHUT OFJ: OR RESTRICTION [] 12. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 SUCTION/GRAViTY SYSTEM: [] 13. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR + AUOIBL.~ AND ViSUAL AJ. ARM~ EMERGENCY GENERATOR~ ONLY (C//eck M ~'mt app/y) [] 14. CONTINUOUS SUMP S~R WFFHOUT AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 15, AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3.0 GPH TEST) WITHOUT FLOW SHUT OFF OR RESTRICTION [] 16. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) [] 17. DAILY VISUAL CHECK SINGLE WALL PIPING 467 PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all that apply): [-J 1. ELECTRONIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR 3.0 ~ TEST WITH AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAK. SYSTEM FAILURE. AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTION + AUDIBLE AND ViSUAL ALARMS ["~] 2. MONTHLY 0.2 GPH TEST I'] 3. ANNUAL ~NTEGRrrY TEST (0.1 GPH) ~""1 4. DAILY VISUAL CHEC~ O::)NVENTIONAL SUCTION SYSTEMS (Check a# t~at apply): r'] 5, DAILY VISUAL MONITORING OF PIPING AND PUMPING SYSTEM ~"] 6. TRIENNIAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) SAFE SUCTION SYSTEMS (NO VALVES IN SELOW GROUND PIPING): El 7. SELF MONITORING GRAVrTY FLOW (Check all that apply): [] 8. DAILY ViSUAL MONITORING [] 9. BIENNIAL INTEGRITY TEST (O.I GPH) SECONDARILY CONTAINED PIPING PRESSURIZED PIPING (Check all that apply): 10. CONTINUOUS TURBINE SUMP SENSOR WITH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS AND (ci~ec~ o~e) [] a. AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF WHEN A lEAK OCCURS [] b, AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF FOR LEAKS, SYSTEM FAILURE AND SYSTEM DISCONNECTK:)N [] c. NO AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF [] 11. AUTOMATIC LEAK DETECTOR [] 12. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) SUCTION/GRAvrrY SYSTEM: [] 13. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS EMERGENCY G ENER~TOR~ ONLY (Check ai~ ~t [] 14. CONTINUOUS SUMP SENSOR wm-I~¥T AUTO PUMP SHUT OFF + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL [] 15. AUTOMATIC LINE LEAK DETECTOR (3.0 GPH TEST) [] 16. ANNUAL INTEGRITY TEST (0.1 GPH) [] 47. DAILY VISUAL CHECK DISPENSER CONTAINMENT [] I. FLOAT MECHANISM THAT SHUTS OFF SHEAR VALVE [] 4. DALLY VISUAL CHEC~ DATE INSTALLED 468 [] 2. CONTINUOUS DISPENSER PAN SEN..~OR + AUDIBLE AND VISUAl. ALARMS [] S, TRENCH LINER / MONITORING I~1 3. CONTINUOUS DISPENSER PAN SENSOR wrr~ AUTO SHUT OFF FOR DISPENSER + AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS [] 8. NONE 469 IX. OWNER/OPERATOR SIGNATURE I certify that tl~e info,'maIlo~ provided hecein ia tree an~ ac~.Jrate lo the ~ SIGNATURE OF OWNER/OPERATOR NAME OF OWNER/OPERATOR (pr~nt~ Perm Jr Num0~ (For ~ocal u~e Only) 473 / Pe~nitA~pr°ved(F°~l°caluae°nlY) 471 TJITLE OF OWNER/OPERATOR 474 472 Pe~ml! E.xpir~fl~ Dam (Forlocal u~e on/y) 475 I UPCF (7/99) S:\CUPAFORMS~SWRCB-B.WPD The Chief Financial Officer or the owner or operator must sign, under penalty of perjury, a letter worded EXACTLY as follows or you may complete this letter by filling in the blanks with appropriate information. LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER I am the Chief Financial Officer 7 ,er ,er y (Business Name, Business Ad.ss, and Correspondence Address of owner or operator.) 111 W Ocean Blvd., Suite 1650, Long Beach, CA. 90802 This letter is in support if the use of the Underground Storage Tank Cleanup Fund to demonstrate financial responsibility for taking corrective action and/or compensating third parties for bodily injury and property damage caused by an unauthorized release of petroleum in the amount of at least $ 10,000 per occurrence and $ 10,000 annual aggregate coverage. (Dollar Amount) (Dollar Am oun0 Underground storage tanks at the following facilities tire assured by this letter: ' ' ~/ (Name'~d address of each facility for which financial responsibility is being demonstrated.) 1. Amount of annual aggregate coverage being assured By this letter ................................................ $ 10,000.00 2. Total tangible assets ....................................... $ 155,828,000.00 3. Total Liabilities ............................................ $ 141,676,000.00 4. Tangible net worth (subtract line 3 from line 2. Line 4 must be at least 10 times line 1) ................ $ 14,152,000.00 I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to the wording specified in subsection 2808.1 (d)(1), Chapter 18, Division 3, Title 23 of the California Code if Regulations. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. Executed at Long Beach, California 90802 (Place of Execution) bff/tt' 0~ate) (Signature) ~~ Twanna Rogers (Print Name) E.V.P. (Title) C:\My Documents\FinancialOfficerLtr.doc State of California State Water Rexoumes 3o~d FINANCIA CERTIFICATION OF FOR UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS CONTAINING PETROLEUM _ RESPONSIBILITY I am required to demonstra~ Financial Respousibility in the required amouut:; as specified in Section ZS07, Chapter tS, Div. 3, Title 23. CCR: ~ 500,000 dollars per o~:urrenc~ ~ I mirlion dollars annual ag~rcgale or ,'MND or [~] I million dollars per occurrence ~ 2 milli0a dollars ampul .~re&a,e B. Tower Energy Group hereby certifies that it is in compliance with the requiremenhs o/Section 24?07, (N.~m e of T~ 0.~ ~ or OT~ ~) Article 3, Chapter 18, D/vision 3, 7?tie 23, California Code of Regulations. The rnechan/sms used to demonstrate financial responsibility as requ/red by Section 2007are as follows: C :':;-::Mechamsm::ii!' ::::ii:.!:;:!!Name and-Addres§'01]ssuer:.::.:..:.:::!::): :.:': ' .' MeChanism;::!!)~ i:::::;!::: .':):: .sili!i~emge.i!:.::: :.:.:.Coverage Corrective Third Party State UST Fund Chief Financial Officer Letter State UST Clean-Up Fund P.O. Box 944212 Sacramento, CA. 94244-2120 Tower EnergY Group 111 W. Ocean Blvd., Suite 1650 Long Beach, CA. 90802 N/A For UST Clean-Up Fund N/A For This Mechanism $995,000 Per Occurence and Annual Aggregate $10.000 Per OccureHce and Annual Aggregate State UST Clean-Up Fund Continous Annual Note: If you are using the State Fund as any part of your demonstration of financial responsibility, of this cerCfication also certifies that you are in compliance wh'h all conditions for par~iciF~tion in the Fund. YES YES ,our execution and submission YES YES Facility N~me Name ~d Ti~e of T~dr. O'~r o'r Op~amr J.T. Rogers - President Mark Vasey . ~k CITY OF BAKERSFIELD~ 8 · OFFI~ OF ENVIRONMENTAL SE~ICES 1715 Chester Ave., CA 93301 (661) 326-3979 *' BUSINESS OWNER I OPERATOR IDENTIFICATION FACILITY INFORMATION Pa<je ~ Of 3 BUSINESS PHONE 101 102 103 DUN & lO~ / SIC CODE BRADSTREET (4 Digit #) COUNTY OW"ERNAME %~ £~r~¥ Gro~?,,, OW.ER MAILING CONTACT ~ILING Cl~ ~ ~ME ~ NAME ~..o~~~ (SaSh ~v~~ '~' I~,,-.oU...o.~ Certification: Based on my Inquiry of those Individuals responsible for obtaining the Information, I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the Information submitted In this Inventory and believe the Information is true, accurate, and complete. SIGNATURE OF OWNER/OPERATOR NAMES OF OWNER/OPERATOR (print) 136 DATE . NAME OF DOCUMENT PREPARER TITLE OF OWNER/OPERATOR 135 137 UPCF (7~99) S:~CU PAFORMS\OES2730.TV4.wpd '0 : 5T~'¢'